Home

User Guide

1. Files of type All Files Cancel Ee Figure 52 Choosing the CSV file Click on Open and then on Import The email addresses of your participants are now linked with the course S Information ieee successful 6 from 8 email addresses for courses Participant of lt Web Design AHTML gt dan powell google com doeUi itraining evasys de roel liGitraining evasys de schneider iGtraining evasys de brown 1Gtraining evasys de cooper ia itraining evasys de potter 1 iGitraining evasys de edisonUliG training evasys de calzaghemtraining evasys de Delete all Figure 53 Import of email addresses was successful As already mentioned you can delete single email addresses by clicking on the red cross next to the relevant email address In addition you can delete all email addresses by clicking on Delete all 65 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions Displaying courses The function Display courses in the main menu Subunits under Central evaluation offers an overview of the courses of an entire subunit Here along with the access to respective properties the period affiliation of a large num ber of courses can be defined here After clicking on Display courses select a subunit and an evalu
2. eeceeecceeseccessccsesccssccensccenscceeseceesceecceeseees 313 6 2 OBES SUNN ON OS ae oe tense ets ergs ca espe apse ew eae cas eset yeas ose cece ascents ue cs usseumiseyee eee 316 6 2 1 Setting quality SUIGELINGS cc secceseccsssccseccesscccensceeeccensecescseesceesscsesceeesceeceeaseses 316 6 2 2 Converting quality guidelines from indicators ccccesecceseccsesccseccessccensceeesceeceeeseees 319 6 2 3 Authorizing access rights to QM VICWS cccsccessccescccecccesccecscesccescceseeeceecseceeceeeceees 322 Gadis USEM VIEWS cicien rE E A EEEE ESEE A 323 6 2 5 Definition of special search and table configurationS esssesseessesseesseesecrscesserssceseeesee 325 Te WOE EAO Ea EEEE EE A EEEE EE EN 328 7 1 Activation Of module SULVEYS cccseccesecccssccessccenscccsscccnscceeseceesescuseseesceeeseeeceeseseueceeees 328 7 2 Creating of questionnaires for the module evaluation and linking them to course types 328 7 3 Creation of module ACCOUNTS ANG COUTSES csivscscsins cessdecedadsnnedcwsnsevenssnersovnseneseaseaonsnsenccuwees 330 7 4 ECE e ES TRE e E A E A E A TA 332 C CREATING QUESTIONNAIRES WITH VIVIDFORMG ccccssssccccssssccccnssscccesssscccessseeseasseeseasssesoes 335 1 OVERVIEW ON THE THREE VIVIDFORMS COMPONENTS cccsscosnccansscancscuroscurcsnsccanecossecansscuncscureccuccanscesse 335 Bi CES E AN E E E O E E O A E N 338 3 CREATING A QUESTIONNAIRE WITH THE VIVIDFORMS
3. If your entry is correct click on Save to insert this email address into the course Participant of lt Web Design XHTML gt Email Delete dan powell qoogle com og Delete all Figure 50 Email of a participant was added In the case of erroneous input or a changed email address you can also de lete the email address here To do this click in the relevant column on the red cross As already mentioned you also have the possibility of importing the email addresses of your anonymous participants via CSV import In the details of a course click on Edit data of participants In the following window choose the CSV import of survey participant data csv import of survey participant data Import survey participants data C ocuments and Setingsiadm Browse Figure 51 CSV Import of survey participants data Click on Browse and indicate the location of the CSV file 64 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions ajx Look im fA Desktop B Question Library tst Sampli efd E Setup Scanstation 2 1 Update 10 09 07 exe ET smiley ipg import cs tmp_z27af4b17f99a0e0c0ea aabfoF46551_4666a198cb279 pdf I vividForms Update Y1 4 0 90 ex vmware pdf o H File name importes My Network F
4. In the second part of the analysis the average values of all individual questions are listed Note Adobe Acrobat Reader must be installed on your computer in order to view the files Your Evasys Administrator Figure 210 A sample PDF letter 194 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions The letter consists of various components the header with the address details of the sender and of the recipient the actual text of the letter including a subject line and con tinuous text the letter s layout for example with the letter head of your corporate de sign The header of the letter The address details in the header Sender and recipient are defined at two different locations in EvaSys Recipient s address The first two lines specified in the user data of the respective instruc tor trainer are used as the recipient s address In the following example EvaSys takes the address of Donna Harwood and inserts it below the user name 2 Please define the attributes of this user Title First name Last name Phone Ermall Siia Thomas o p e E Inform user about profile creation wia email University Av 3 5 12345 Democity Figure 211 Specification of the recipient s address Sender s address The sender s add
5. 3 4 7 Grade value Select the grade value question type and click on Next You can now enter the question text and then click on Apply E Question Wizard Microsoft Internet Explorer ioj x What is the grade of your last school graduation Apply Cancel Figure 458 Grade value enter of the question text Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 365 366 Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions What is the grade of your last school graduation i sO 3s O O L T B i f I A OOOOOOOOOO i 20 sO O sl 5 7 oO 4 3 i 5 6 8 9 OOOOOOOOO0 Figure 459 Grade value in the editor preview The survey participant can now give a grade by checking a place before and after the decimal point The advantage of this method is that the high accuracy of checkboxes makes it unnecessary to use ICR for handprint recognition which would mean a con siderable amount of review and correction Please note that only values be tween 1 0 and 5 0 will be considered 3 5 Adapting the size of answer boxes You can change the size of your answer boxes in the VividForms Editor under Form properties You have five sizes 8pt 9pt 10pt 11pt and 12pt to choose from Form Properties Form Properties Repair form Enable numbering Edit Pole Template Filters Walidation Mat
6. Automated Document Solutions Instructor s Optional Questions defined right pole With this value you can define the right pole in the Instructor s Optional Ques tions Instructors will then no longer be able to change the value If a value is not defined then the field can be filled as desired Permit generic headings Headings of form field blocks are definable without restriction TeleForm Form ID cover sheet for active accounts The TeleForm Form ID of the cover sheet form for instructor trainer accounts decentral model It is necessary when the Automerge Publisher is used to create PDF documents TeleForm Form ID cover sheet CENTRAL The TeleForm Form ID of the cover sheet form for EvaSys central evaluation Standard procedure It is necessary when the Automerge Publisher is used to create PDF documents Cover sheet active accounts TeleForm cover sheet for acive accounts Cover sheet central evaluation Cover sheet for central evaluation 2 5 13 Section Network Settings Display value support link Display text of the web link shown in the interface default EvaSys website HTTP link on support page Target address of the web link shown in the interface default http www evasys de support HTTP redicrection address Redirection address for rejected access attempts IP address mail server IP address or domain name of the mail server EvaSys should use for messag ing functions If you want to use a secure
7. Automated Document Solutions left submenu select in the drop down menu below Action the option Edit Open the editing window of a question group by double clicking on the ques tion group or by clicking on the question group and selecting the option Edit Question group in the menu Edit As described above for the indicator only scaled questions are used meaning that the definition and calculation of an indicator only makes sense for group questions that indeed contain scaled questions You see the following window E Question group Wizard Microsoft Internet Expl ore a x Hew question group Page 1 Presentation Side SF Text T Indicator Mo indicator bd De Font Size 13 pt Text Element Apply Cancel Figure 254 Editing window in the question group The first specification of the window refers to the heading of the question group this however is possibly grayed in since you can no longer change it once the surveys have been created Below it and possibly the presentation slide text you find information on the indicator If no indicator has been created so far it reads No indicator When you open the drop down menu you see that you can also select an in dicator for all kinds of scales 232 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys t
8. Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 295 296 Electric Paper EvaSys Automated Document Solutions The deans of studies program managers can then login with user name and password and from a list of all evaluated courses select those that they would like to have in their report The user type dean of studies program manager cannot however create this report himself This is done on the report creator interface Dr Silvia White Report for the Dean of Studies Download Choose a dean to create the report for Figure 363 Report for the dean of studies 5 2 5 Select the name of the dean of studies program manager whose report should be created Click on Download to create the document Integrating profile comparison lines in the PDF report Comparative profile lines in the PDF report fundamental possibilities The automatically generated PDF report of a survey shows you if activated in the configuration of the corresponding PDF report a profile line at the end With regard to scaled and matrix questions it gives you an idea of how the in terviewees voted As report creator you can compare the profile lines of the evaluated surveys with each other or with the profile lines of other reports available The profile line comparison gives you one or more PDF documents in which several pro file
9. Electric Paper EvaSys a Automated Document Solutions Figure 227 Line diagram Ring Diagram Figure 228 Ring diagram Pie Diagram Figure 229 Pie diagram The diagram type can be selected for each scaled question using the Vivid Forms Editor or the form management for TeleForm forms Maxi histograms Maxi histograms do not contain except for their size any differences in com parison with the description of the standard histograms You can activate the creation of this part of the analysis at System Settings PDF Report Set tings Configuration Create maxi histogram 206 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions Frot Sunny Narrow Oats Analysis Histogram for scalar questions This course has hed a profound Impact on me Students who go to the instructor for help get the assistance they need he instruct Tr welor has a comprehensive understancing of the subject Figure 230 Maxi histograms Matrices EvaSys Scaled as well as single choice 1 of n questions can be correlated and put into matrices The creation of matrices can be activated in the Editor Control of a questionnaire under Form Properties Filters Validation Matrices Re quired Questions In order to activate the creation of m
10. EvaSys Website and provides you a quick access to the webpage of Electric Pa per If you wish to change the text of this option and or the link you can change them at System Settings EvaSys Settings on the page Net work Settings There you will find the options Display value support link default EvaSys Website and HTTP link on support page default http www evasys de support e If you want to change the colors of EvaSys use the page Color Settings System Settings EvaSys Settings You can choose one of several color schemes or define your own colors 28 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions The following settings affect documents that are sent handed out at different occasions PDF report The PDF report you get for your course evaluation can of course be ad justed to your needs in different respects The possibilities are described in detail in chapter B 4 5 Instant feedback The PDF report The report file contains the logo used for each subunit The logo can be positioned at the right standard or at the left System Settings PDF Re port Settings Configuration Alignment of subunit logo The color of the heading is defined at System Settings PDF Report Set tings Configuration Background co
11. Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions The technical equipment is very Pt snare not prepared The instructor is always oOo oa ua very important Figure 441 Dual scale profile line of the linked scaled questions in the PDF report Mirroring of individual scaled questions The VividForms Editor allows you to mirror individual scaled questions Using this method control questions can appear inverted in the survey but at the same time flow correctly into the calculation of the indicators On your questionnaire you can establish mirrored scaled questions in two different ways 1 by composing a question text in a negative way with the pole labels being consistent throughout the questionnaire e g The technical equipment is poor with the pole labels strongly agree left and strongly disagree right 2 by inverting the pole labels for a question while the phrasing of the ques tion remains positive e g The technical equipment is excellent with the pole labels strongly disagree left and strongly agree right This method is only apt for scaled questions with individual pole labels To create a mirrored scaled question click on the option Set this scaled question as a mirrored question whilst you are creating the scaled question In the VividForms Editor preview the scaled question is marked with a r
12. Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 131 Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Access rights to online survey templates for subunit administrators You as the administrator define within the user properties the of subunit ad ministrators whether a subunit administrator has the right to create or modify online survey templates In the drop down menu next to Online survey tem plates you can choose between following rights e Defined by administrator No access Templates only meaning the subunit administrator cannot create his own templates Unrestricted This option of assigning rights can be seen in the following figure 2 Please define the user rights No Clb Wiews additional subunits for Qh views Economy Engineering New Subunit Physics Online Survey pef Detined by Administrator Mo access Ass qn a dditiohal Defined by Administrator Mo access TAN Templates only subunits Unrestricted ACCESS Physics Public items disabled WF The subunit administrator is not able to add public tems to the question library Cancel ae Back gave Figure 127 Creation of templates by subunit administrators Assignment of rights Viewing of the results for online survey participants The implementation of comprehensive online surveys offers some organiza tional advantages compared to paper surveys In comparison to paper surveys implementing comprehensive online surveys offers som
13. Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 91 92 Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 3 2 Central evaluation In the chapter below you will learn about the generation and the handling of surveys in the central evaluation 3 2 1 Generating surveys With this function you can generate any number of surveys You must only make sure that the questionnaires you need exist have been tested and are set for use For creating questionnaires please consult Chapter C Creating question naires with VividForms fia Generate Surveys 1 Subunit 2 Survey Period 3 Course Type 4 Questionnaire Computer Science Lab Working Group l Select program of study Switch to Module Surveys 5 Course s gt Paper Survey Data Analysis E023 Hard Copy Procedure Mathematics E045 Peer cheer er cai M Web Verification Prof Dr Vickel White Online Economy E933 von Electrotechnology E005 nine Survey Prof Dr Michel White M Use Time Control Web Services E099 Hybrid Online P amp P Hybrid Survey Generate Surveys Figure 75 Generating surveys The setting which questionnaire can be used for which course is done at Sys tem Settings Questionnaires Details You can define here which question naire should be used for which course type and subunit After clicking on generate survey the screen on the right will appear Now you must in succ
14. MAo5Wiw2 persono2 localserver com MAo5Wiw2 persono3 localserver com MAo5Con persono1 localserver com MAo5Con persono3 localserver com MAo5Con persono4 localserver com MAo5Con persono5 localserver com CSV files are independent of the operating system and can be generated in Windows for example with Microsoft Excel The used separator can be ad Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 72 Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions justed under EvaSys Settings Data Import and Export Separators CSV import and export For the allocation of the course participants email addresses to the respec tive course it is essential that the course id is unique system wide If several courses were to be found in EvaSys with the same id then the addresses from the CSV file would not be related to any course However with the activation of the option Import courses with multiple course ID this allocation can be forced In this case every course found will have the same email addresses attached to it CS Import for survey participants data Import survey participant Import courses with multiple course IDs data Browse Import Delete all survey participant Delete data Figure 58 Import of addresses All nexuses between courses and email addresses can be deleted from the sy
15. These PSWDs are then sent to the survey participants There are two ways of doing this PSWD cards The PSWDs are produced as PDF documents These PSWD cards have an entry code the Internet address as well as the name of the survey These PSWD documents can be either opened by the administrator or sent to the instruc tor trainer per email In order to use this procedure the function EvaSys Set tings Email Functions amp Accounts Delivery Method PSWDs Central Evalua tion must be set at the option instructor trainer Hybrid surveys TeleForm As in the online surveys a number of PSWDs will be generated The PSWDs are used to personalize the questionnaires as well as to authorize access to the online questionnaires The questionnaires as well as the PSWDs can be dis tributed in a number of ways Batch emails As in the online surveys PSWDs are sent randomly using an email address list of the survey participants A personalized and due to the PSWDs unique Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions questionnaire is sent as attachment This dispatch is carried out by the EvaSys server To use this procedure you have to set the function EvaSys Set tings Email Function amp Account PSWD Delivery Method Central Evaluation at group
16. define the properties of the existing language main language first English Please choose a flag Choose sock Figure 114 Defining the questionnaire s main language The above figure shows that the language set English is linked with the sys tem language English here the main language 121 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 122 Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions After defining the main language you can add a further language Options l Current Language Engish 7 Properties Delete Language Add Language Back Chapter General Figure 115 Adding a new system language As you do with the main language you define their properties and can link your language set with the questionnaire here For example it makes sense to use the language set Francais for the questionnaire s French translation Properties Lanquage French Current logo Please choose a flag Choose Lanquage Picture C Upload the file Browse Linked System Language English Higher Education Linked language set Deutsch system Deutsch system Enable Language English system Please note that VividForms only supports See Francai Figure 116 Linking the language set with the translated questi
17. e Or he should only view data subunit wide That also means however that he cannot produce subunit comprehensive summary reports or com parisons respectively e lf your report creator may access several subunits please choose the op tion own subunit in the area Data access Subsequently mark all nec essary subunits in the area Assign additional subunits Thus your report creator accesses Several subunits Multiple selections of subunits can be made by pressing and holding down the Ctrl key In this case you should define subunit wide report creators As an Administrator you set this value when creating the relevant user ac count As soon as you create a report creator a particular setting in the user rights Step three of three allows you to define the report creator as system wide system level subunit groups own subunit and selection of further subunits or only subunit wide own subunit It is crucial to consider what exactly the report creator should be able and al lowed to do in order to subsequently know where and how the report creator be created or whether several are required Creating a report creator Just like any other user a report creator is a user that is created in a subunit If your report creator is Supposed to work only subunit wide you create him in the subunit for which he is to produce summaries If the report creator works globally you can create him in any subunit at all
18. Enter the title of the third addit Enter the permitted values fa character Enter the permitted values fo character Enter the permitted values fo character Enter the permitted values fa character EvaSys Figure 298 Administrator EvaSys Settings entering the contents for user defined course fields As soon as you Save your changes the new fields are added to all courses No selection is made as yet you must still complete these You see the addi tional fields both upon opening the already existing fields as well as while creating new courses The entered contents are presented to you for selection as a drop down list Therefore it is not possible to amend them again here Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Edit course of Prof Sunny Narrow Mame Data Analysis Program of study Engineering Course ID E023 Evaluation period continuous r Course Type Lecture Location Enrollment 34 Participants data G ici P Anonymous survey parieinani EE Language english r Information for Students auditorium Further report recipients secondary W existing isti ctors Computer Science Dr Erika Ergner Engineering Prot Dr Michel White Remove OK Cancel Figure 299 Administrat
19. Figure 465 Degree of inclination of pole labels As you can see in the above graphic you have eleven different degrees of in clination to choose from Please note In the preview of the VividForms Editor the pole labels are al ways in a vertical position To get a preview of the inclination please call up the PDF preview The following graphic shows you the preview in the VividForms Editor which is identical for all levels of inclination 1 1 The instructor has a comprehensive understanding of the subject 1 2 The instructor knows his subject well O Oaalbesip Ajajajduoy O Odaibesip ayey O Oase Ajajajduo4 A 3 Th q Gu i tT Th O O a aE E a E E Figure 466 Inclined pole labels in the preview of the VividForms Editor independent of the degree of in clination 370 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions In the following graphics you can see examples of possible inclinations in the PDF preview e7 7 w h xy ey hry Ay My Fo Dn An YE HR GY o Sy Dy ar 1 1 The instructor has a comprehensive understanding of Oo oO 0O OU the subject 1 2 The instructor knows his subject well O O O 0O Figure 467 Inclined pole labels 45 in the PDF preview 1 1 The instructor has a comprehensive u
20. You also grant these rights in the mask that serves to create and change user data The following options can be chosen from No QM views Only own surveys Only own subunit Unrestricted ac cess If you wish to authorize access to one s own subunit or extend one Or more accesses first select the option Own subunit only Then you can define further subunits by selecting Additional subunits in the gray area Mo ih vewy s Mo ahd Wiews G ny own Surveys Only own subunit Unrestricted access Figure 162 A user s access to QM views Once you have assigned these rights please remember to create an ap propriate log in name and a password The instructor trainer must be activated From the user overview you as the Subunit administrator can see whether an instructor trainer is acti vated A icon with a padlock in front of an username means this is a passive user Jasmine Sadhi no padlock added to the icon signals an active user Prof Sunny Narrow To switch simply click on the icon Prof Sunny Narrow ay Jasmine Sadhi Figure 163 Passive with padlock and active without padlock instructors trainers You can switch the instructor trainer between active and passive at any time for example denying access after an activated period You have to pass on the access data to the instructor trainer log in name password and the link to the EvaSys homepage Otherwise he cannot log on even if you hav
21. e Program of study e ID e Type Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 1 1 3 Search for surveys This search allows you to find surveys The search takes place in the survey data fields creation data processing date survey name survey ID and num ber of returns Surveys 2 Hits in this Table 25 Details Survey Search Details principles of electrical engineering 10850 In progress 2 DEMOFORM 26 04 2006 25 05 2007 principles of electrical engineering 20735 In progress 2 DEMOFORM 16 05 2007 25 05 2007 lt lt lt Oto Ee Figure 537 Search for surveys Displayed are e Survey name at the same time a reference to the survey folder e SurveylD this number is identical to the operation number on the ques tionnaire without the check digit e Status ready data existing validation or deleted e Type Paper or online survey e Form short name of the questionnaire e Creation date the survey was created e Processed date of the last time this survey was carried out e Number returns form count number of scanned questionnaires empty questionnaires are counted 1 1 4 Search for deliveries The content of the search table for deliveries is identical to the delivery table in subunits The search is conducted in the fields survey ID target address
22. for the download of the PDF report or as in the screenshot a drop down list The latter is the case if several PDF report defi nitions exist Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 4 Engineering SS07 Data available fE Demo2 04 06 2007 070 amp cm CSV SPHINX choose pdf report Figure 330 the subunit report Engineering SSo7 download reports e The PDF report looks just as you are familiar with it from the automatically generated reports for single surveys except for the letter e Inthe following the first page of the subunit produced report gives you an overview of the appearance of the PDF reports of the report creator Maria Report Engineering S307 i Ho of responses n Global Values About the Course Alpha 0 2 About the Proteesor Alpha 0 1 Overall rating Alpha 0 7 Quality of handouts Alpha 0 3 Legend Question text About the Course i l ITE OJJA Oigh dJ OMi learmed a lot In this COUTRE F a 4 5 2 2 iih aa H learhed more In this course tian in others 7 4 4 5 na ma 19 ai gw This course was extremely valuable to my z T education I a 4 5 Irs Oga Od a dTi wouid recommend this course to my Trends Fi a 4 5 oe Te 1 TE dg This course has had a profoun
23. 80 117 130 Figure 223 Norm profile lines 204 If the alignment of the poles is different for different questions i e positive answers are not always on the same side negative not always on the other you can despite this enforce a standardized display of the norm profile line For this purpose activate the option Pole reversal of scales when taking norms You can find this option in the system settings of the PDF report If you activate it the scales of those dimensions items where smaller values are considered as positive and bigger values as negative are reversed Thus if smaller values i e values left of the norm are positive the values are reversed All amplitudes of the normed profile line on the right side of the norm can be interpreted as positive evaluation results Accordingly the values left of the center are negative Please note The reversed values are also taken for the calculation of the mean values Detailed Report Includes an analysis of all closed questions Scaled questions with 2 to 11 options 1 ofn questions with any number of options e m of n questions with any number of options e sraphic display of histogram arithmetic or trimmed mean am tm and standard deviation e numeric value of absolute or relative response frequency arithmetic or trimmed mean am tm and or median with 10 or 25 quintile levels s n total Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject
24. Automated Document Solutions Editing of text templates Action Automatic email attachment list E MAIL Batch printed form for instructor hybrid survey E MAIL Certificate of participation for online surveys E MAIL Cover sheet for instructor No email attachment defined E MAIL Form for instructor E MAIL Information about result access to participants E MAIL Instructor s Optional Questions activated E MAIL Instructor s Optional Questions deactivated E MAIL Instructor s Optional Questions reminder v Language English Higher Education Subject Mail text SALUTATION TITLE SURNAME This email contains the personalised questionnaires from your survey SURVEY see the attachment You can print the questionnaires now and distribute it to Students To be able to display questionnaires Adobe Acrobat Reader must he installed on your computer Notice every single questionnaire is unique because of the PSWD With the PSUD is it also possbile to vote online sf Save Cancel Figure 560 Editing of text templates The window for processing the text template is made up of five different ar eas Action In the action box on the left you can select an email type or a letter text Language Below the box Action you can select the language for the text The default language is the system language PDF template or email attachment If you selected in the Action box
25. Automated Document Solutions D System settings and management 1 System management and summary 1 1 Search With the search function you can search for users courses Surveys as well as deliveries either individually or in combination The search function can be found on all menu pages in the upper right hand corner Enter your search term and click on Search All four categories are searched and you are directed straight to the search result pages Subunits System Settings System Information Fa Paii Q System Summary Organization Evasys Akademie Street address and house number Konrad use Allee 13 Peter Brown ZIP City 24337 L neburg Administrator Phone Fax O4434 Email System Information Information Status of Surveys Number of Surveys Number of Forms In progress gr i Evaluated 19 7 363 J Send Email Data entry z8 Utilization Statistics Summary 33 371 re System Summary Loe Search Figure 532 Search function You can find the same results by opening the EvaSys searchmask at System Information Search and making no restrictions in Search In EvaSys Searchmask Figure 533 Searchmask For the search text you may use the following operators Without operator day Entering day as a search term leads you to day Monday Daytona daylight Wildcard characters are automatically placed before and after the search term Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject
26. Automated Document Solutions Prof Sunny Narrow Mathematics Comments Report What was the best aspect of this course Me asociat Gina has A Com Pena ur UAPA oO kre sue LAL WHE Qe os PAS PM Desene OA io rude 1p aty AEEA Weerlehae ComP cheng LA LADS REP av We seb eck Ae raans Mead a nioe Gl Aue i Palce amd Siar What was the worse aspect of this course We Co c amp ness A ne Cam DE Uatambate he Crates Yre ream Sey Kem Sool L Vee comm 2 amail Gold Sosy Me Kotes Od daus Oe Lag oske edle Figure 235 Responses to open questions Notes of a survey EvaSys 4 You can display the notes of a survey in the PDF report by activating the op tion Show notes in the PDF report under System Settings PDF Report Set tings Configuration This option is deactivated by default Ad min 28 09 2007 at 14 13 25 The room was too small for all the students Internet was down Figure 236 Displaying all notes of the survey in the PDF report Additional information on adding editing and displaying notes can be found in chapter B 3 2 3 Survey details Editing displaying notes 210 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions General configuration The PDF report settings in the menu System Settings PDF Repo
27. Automated Document Solutions all surveys in SSo7 for the subunits Computer Science and Engineering both of which were created with the Sampl1 questionnaire Define report for comparison survey Period subunit Computer Science Available reports Engineering Report S507 Figure 369 Definition of the report for comparison the survey period and the subunit Save your input by clicking the Add button As you can see in the following graphic your settings are automatically added Define report for comparison Survey Period Subunit Available reports Engineering Report SSO MS Engineering Report SSO7 Engineering Computer Science Figure 370 Report for comparison was created successfully If you now access the PDF report for surveys for the subunits Computer Sci ence or Engineering created in the period SSo7 with the questionnaire Sampl as well as the profile line of this survey you will also receive the comparison profile line of the subunit report Engineering Report SSo7 In the following graphic the profile line of the survey results of the course Data Analysis from Prof Sunny Narrow in the subunit Engineering in SSo7 is displayed with the profile lines of the comparative report Engineering Re port SSo7 defined above 301 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper G
28. Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions 2009 06 EvaSys vaSys 4 EvaSys 4 Education Survey Automation Suite Corporate Survey Automation Suite User Guide V4 0 The new features of V4 1 are described in the additional manual What s new in EvaSys V4 1 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ii Automated Document Solutions Overview As PREPARATION AND GENERAL NOTES isscscasisevensceis eecedsceastasseacecessecichecaneclusesesiececedsusussMaveredeseebiessanes 10 E EOUN e E E E EE 10 a CG E E E E TN E E EE E ET E E E E EEE 16 3s VEN TART UPAND SECURIT anaa E a a E a a 25 B YOUR EVALUATION PROCESS THE PHASE MODEL cssssssssscccccccessssssseccccceeeessssescccseeeeaesseess 33 1 THE PHASE MODEL YOUR WORKFLOW IN THE PROCESS OF EVALUATION ssssessseeseeeseseeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeees 33 2 PHASE 1 PREPARATION OF A SURVEY PERIOD lt ss sseeesseseecvssesvedeninsnaseteosvaenndednadesavevadenieseadedanseadendanenduaraans 36 3 PHASE 27 IMPLEMENTATION OF SURVEYS cccteccetesecaecmoceceanccsnctecnnonceteneeneaecnocecuanaeentesnnoeeetesaemeascpececuenseeaees 88 4 PHASE 3 CAPTURE AND INSTANT FEEDBACK sssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssseenne 167 Pe PASE A ADANC RERORTIN er E E E T E S 226 O PHASES AU M
29. Exam sheets S4eeistant Questionnaires A CIVEStionnalres EA Vivid Forns Editor E Templates v verification Syetem Settings John Mark Instructor Surveys g Folders EvaExam B Exam sheets W assistant Questionnaires A Questionnaires E Templates af verification System Settings EvaSys ti John Mark IMeEtructor Surveys ig Folders EvaExam Exam sheets T assistant System Settings Figure 166 a c Access options to the questionnaire editor to templates or no access 3 3 3 Generating and editing questionnaires If the active instructor trainer wants to create questionnaires he works with the VividForms Editor just like the Subunit administrator s For this pur pose he clicks VividForms Editor in the left hand menu To become ac quainted with the VividForms Editor the VividForms Reader Manual is to be recommended alternatively the chapter about the VividForms Editor in this manual If the active instructor trainer wants to add questions to an existing template he has to copy this questionnaire in his own form management For this pur pose click Templates in the left menu A new page opens listing all the ex isting templates of the administrator and the corresponding subunit adminis trator Click the icon in the column Template and the questionnaire auto matically is copied in the form management of the active instructor trainer Form Templates A
30. Options OMR Settings MonForms Open Questions Jobs Database VividForms Paths Settings System Cleanup Debug Barcode TIFF Folder Target Folder iles Electric Paper vividForms scanstation abq a Scan target Folder every 1 300 seconds l 1 1 I Recognition List Folder Target Folder C Program Files Electric Paper vividForms Forn ce I 1 1 9 YividForms Reader Scan target Folder every 1 300 seconds Fie Settings Help Results Folder 2 V 1 v dro ks tava S Target Folder C Program Files Electric Paper VividForms rs eal Powered by Electric Paper coe ee cme o oe Figure 417a b VividForms Reader 336 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions VividForms WebVerifier Reader errors and warnings AN Question has more valid answers than permitted E Z olae scanned Question 1 5 The placement rate for graduates is relatively high Strangly O ah Ti O O Strongly Disagree Agree Revision Scale Question enn rate for graduates is relatively Strongly Disagree EJ EJ Strongly Agree igh Figure 418 VividForms WebVerifier The VividForms WebVerifier is the place where ambiguous responses and un certain checkmarks can be manually corrected quickly using optimized tem plates Questionnaires from cou
31. SsRightPoleText Sthis gt getRightPole SshbstentionText this gt getAbstention i SsQuestionText Sthis gt getLabel i g asPoleDefExtended array i SaQ0ptions this gt getMultiOptions foreach Sa0ptions as So0ptionValue gt Ss0ptionCaption Schecked 1 is null value EE value So0ptionValue Schecked checked checked SsOptionname name ae SoptionValue SsiInput lt input type radio id SsOptionnmame name SsADAOptiontext Sthis gt getADAOptiontext SoptionValue SsInput lt label for SsO0ptionname class hidden gt switch SoptionValue case 1 SsAbstention sInput this gt getAbstention break default SsInputarea sInput break Sthis gt placePartial errormessages lt div class item lt Sthis gt getCSS5Class gt gt lt label gt lt Slabel gt lt label gt lt div class content gt lt div class leftpole s lt Sthis gt getLeftPole gt nbsp lt div gt lt div class inputarea gt lt SsInputarea gt lt div gt lt div class rightpole gt lt this gt getRightPole gt nbsp lt div gt lt div class abstention gt lt SsAbstention gt nbsp lt div gt lt div gt lt div gt Figure 126 PHTML Editing Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice name wa SsADROptiontext Electric Paper GmbH
32. The place holders which are automatically indicated during editing of a ques tionnaire usually suffice If required however these can be individually ad justed In the following figure you can see the place holders that the header area contains by default Course Evaluation Questionnaire Electric Paper ORGANIZATION AUTHOR LOGO SUBUNIT SURVEY COURSEID Wirk as shown MmO OOLDO MARK Correction OWOH O CORRECTION Figure 425 Place holders in a questionnaire Click on a place holder to edit its content E Placeholder Wizard Microsoft Internet Exp ore Edit placeholder Default Placeholder ORGANIZATION Please chose a placeholder andor individualize the form head Placeholder Hag gaJ m St ORGANZA TION Participant Firstname Placeholder BUEU Apply Cancel Figure 426 Editing the place holder 345 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions A screen will appear as shown here You can insert different place holders in the text fields provided To do this click on the buttons which symbolize the relevant content with small graphics Following place holders are available SUBUNIT Name of subunit ORGANIZATION Name of organization AUTHOR Name of instructor trainer SURVEY Name of course or S
33. Using the reminder function you can send an email at a later time to all PSWD recipients who have not yet taken part in the survey Batch printing Using the batch printing function you can create a document with as many questionnaires as there are PSWDs available This batch printing document can be sent to instructors trainers via email who can then print them out and distribute them In order to use this procedure you should set the function EvaSys Settings Email Function amp Account PSWD Delivery Method Central Evaluation at the option lecturer Single questionnaires in PDF format As many PDF questionnaires are personalized as needed The individual PDF files are packed in ZIP format and can be downloaded with a click on Download The ZIP files can be made available to the instructor trainer As soon as the survey has been created you can begin implementation After generating the questionnaires these are displayed in the Survey Overview In the column under the icon icon you can send the documents to the instruc tors trainers so that they can begin printing out and distributing the ques tionnaires For mass production of cover sheets use batch printing As soon as you have created the surveys you can use these to implement your Survey For the large scale production of cover sheets you can use batch printing or access the cover sheets questionnaires directly at subunits display sur veys Here you ca
34. VEY Questionnaire type QUESTIONARY The general indicator given first is made up of the following scales in the questionnaire DIMENSIONS Then you will see the individual averages of the scales given above In the second part of the report you will find all the averages of each indi vidual question The value 1 represents from the students viewpoint minimum score for the course while the value 7 is a maximum score Certificate of participation for online surveys Confirms the participation in an online survey with date and PSWD Note To enable the creation of this PDF document a PDF template has to be created uploaded and attached to the template Certificate of Participation for Online Surveys see B 2 3 2 Placeholder for Texts Dear Mr Example You will receive as attachment to this email the report to the survey In troduction to Sample Science Your EvaSys Administrator This is a message of the type Survey Report to Instructors Trainers Using placeholders defines this message type as follows SALUTATION TITLE SURNAME You will receive as attachment to this email the report to the survey SUR VEY Your EvaSys Administrator Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions EvaSys Here is a list of all
35. When choosing the first one the raw data of all given answers to the ques tions is taken into account for calculating the mean value When choosing the second one the mean value is calculated from the al ready computed mean values for the questions those in turn have been cal culated from all the answers of the interviewees Minimum percentage of given answers to enable norming Percentage of answers which must have been given for the norming If less answers than this percentage have been given the norming for the dimension cannot be conducted Attention The setting is only taken into consideration when the Mode of cal culation for norming is set to 4 215 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Pole reversal of scales when taking norms If activated the poles of those dimensions items are reversed in which small values are judged as positive and large values as negative This option is decisive if you use different alignments of scales in your ques tionnaires That means that positive evaluation results are on the left side of the scale for some questions i e smaller values are positive but for some questions you can find positive results on the right side of the scale i e big ger values are positive If you do not activate the o
36. You can define valid IP address ranges for each of these user groups under System Settings Evasys Settings System Security For this the first and last valid address range is entered respectively Restricted access Activeted z Activates deactivates the restriction of access When activated the EvaSys server checks the IP address of each inquiring computer ivated Y for the following IP address domains Begin IP address domain participant online survey lo Jo Jo Jo First permitted IP address for participants in an online survey End IP address domain participants online survey 255 Joss J255 J255 Last permitted IP address for participants in an online survey Begin IP address domain user lo Jo Jo Jo First permitted IP address for users End IP address domain user 255 Joss J255 J255 Last permitted IP address for users Begin IP address domain for administrator lo Jo jo Jo First permitted IP address for the administrator End IP address domain of administrator 255 Joss J255 J255 Last permitted IP address of administrator Figure 12 Defining access rights For each of these user groups you can specify under EvaSys Set tings Network settings a valid IP address domain In each case both the first and the last valid address are entered Example Your computing center informs you that instructors trainers can have IP ad dresses in the domain 134 127 0 0 until 134 1
37. a list appears with the language sets that are already in place If you haven t yet added any language sets they will correspond with the system languages available Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys Ti Automated Document Solutions 2 Language sets 1 res votum_lIs de inc php Deutsch View res votum_Is en inc php English View resflang_set_3 inc php Espa ol view L Edit amp delete res lang_set_4 inc php Francais View a Edit xs Delete resflang_set_5 inc php Svenska PD view Edit amp Delete res lang_set_6 inc php pr view Edit amp Delete res lang_set_7 inc php Magyar view L Edit amp Delete res lang_set_8 inc php Nederlands D view L Edit amp Delete res lang_set_9 inc php Bahasa Indonesia view Edit amp Delete PEN DEDI ei CE e E E a Figure 109 Overview of the language sets To view an existing language set click in the column Activities in the line of the respective language set on View An overview of the language mes sages with the current translation will be displayed In the following example you can see the translation from the system language English into Spanish Language set View Espa ol Abstention ibstenci n Save temporarily Almacenar temporalmente Next gt gt Siguiente gt gt lt lt Previous
38. amp Prof Dr Michel White 16 05 2007 Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions The fields available for a course include Name Title of the course Program of Studies The short name of the program of studies can be used to create program of studies reports across subunits ID number Unique ID of the course Type Lecture seminar etc Course types can be viewed and changed at System Settings Course Types Location Optional information Number of participants The number of students participants in a class can be used to create the ap propriate number of PSWDs for online surveys or questionnaires SB Name CO Surveys Created Edt Del amp Prof Dr Adam Adamski 26 04 2006 amp Susan Bellow Data Entry Assistant 16 05 2007 amp Tomas Morgan Verifier 16 05 2007 Prof Sunny Narrow 16 05 2007 UVDEVeaWUDLUL BRERKRE RK EB m m m m m m m m m Figure 42 User in subunit Adding Editing and Deleting Courses Manually To add edit or delete a course click on the name of the subunit In the follow ing window click on the number displayed in angular brackets in the col umn CO of the user whose courses you wish to edit e You can add new courses by clicking on the button Create new course displayed beneath the course list e An existing course can be edited with a click on Courses can be deleted by clicking on a e By clicking on the respective column
39. picture library in the menu form properties The new window picture library appears A Picture Library Microsoft Internet Explorer ioli Picture Library Upload pictures Pi Upload pictures Edit pictures Description Apply Delete picture Figure 478 The picture library 377 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions If you click on Browse you can search for the picture in your file system Clicking on Upload pictures integrates it in the picture library Here you can see a picture that was uploaded and integrated in the picture library On the left hand side you can see the name of the added picture on the right hand side the preview Picture Library Microsoft Internet Explorer Picture Library Upload pictures es oe Upload pictures Figure 479 Upload of a picture Smiley In the picture library Clicking on Delete picture removes the marked picture from the list Please note The system does not ask you to confirm the deletion When you click on the button the picture will irrevocably be removed from the list 3 8 2 Integrating pictures in a questionnaire As soon as you have uploaded pictures into the picture library you can inte grate them into the questionnaire You can find the op
40. 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i p Automated Document Solutions y CSV import procedure The CSV import interface has been expanded by adding a synchronization overview This overview is displayed after clicking on import in subunit overview CSV import Create new user or course Accept the changes in the CSW file Delete user or course Deleting a course means deleting all surveys too Archive user The user gets a new status and new results cannot be added to their surveys Change the evaluation period for all courses continuous Prof Sunny Data Analysis Prof Dr Adam principles of electrical engineering Engineering english Dr Silvia Marketing Basics Engineering german Thomas Statistics Engineering english accountancy Engineering Spanish usen localserver de E023 usen localserver de E098 15 laboratory user localserver de E566 25 auditorium E055 25 auditorium E324 68 auditorium Lecture Lab Working Group Secondary instructors Lecture Lecture Figure 57 Synchronization overview When a new CSV import with up dated data is made in a Survey period the user can decide how to proceed in the case of doubling or changes td The user account or course is not in the database and is now added De fault T
41. 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions All notes of the surve Peter Brown 12 05 2009 at 10 00 01 The room was too small for all participants Intemmet was down Figure 99 All notes of the survey in the pdf report 3 2 4 Delete survey 5 Delete Surveys 1 Subunit 2 Survey Period 3 Course Type 4 Questionnaire Computer Science VYSOB 0 Lab VYSO7 08 Working Group l Select program of study 5 Course s Prof Sunny Narrow Data Analysis E023 Mathematics E045 Dr Stivia Thomas accountancy E324 Delete Statistics E055 Prof Dr Nichel White Economy E933 Electrotechnology E005 Prof Dr Nichel White Web Services E099 WARNING The surveys will be deleted irrevocably Figure 100 Deleting surveys This function allows you to delete large numbers of surveys As with all other dialogs you have an intelligent option which only displays the valid options Select 1 One or more subunits 2 One or more Survey periods 3 One or more course types 4 One or more questionnaires 5 One or more courses After clicking on Delete the data will be deleted from the system The deletion process may take between a couple of seconds and a few min utes depending on the amount and size of the surveys selected 109 Copyri
42. Change Bi Scanner Scanner Existing files C Program Files Electic PapersEvaSyes Scanstationarchive Settings Always show driver settings dialog before scanning Test scan Extended Scan Settings IY Automatic Blank Page Removal The recognition of blank pages depends on the Tif file size of the page in byte Remove all pages of the batch witch less thar 51 20 Bite Manual Figure 183 Tab Scanner 170 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Change Click on Change in order to select a different scanner Test scan Use this option in order to display the scanner driver and to initiate a test scan The following settings must be made for EvaSys Paper format A4 setting the format at LETTER is a common mistake Black white Resolution 200 DPI Duplex front and back side e Skew correction deactivated Brightness threshold value a little darker than the average of 127 i e approx 114 Click on Test Scan in order to read one test page A message box will ap pear with a preview of the captured image Click on Display image with imag ing to see the results You should see only thin black edges Always show driver settings dialog before scanning Select here whether a m
43. Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 50 Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions Report creator A user profile is created with report generation rights This allows the genera tion of anonymized summary reports on subunits Further report forms are available when using the server version Central Evaluation The user ac count of a report creator does need a user license Eva Sys m _Systemlogins Education Survey Automation Sulte g Listing of folders Date of Name Contents ceallan Rename Delete Maria Report E Reports 2006 4 surveys 4 evaluated Usf29 4007 Rename og Ree 11 surveys 11 evaluated 4 23 2009 Rename m4 L Reports 2009 Surveys Create new Folder g Folders cl Reports 2 g Reports 2 Additional Reports T Reports Figure 32 Report creator The administrator interface The administrator interface is used to create the organizational structure ad minister the users integrate the questionnaires as well as adjust and super vise the processing The system version Central Evaluation gives the admin istrator functions which allow questionnaires to be generated displayed and analyzed as well as for raw data to be exported Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee
44. Correction view 185 Form view 184 Survey view 183 View options 393 VividForms Import Export of VividForms questionnaires 403 Overview on the three VividForms Components 335 Use of the question library with VividForms 382 VividForms Reader 181 VividForms WebVerifier 182 VividForms Editor 339 Adding Pictures 376 Creating a questionnaire with the VividForms Editor 339 Integrating pictures in a questionnaire 378 VividForms Plus 406 Implementation of questionnaires with VividForms Plus 406 Importing the VividForms Plus questionnaire 407 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions Information about a VividForms Plus questionnaire 409 Usage of VividForms Plus forms 410 VividForms Reader Recognition Set 75 Volume License General information 424 W Webservice 451 WebVerifier 182 188 EvaSys Keyboard control in WebVerifier 188 Write protect mode 401 E XML import 71 Import of the whole organizational structure 71 _7 Zoom Controlling zoom functions 393 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 487
45. Creating a folder After clicking on the button a window appears in which you can name your folder General Summaries 2007 Cancel Figure 265 Creating a folder naming the folder Here a neutral name was chosen General Summaries 2007 However ac cording to the type of your summaries planned you should choose a suitable structure for your folders You could for example arrange the reports accord ing to years and choose names such as Surveys 2007 etc WD Listing of folders gt J General Summaries 1 survey 1 evaluated o surveys 2007 1 survey 1 evaluated d surveys 2006 O surveys O evaluated Create new Folder Figure 266 Creating a folder structure example according to years 240 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys Ti Automated Document Solutions The university s or company s structure also makes for a possible organiza tional criterion for your folders It suggests names such as Reports Business Studies or something similar H Listing of folders gt Ld surveys Engineering 2 surveys 2 evaluated surveys Computer science U surveys O evaluated Figure 267 Creating a folder structure example according to subunits Only in a study folder can you use the possibilities of the report creator for example to summarize repor
46. Fiter settings Activated yetidation Required questions Survey Type Matrices Figure 374 Data export configuration in the details of a questionnaire Please note that the allocation of names for variables must be carried out for each questionnaire 305 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions In the window which opens afterwards you have the possibility of defining the names of the different variables Question group 1 Questions about you Internal Question anes Variable name Export values pongi ee oT male 1 female 2 ich gender do f B i you belong ta l Older than ee ee V2 B ae 18 29 1 30 39 2 40 45 3 50 59 4 60 69 5 bo 6 Po ft ef Matrix Field lage What is your age o WE Grade Value What is the grade Ti Wap of your last school graduation Single Choice Ext How many terms have you V2E 2E 101 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 E F 8 8 been studying sa i iz Bo ko 5 le 7 le far Figure 375 Data export configuration in the details of a questionnaire The first column shows you the types of questions and the question text the second displays the internal description of the variable In the third column you can rename the variable Please observe the following rules when renam i
47. Form Link for Modular Surveys Figure 408 Form link for modular surveys To link a questionnaire with a course type click on the green pencil icon You will find the selected course type in the area Course Type at the bottom of the course type list Select the corresponding module questionnaire for the selected course type and click on Save to apply the selection 329 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 330 Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions 7 3 Creation of module accounts and courses You create module accounts as you do a regular user account Open a subunit and select Create new user Select Module as the user type 2 Please choose a user type Instructor Dean of Studies Dean See utilization statistics for the subunit lodule Report Creator r r r o Data Entry Assistant Handwritten comments eriter Subunit Administrator Cancel z Hack Next gt gt Cancel lt lt Back Next gt gt Figure 409 Create a module step 1 an an D i Subsequently click on the Next gt gt button A second window opens in which an additional input field for the module name appears Enter the name of the module here The remaining address record is intended to be used for the person linked to the module e g a module coordinator or the admini
48. FormID 17120 52 42 PM Thursday Surveys Engineering 3 52 42 PM Thursday Subunit Demo Subunit 3 52 42 PM Thursday Processed forms 3 52 42 PM Thursday Pages not recognized NonFornsi 3 fincluding blank sheets 3 52 42 PM Thursday 03 53 07 PM Idle 4 Figure 194 TeleForm Reader with data After processing has been completed a number of messages appear in the message log In this example a batch was scanned using the cover sheet pro cedure Six forms were recognized and processed while one form was not recognized This message can be explained as follows e The batch has a total of 3 pages e The cover sheet counts as a form and contains one page The questionnaires of the type EVA12 count as one form each The back side of the cover is white is not recognized as a form and counts as one page As a result we have 1xcover sheet of 1 page and 3xEVA12 with the back side of the cover sheet and the questionnaires as unrecognized form If defective questionnaires were scanned e g questionnaires from the wrong course questionnaires mistakenly filled out twice etc you can reset the scanned results in order to rescan the questionnaires again Click on the broom symbol in the column RS in the details of the current survey 4 2 3 Processing in VividForms Reader Processing with VividForms Reader is explained in the handbook VividForms Reader 181 Copyright 2001 2009 Electri
49. It is to be noted that this type of calculation re moves the possibility to adequately undertake further processing in Statistics programs o Because with weighted compilations each survey counts as 1 re gardless of how many questionnaires have been processed for it o Mathematically expressed You add the respective averages of the questions and divide these by the number of the surveys reports that you are summarizing in the example above therefore by 2 Since the questionnaire comparison represents a very important option whose possibilities can facilitate your work this is outlined more precisely in the following Options during report creation questionnaire comparison There are often cases in which it becomes necessary to modify an existing questionnaire Example 1 You have been evaluating with one questionnaire for three years The com puter center would like to use the general evaluation and to integrate a ques tion to your questionnaire regarding the equipment of the computer rooms Example 2 For three years you have been evaluating with one questionnaire and now the corporate identity of your university company changes vastly This also af fects names such as Technical University of Sample City which is renamed in University of Applied Sciences Sample City Furthermore the subunits and graduation titles now carry other names for example Department Elec trical Engineering inste
50. OMR Recognition OMR Optical Markup Recognition In a defined capture zone the mark is scanned Using a predefined threshold the system decides whether a check mark is valid or not or whether a completely filled in box is to be considered a correction or not Open question fields are also searched for a significant marking and then saved as an image file These image files are later integrated into the PDF reports Interpretation rules for automation 179 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions In the interest of maximizing automation there are decision rules to handle exceptional cases which would normally require user interaction via Vivid Forms WebVerifier These are If more than one check has been made where only one is permitted then the check will be interpreted as not marked If a check was detected but is under the threshold e g because the box was unintentionally marked then it is considered as not marked Even if you were to view questionnaires by sight it would not always be possi ble to determine in every case where two checkmarks were made which was intended as the correct response by the respondent 4 2 2 Processing in TeleForm Reader The TeleForm Reader checks periodically whether a new batch has been transmitted from a s
51. Proce e Do OU e E E EE A E A OEE 450 2 4 VIS CIC CO eonna a a e Er a e e 451 2 5 EvaSys Settings Configuration eseesseseeseeseeseeseeseesseeseeseeseeseeseeseeseeseessessesseoseeseeseeseeseee 452 PG oa O GEC ae E EE A A 454 Dee O N E E trcienntag tes 455 IE o SUV CY NUNC aa E E 457 DG Dao aa SO e E E A EE E E decegeceeneeeenecs 458 25 5 Seion Course User Data Helds rerasan EE 460 225902 COn FPO E E T TE OER 460 27 SEON Cental EValU UON rraian a Ea ES eE 463 2 5 8 Section Email Functions amp ACCOUNTS cccceesccesccesccnsccecccesscesccesccesceesecesceeeceeeceees 464 250 SEHON Color SCMINGS scrscccceendcccstacesccesuncdaseduedncensidensdueatecsuawesacdusenctecatwedueearssecansniens 465 25 10 Section Instructor Trainer ACCOUNTS cssacchencsnssavanessaduvininduseanshcuatisandesesabidentessrdusssmoicess 466 25i SeCHon Vid FOS soniai A EEE A i 466 PEA Secon Telefon srian eaaa AE EENET 468 2 5 13 Section Network Settings canscanesincoiiecntoscdeonraceateenscunseuueccantedeodnteiaesinntsledasiuiodestatencenass 469 2G atc Seon System o eC eaa a AEEA 471 Deis SECON MINEN anCE soren E 472 2 6 WOT OR OR SOS e A A E AT 474 27 CIE TIE OO a COINS a eee dtece cece E E E E E A E 475 INDEX creea T E ovsa caweotauanceseeneseesesecesaacqosn 476 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric
52. Program of study reports Report creator can download reports on programs of study Instructor Trainer profile reports Report creator can download reports on instructor trainer profiles Dean of Studies Program Manager Toggles existence of the Vice Dean Quality Management Activate deactivate the availability of quality assurance and QM views Passive instructor trainer Login for report request Passive instructors trainers can log in to EvaSys and request existing reports for their courses Active instructors trainers Access to reports from central evaluation In the menu of the active instructor trainer account there is a link which al lows access to the course reports from the central evaluation Module Evaluation Activates the possibility to evaluate modules Visibility of active instructor trainer surveys in the QM views Here you can choose whether you want to see the surveys of active instruc tors trainers in addition to the surveys of the central evaluation in the QM Views By default this option is deactivated 463 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 464 Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions 2 5 8 Display of course ID in the list of surveys Display of the course ID behind the name of the course Here you can choose if you want to display the course ID in the list of th
53. Such access by users can if required be severely limited The final step is configuring the mail server which sends reports and mes sages from EvaSys For maintenance purposes we recommend having so called remote mainte nance access which allows our technicians to have direct access to your local EvaSys system so that they can quickly and systematically analyze and rem edy any problem that might arise The alternative would be a lengthy diagno sis via telephone Adjustment to your organization EvaSys has login screens shows colors when working with the software sends emails documents etc Many of those visible elements contribute to the appearance of your or institution or organization and thus can be ad justed according to your needs In the following chapters you will get an overview on how change the layout of the system and the relevant documents or where to find the relevant chap ters in the manual Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany EvaSys 25 Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions a er EvaSys entry points possibilities to log on the system Logging in to EvaSys Entry points and security The EvaSys server offers users two entry points to login Put a link to the rele vant entry point at an appropriate place on your university company website Entry poin
54. and Your message you can type your message Below the message area you can add up to three attachments click on Browse select one file and click on Add The attachment should not be larger than 1 MB After another click on Next and a summary of your message will appear Some pieces of information about your EvaSys will be included such as the version number Then click on Send email to send the email Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions 1 2 3 Remote maintenance Netviewer Ad hoc desktop sharing In most cases support queries can be dealt quickly by telephone or email In more complicated cases this method can turn out to be lengthy and ineffec tive We recommend setting up a remote maintenance connection Remote maintenance allows EvaSys developers to be virtually with you working on your EvaSys server analyzing and solving your problem This con nection can also be used to install updates Remote maintenance is done with your permission and involves remote control for a limited period of time The Netviewer works without installing software Just start a 300 KB large cli ent application by clicking on a link on our website http www electricpaper de startseite kundenservice online support html Select the menu Support
55. and date e Batch Batch ID of the TeleForm jobs which contains the questionnaires processed for this survey e Survey Name of the survey the questionnaire module i e of the ques tionnaire as well as the course type e Recipient The recipient is also the owner of the instructor trainer account e Target address Target email addresses or internal email addresses the reports have been sent to 415 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions e Method Delivery method either email letter symbol or internal email paper symbol e Sent Tells whether the report has been sent or printed e Delivery date Date of the email delivery or the internal email print download 1 2 Writing email This function gives you the possibility to send a message to all EvaSys users By selecting all users press the left hand button on the mouse and pull to the bottom of the list you can send an email to all users As soon as two or more recipients are selected EvaSys sends the email via the BCC field blind copy so that the addresses of the recipients cannot be seen Please remember that creating hundreds of emails could take depending on the email server load several minutes Enter a subject line as well as a message and then click on OK to send the email Y
56. be changed in the EvaSys Settings You can find these on the left hand side in the main menu System Settings Your changes are only active when you save them For that purpose click Save at the bottom of the page With Undo you can reconstitute the default settings By changing the following settings you can adjust EvaSys to your organiza tion e You can change the header of the login screen default is Faculty Evalua tion Feedback System in the EvaSys Settings main menu System Set tings On the page General you will find the option Title Login Win dow to change this title e Define the welcome text for the first login of an active instructor trainer in the EvaSys Settings on the page Instructor trainer Accounts GHD There you will find the option Welcome text for the first login As it con tains a placeholder for the name of your organization at any case change this text to be sure it makes sense Default Welcome to EvaSys the course evaluation system of PLACE NAME OF ORGANIZATION HERE Please start by changing your password Click on My profile in the navi gation menu on the left To return to this page click on Folders e For denied access you can define a redirection address at EvaSys set tings network settings option HTTP redirection address The default value is http www evasys de e The so called supportlink can be found at System Information
57. both Since through the de activated function you do not display anything but the current course a com parison is otherwise not possible Do not activate any first or second comparative line as then you would re strict yourself to 5 Courses Reports in order to select profile lines If you activate the Minimum Maximum Values and or the Overall Average but deactivate the Comparison lines only the respective current profile line will be displayed to you the values of further courses reports however flow into the calculation the minimum maximum values and that of the total aver age In practice this looks for example as follows Under 5 Courses Reports you select Data Analysis and Economy as well as the report Engineering SSo7 Demo2 The first and second comparative line remain deactivated Now tick Comparison of selected courses of reports with each other no ne cessity but is advisable In the comparison options the Minimum Maximum Values are activated and Comparison lines and the two other options are deactivated Everything else remains the same The graphic contains only one course each in this example but the values of the others are taken into account clearly proven by the grayed zones Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germ
58. cally Hence you do not need to save the questionnaire specially Whenever you need you can e g click further options in EvaSys e g EvaSys Settings without leaving the editor officially by clicking Save form and exit editor Your questionnaire in spite will be saved with all your changes and can be ac cessed as usual Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 396 Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 8 Defining general templates 8 1 Defining a template by the administrator The administrator can create templates whose contents cannot be modified by users with instructor trainer accounts By activating the box Template the form is made available to the active in structor trainer The instructor trainer can only supplement the questions set up by the administrator E Form Wizard Microsoft Internet Explorer Form creation information Abbreviation DEMOF GR Course Evaluation Paper Ag EditMode D 2e OOOO lt Template M lactivate deactivate template mode I Mew items can only be added atthe end Max Pages Max Items Apply Cancel Figure 506 Activating the option template Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany El
59. conducted with a certain questionnaire you can also upload documents for a particular questionnaire To do this you go to the details of the relevant questionnaire via the menu System Settings on the left hand side of the menu Questionnaires In the list that appears you select a questionnaire and navigate by clicking on the name of the details of the questionnaire 200 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions In the area Advanced Settings you see a drop down list with several options to choose from A Details for questionnaire train _01 train 01 Course Evaluation Questionnaire 2 Optional Questions w PDF Paper Survey Show f Inthe recognition set of the VividForms Reader Refresh Advanced Settings Text Templates z Morming POF Reports Giualty Guidelines phinx Report Report for comparizon Data export configuration Fiter settings Activated Yaldation Required questions Survey Type Matrices Figure 219 Modifying text templates for a specific questionnaire questionnaire details When the top option Text Templates is marked and you click on Edit the window for the Text Templates whose screen resembles the one for global text templates will open Editing of email and template texts of questionnai
60. dicators course evaluation Convert quality guidelines from norms Convert Quality Guidelines from Indicators New Re calculate all Surveys Cancel Figure 392 Convert quality guideline from indicators The following dialogue lists the contents of questionnaires with their question groups and questions Conversion of Indicators Lower threshald 0 Upper threshold f 00 flower values are better Reload Cancel Convert these indicators Quality Guideline About the Course Jiower values are better learned a lot in this course Lower threshold 1 Upper threshold 5 Jiower values are better learned more in this course than in others Lower threshold 1 Upper threshold 5 Figure 393 Convert quality guideline from indicators dialogue for conversion Above the lower and upper threshold values essential for the quality guide lines are determined neutral in form of percentages for all scale types Addi 319 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions tionally a global definition for the scales orientation can be indicated higher values better or smaller values better Furthermore here you will see the question groups with the associated ques tions left side Particularly important here is the orientation of
61. neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Logos for subunits fe system logo C ep logo P g Mame File Browse Upload Figure 22 Manage logo files In the table in the window you can see all the logos in the system You can use the 7 symbol to change the name or with the amp symbol to delete the logo from the system In the first column you can select a logo as default logo and it will be automatically used whenever a new subunit is set up Click on return to get back to the subunit details The logo graphic will be displayed in the interface as an illustration of the ac tive subunit Even when the instructor trainer logs in with an active user ac count this logo will appear in the upper right hand corner of the screen In ad dition the logo will appear in the heading of the PDF report document gener ated by EvaSys We recommend using the JPG format even though GIF is better as a rule for depicting logos The reason is that for legal reasons relating to licenses some printer drivers cannot encrypt the compression of the GIF format In this case the reports could not be printed Changing subunit data After a mouse click on the symbol b in column Edit of the subunit window you can work with the address and configuration data of the subunit Delete subunit E Delete subunit Subunit to delete Computer Science Warning Deleting a subunit causes t
62. they are displayed in all courses and in addition to the standard information selection of the set contents from a drop down list further details can be entered 258 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Please note You can create a maximum of five additional course fields which inform you and your colleagues of the properties of the courses These five are A then valid for all courses of your system You cannot define two properties for one group of courses and three properties for another group Small Hint Filtering according to language and location Part 1 If for example you have courses held in several languages and at different lo cations you can provide this information through the user defined fields in EvaSys First as administrator you go to the screen Course Use Data Fields Email Functions amp Accounts Color Settings Instructor Accounts ViuidForms Figure 297 Administrator EvaSys Settings creation of user defined course fields In the first line you specify how many user defined fields you are going to cre ate Only the number of fields that you specify here will be added in the courses If therefore you fail to set this number high enough nothing will change despite all other information In the following five line
63. tion You can enter the proxy as well as the proxy port in the automatically Opening window Tab VividForms Reader Processing of scanned batches is done using the VividForms Reader The VividForms Reader uses settings which are valid for all scanstations con nected to the EvaSys system In certain cases it may be required to modify those settings without affecting the other scanstations which exist in the en vironment Thus each scanstation includes the ability to run specific Vivid Forms Reader settings by overruling the standard configuration For further information please consult the Scanstation Manual 173 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions x Scan Destination Scanner General Settings vivid oms Reader Process Settings Overide Yivid Forms Reader sethings E Stop the process tor checking before tranemitting the data Delete result folder of NonForm batches Joz Threshold tor the percentage of answer boxes not recognised by the YVividForms Reader OMA Thresholds Override vivid orms Reader settings fis Minimum filling degree Value in percent for potentially valid answers 250 Maxinurn filling degree Value in percent for valid answers so Undo filling degree Minimum filing degree in percent for undone answers i Treat
64. tor trainer The settings for your LDAP server are at EvaSys Settings Network Settings LDAP Host and for your Basis Distinguished Name at EvaSys Set tings Network Settings LDAP Base DN The user account of the instructors trainers must be in both LDAP as well as in EvaSys You can use the XML import interface in order to synchronize this user data with EvaSys For further information please consult the special XML manual Creating courses The administrator as well as the subunit administrators can assign courses to a an instructor trainer or dean manager This function is only available when using the Central Evaluation server version The basic idea of the Central Evaluation is the repetitive implementation of large scale surveys of a correspondingly large number of courses A Survey is always related to a course In order to be able to compare survey results each course must be evaluated only once in a given survey period The survey pe riod is in most cases a semester although it could also be set as a tri semester or a half semester System Settings Periods 57 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 58 amp Harry Shipley Report Creator 16 05 2007 amp Dr Silvia Thomas Dean 26 04 2006 amp Dr Silvia White Dean of Studies 16 05 2007 amp Prof Dr Michel White Dean 16 05 2007
65. w rden Sie der Dozentin dem Dozenten ais O1 O12 O23 Of Os Oe 1 Veranstaltungsieiter in geben 15 Das wirklich Relevante wird bei den meisten Referaten zu wenig i hervorgehoben QO o o m i 0 32 Falls Sie ein Referat gehalten haben welche Schulnote w rden O1 012 O3 Of Os Oe 16 Die Referent innjen stellen den Stoff meist verst ndlich dar o o o o i o Sie sich geben Schulnoten 1 sehr gut 2 gut 3 befriedigend 4 ausreichend 5 mangelhaft 6 engendgenc 3 u Was gef lt Ihnen an dieser Veranstaltung besonders gut oder besonders schlecht Nutzen Sie den Platz fir weitere Anmerkungen und Anregungen Hnweis des Datenschutzbeauftragten Bitte nur im Druckbuchstaben susf leni i 21 Senesterzah im Hauptfach Ekte tragen Sin in de obere Zele de Zehnerstelie und in de untere weQOOOOO0000 lt lt lt OOOO oooo 22 Geschlecht C mannticn CO weittich Bitte wenden Vielen Dank fir Ihre Teilnahme L L _ Figure 530 VividForms Plus questionnaire Prof Staufenbiel Teilnehmerbefragung Electric Paper am Trainingsende e Moarbiecer 5 erwenten 56 ener gt ORLO me rote Farts UNDeaagt verweten ie se Dere Fragebogen ev mater ne ertace Rew besame Le m rteretie ener optim sien Ostesertassing he ras pryebenes Hreese been Ausfoter Liebe Tednehmenn beber Tednehmer Wir wollen immer besser werden Deshalb and wir an Ihren Anregungen und Endrocken mteressiert Die folgenden
66. 282 Number of surveys below the minimum number In this case please inform your EvaSys administrator For testing purposes he can change in the EvaSys Settings under System Settings EvaSys Set tings Functions the option Minimum survey number report creator by set ting it to o Minimal survey number report creator P Figure 283 Administrator log in System Settings EvaSys Settings Functions Minimal survey number report creator This way the message no longer appears and you can create the test reports 251 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Amongst the general information on the summary report you will find a listing of the questions of the related questionnaire Here you can deactivate selec tion boxes as required and thus exclude questions from the summary report When all properties are selected correctly you click on the button Create and the report is produced Please note that depending on the data quantity the processing may take up to several minutes After the creation of the subunit report the folder view appears again the list of the reports is however now complemented with the subunit report i Engineering SSO Data available ft Demo2 04 06 2007 070 choose pdt report i CSV SPHINX Figure 284 T
67. 351 Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions Select the question type scaled question and click on Next In the next step enter the question text and click on Next Ay Question Wizard Microsoft Internet Explorer Ioj x Define Options Abstention deactivated Checkboxes 5 Oo OF OF O O M Individualize Pole Labels Type of Diagram Bar diagram Use these settings as default for scaled questions Nese Apply Cancel Figure 436 Example of a scaled question 2 The last step involves entering the text of the two poles and selecting the number of check fields You have the choice between two and eleven fields The pole labels and the optional abstention text can be defined individually after enabling the checkbox individualize pole labels Otherwise these la bels remain empty or will be defined by the horizontal or vertical pole labels which can be generated separately A choice of diagram types to be used in the report is available at the bottom Note Experts may edit the appearance of the report graphics by editing the file lib jograph php in the EvaSys email folder Contact your support represen tative to receive the necessary unencoded file Click on Apply The scaled question will now appear in the preview and will be automatically highlighted 2 Group B 2 1 Overall this college is very effective in achieving Strongy 0 0 0 U O Strongly agree ts educati
68. 376 Convert questionnaire 381 Creating a questionnaire with the VividForms Editor 339 Creating of questionnaires for the module evaluation 328 Creating the indicators fora questionnaire 231 Editing on questionnaires 401 Editing questionnaires 159 Essential information on the questionnaire 73 Evaluation of scanned questionnaiure 179 Generating questionnaires 159 Hybrid questionnaires 91 Implementation of questionnaires with VividForms Plus 406 Import Export of VividForms questionnaires 403 EvaSys Importing the VividForms Plus questionnaire 407 Information about a VividForms Plus questionnaire 409 Linking of questionnaires to course types 328 Norm values for questionnaires 310 Questionnaire header 345 Repair questionnaire 381 Questionnaires 72 Administration of questionnaires 72 Creation of questionnaires 72 Detailed view 73 91 Management of questionnaires 73 91 R Recognition Automatic recognition set management 402 Barcode 179 OMR 179 Recognition of the checked boxes 179 Recognition Set of the VividForms Reader 75 Remote Remote maintenance 13 15 Repair form 381 Repair questionnaire 381 Report Advanced reporting 226 Appearance of the norm data in the PDF report 313 Components of the PDF report 193 Creating comparative profile lines 234 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L nebu
69. 4 would recommend this course to my friends T Disagree This course has had a profound impact on me Disagree Figure 249 Evaluation of a scaled question of an entire question group If you or for example deans managers department heads etc wish to ob tain a quick overview of the results of the survey often not every single ques tion may be of interest One rather needs summary statements If therefore you do not wish to view all questions separately it is possible to calculate an average for the scaled questions of an entire question group the so called indicator The indicator in EvaSys thus forms a question group average Generally indicators can be regarded as kind of identification numbers which make a statement about the summarized items In EvaSys for example one question would correspond to one item This way the questioned values for example quality of the course are measurable and comparable Of course an indicator can only give an accurate over all statement when the single ques tions can actually make a contribution to the statement For the calculation of the indicator in EvaSys all results of the scaled ques tions are added The sum of them is divided by the number of responses Thus the already calculated averages of the single questions are not used for this This means that questions with a smaller number of valid responses for example with abstentions or invalid responses have a smaller inf
70. 9 3 Import Export of VividForms questionnaires VividForms forms can be exported as files These files have the ending vfd As a subunit Administrator the export function is available in the details of a questionnaire Settings Questionnaire Details by clicking on the Ex port button Ej Details for questionnaire train_en J Optional Questions PDF Sample Show PDF Paper Survey Show 3 PDF Online J in the recognition set of the VividForms Reader Add Q Preview online survey Advanced Settings Questionnaire Edit Form Languages Text Templates x Edit Export J Delete Figure 518 Exporting a questionnaire A new dialog containing the settings for the export of forms opens As well as the standard properties questions open text images formats etc here you can select which additional properties of the form are to be exported 403 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions gt Settings for the export of forms By default the export contains all question types texts and settings made in the ividForms Editor Please select the items to be additionally exported W Quality Guidelines W Data export configuration I Narming i POF Report Definitions W Text Templates i Report for comparison M Sohinx Report M L
71. Above average score Congratulation Your course is considered by your students participants to have an above average positive atmosphere friendly manner with stu dents participants cooperative instructor trainer is open Particularly in courses with interactive teaching is this an important aspect Average score Average score results in teaching are not bad since most courses have been give evaluated as good on a raw value scale between 1 and 7 at 5 So this is at least a satisfactory score How could you continue to improve the atmos phere as judged by students participants friendly manner with stu dents participants cooperative and instructor trainer is open Particularly in courses with interactive teaching is this an important aspect Below average score Comparative norms always place 49 99 of the values under the average and 49 99 above But for norm values below 85 you should definitely take ac tion It is important not to be discouraged or to make those circumstances 311 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions EvaSys you can t change responsible The best attitude would be to use this score as an impulse to continue to improve your teaching How can you continue to improve the atmosphere as judged by stu dents participants friendl
72. An average given as feedback for items or indicators is often insufficient in order to judge the quality of a result Global Values Dimension About the Course About the Professor Overall rating Quality of handouts Figure 382 Normed profile line for indicators The survey results are compared with the average results of a large number of Surveys This comparative data can be for example aggregated data from previous semesters This makes it markedly easier to determine relative strengths and weaknesses The comparative data is most often used as generally valid norms in order to make comparisons between subjects However if desirable you can use more specific norm data for different types of courses lectures seminars and so on or even in order to compare departments The normed value are graduated as follows Norm value Z Percent rank Distribution Description 70 0 0 12 Ca 0 1 far below average 70 84 9 0 13 6 67 Ca 6 6 below average 85 94 9 6 68 30 84 Ca 24 2 Slightly below average 95 105 30 85 69 15 Ca 38 3 average Therin 100 50 average value average value 105 1 115 69 16 93 32 Ca 24 2 Slightly above average 115 1 130 93 33 99 87 ca 6 6 above average 130 lt 99 88 100 ca 0 1 far above average Table 12 Graduation of normed value M 100 SD 10 not 15 309 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 2133
73. Aussagen befassen sich mit verschiedenen Aspekten des Trainings Je nach dem Grad Ihrer Zustimmung bzw Ablehnung kreuzen Sie bette das passende Feki an e E Unternenmen Organisation Wo tand das nu evahserede Tr ning star Haben Sie bereits vorher en Training von Blectric Paper besucht Trainingsorganisation F a0 o C of ich konnte m Schulungsraum gut arbeteniemen Der Schulungsraum ist gut ausgestattet Die Trainingszeiten sind snevol gewahht Die Verp egung w hrend des Trainings war gut Der Empfang und die Betreuung waren freundich Goca Doo oD op a0 o n of oo oD of Oot or Der Trainer die Trainerin wim nicht ny War gut vorbereitet m konnte auch komplimente Sachverhalte verstindlich darstefien Sette de Schulkaigsinhale imeressant dar beriicksichtigte das Vorwissen und die Erfahrungen der Teilnehmer bet seinen ihren Ausfihrungen hate eme sehr blare und Getliche Vortrageweme bezog anechaubche Benpsle aus der Praxn en E 3 o op3 O ag o of F f oogoooo0 ong auf unsere Nachfragen und Ergiecungen en FIT MBF IPL s i 4 Figure 531 VividForms Plus questionnaire Electric Paper Services GmbH oonog0non n oo pp ooaonoaonoa onoono oOoa onoono 0 Hoonnoons 411 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 412 Electric Paper EvaSys 4
74. Automated Document Solutions Request instructor profile Your choice Instructor Jasmine Sadhi Compilation name Jasmine Sadhi WS08 0 Cluestionnare train 01 Period WS08 09 2008 09 01 to 2009 02 28 No of Surveys 1 Mo of completed questionnaires a2 The report creation may take a moment Please wait until an acknowledgment has been sent back from the server Create Choice train O1 learned a lot in this course Agree Disagree learned more in this course than tn others Agree Disagree This course was extremely valuable to my education Agree Disagree Figure 290 Creating an instructor profile overview of the selection made and the questionnaire Here you deactivate the questions that you do not need in the instruc tor trainer report and click on Create In turn this report also appears in the list HTML Data Ti Cay 4 Jasmine Sadhi WS08 09 available train 01 05 22 2009 5032 3 choose pdf report SPHINX Figure 291 The instructor trainer profile in the report list Any Compilation The option Any Compilation is completely flexible you can freely select which elements you wish to combine Unlike the other report types it is there fore possible to make a multiple choice in the individual selection fields such as subunit period etc 255 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 213
75. COMPAaratIVE DIOTIG IMCS wesc cuxcisiacocccasvvasecadadescadecate ueeucnctucseseincesausssdseaceees 281 5 2 4 Reports for the president for the dean manager and for the dean of studies program OON a A A ecnauuset E 293 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ii Automated Document Solutions 5 2 5 Integrating profile comparison lines in the PDF repoOrt csccssseceseecessccesseceecceeseees 296 5 3 Data export to Excel SPSS SPHINX cecisvesawsicesencnsemssiteurclosuanesumucdusudesancncewsndeeadesuevesumseeuudoss 304 5 3 1 Possible data export formats in EVaSYS cccceseccsssccensccessccnsceeccecssceeescceecceecsensecs 304 5 3 2 Definition of the export values and names for Variables ccssccssecceseccensceesceesseees 305 5 4 The EvaSys report module Sphinx PIUS ccssceessccsscccssccensccenscceescesccesesenseseusceeeseeees 307 Os PHASES QUALITY MANAGEMENT siasicrrosrarniises ioina nane EEAO EE A EEA AER 309 6 1 NOTTI e E ve saseosenten eas encuamsaceeausnesenuamnesunneneaes 309 6 1 1 Definition of Norm values for questionnaires cseccessccesscceecceseccesccenscceesceeecceseees 310 6 1 2 Appearance of the norm data in the PDF report csecceseccesecceseccensccessceeccesecceeseees 313 6 1 3 Converting norms in quality ZUIGELINGS
76. Dynamic and normal subgroups in the survey list When new data is collected during the main survey the example showing TestSurvey1 the subgroups are automatically updated when the study folder is downloaded again Re calculation of dynamic subgroups Subgroup Female from TestSurvey1 is being re calculated Cancel Figure 178 Updating of subgroups 165 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions When recalculations are completed the updated reports are available imme diately TestSurvey1 Data available P PYSample2 25 05 2007 25 05 2007 o0 amp BB HTMLPOF CSV SPHINX Grade Level Junior from TestSurvey1 Data available p Sample 25 05 2007 25 05 2007 001 S amp HTMLPDF CSV SPHINX Gi Data available P Sample 25 05 2007 25 05 2007 002 amp BB OHTMLPDF CSV SPHINX Figure 179 Updated dynamic subgroup in the survey list When a survey is to be deleted for which dynamic subgroups exist an inquiry appears as to what should happen to the subgroups The options are to either delete these reports or alternatively to retain these reports under lack of their dynamic characteristics Delete Survey Survey to delete TestSurvey1 The function Delete in two steps is activated in your system Only the survey results will b
77. L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i C Automated Document Solutions Creating questionnaires with VividForms With the VividForms Editor Electric Paper has introduced a form creation tool that is easy and quick to use allows you to extend or redesign existing ques tionnaires or design new questionnaires as desired directly over the web in terface The content in VividForms questionnaires can be modified as desired Keep in mind that for questionnaires which already have surveys registered to them there is a edit lock Questionnaires can be made available as templates for further editing by a user of an activated instructor trainer account Overview on the three VividForms Compo nents The document system architecture for processing scanned questionnaires in VividForms consists of three components e VividForms Editor e VividForms Reader e VividForms WebVerifier These are described below VividForms Editor With the VividForms Editor you can design forms as well as define indicators and matrices For online questionnaires you can define filter rules After creat ing a questionnaire you can use it either for paper or for online surveys The VividForms Editor has access rights as well as the EvaSys administrator have access rights and other designated users provided they have access rights 335 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zu
78. Language Picture C Upload the file Linked System Language English Higher Education Linked language set English system Enable Language Iv Please note that VividForms only supports multiple languages for online surveys res votum_Is de inc php Deutsch D View res votum_Is en inc php English View resflang_set_3 inc php Espa ol view L Edit amp Delete res lang_set_4 inc php Fran ais view L Edit amp Delete res lang_set_5 inc php Svenska view L Edit amp Delete res lang_set_6 inc php px view L Edit amp Delete res lang_set_ inc php Magyar view L Edit amp delete res lang_set_6 inc php Nederlands view L Edit amp Delete res lang_set_9 inc php Bahasa Indonesia view L Edit amp Delete view LI Edit amp amp Delete e new language set in the list here Danish Step 2 Linking a language set with a questionnaire In order to use a language set for online surveys you have to link it with the questionnaire with which you conduct the respective online survey This is possible in a questionnaire s details You reach these via the main menu System Settings There you will find in the list of questionnaires on the right hand side in the drop down menu the option Details Select this op tion and in the following window click on the right hand side on Languages If you have not yet defined a language you first have to define the question naire s standard language
79. O aa f E Overall rating ee dev 15 Quality of handouts a 7 fev Figure 252 Display of indicators in the PDF report with general indicator e The options Left pole for indicators and Right pole for indicators de fine the texts that label the scales left and right margins in the report and in the presentation template Global Values r z d aw 3 1 po ne E OL Ss 1 a Figure 253 Left right pole of the display of indicators in the PDF report Please note These pole texts in the configuration of the PDF report have no influence on the calculation of the indicators or the actual alignment of the scales You only define the texts which serve the users orientation 5 1 3 Creating the indicators for a questionnaire Since the indicators form the averages of particular question groups they are also activated for particular question groups in the relevant questionnaire As you know you can no longer change a questionnaire once you have cre ated a survey with it You can however create the indicators at any time even after the creation of surveys To do this navigate as usual to your questionnaire and open the editing screen in the main menu System Settings select Questionnaires in the 231 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4
80. Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Yellow limiting value for performance diagram Defines the lower limiting value in seconds for the yellow zone of the per formance diagram The area beneath is displayed in green Red limiting value for performance diagram Defines the lower limiting value in seconds for the red zone of the perform ance diagram The area beneath is displayed in yellow Maintenance mode The maintenance mode allows technical operations such as updates to be carried out by the administrator without hindering any current operations When activated no further users can log into the system Participation in online surveys is also suspended Once activated a warning message informs the administrator that the main tenance mode is activated and that users already logged into the system can continue operating amp Waring Message The maintenance mode is activated Please bear in mind that users who have already logged into the system may continue operating in the system Please click here to deactivate the maintenance mode Figure 575 Maintenance mode Activated warning message for the administrator Users who are already logged into the system receive a warning message too and are requested to finish their work and log off the system as soon as pos sible so
81. Room location of course Number of course participants Type of course Course s user defined fields X 1 to 5 Current date SURVEYCREATIONDATE Date of survey creation 197 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions LASTCAPTUREDATE Last capture date paper scan date online last return SEC_TITLE_X SEC_FIRSTNAME_X Title first name and surname of secondary instructor SEC_SURNAME_X or trainer X has to be an integer The layout of the letter You design the letter using a PDF template which you can upload in Docu ments in the main menu System Settings GA wWivid Eons Editor g Guestion Library h E Text Templates Bi PDF templates Documents Description Beisplelanschreiben U Configuration WP EvaSys Settings Description Figure 214 Uploading letter template for designing the layout menu view You choose the template via the button Browse In the field Description you can enter an appropriate name that will be displayed whilst you work in EvaSys with this letter Bi Description Letter File name CADocuments and SettingswadministratonDesktop Lettersar Browse Fave Figure 215 Upload letter template for designing the layout selection of the letter These PDF templat
82. Save changes As an alternative to the average based quality guidelines presented so called frequency based quality guidelines can also be created Here for example you have the possibility instead of defining an average value as the decisive criterion that is influenced by all survey participants you can define as decisive criterion a certain frequency of responses in a par ticular range of values learned a lot in this course 1 5 greater than Figure 391 Definition of a frequency based quality guideline This example relates to a scaled question with 5 response options higher values better The objective is to use a 25 deduction if more than 20 of the total responses are allotted to the negative answer options 1 and 2 The reverse conclusion is that more than 80 of the responses must be allot ted to the other options 3 4 and 5 so that the above mentioned requirement is met In order to ensure this requirement a condition that more than 80 of the responses must have chosen an option higher than 2 is defined in order to meet the quality guideline The advantage of frequency based quality guidelines in this example is that a certain critical mass here 20 can from the opinion of the remaining survey participants independently throw over the quality guideline However both guideline types can be mixed within a quality guideline for the very same question In this case the presentation of the traffic light co
83. Section Survey Online 457 S Section Survey 455 Scaled question Section VividForms 466 Mirroring 355 Security 25 scan station ios Selection of several criteria 268 Backing up the original image files Sending of reports 224 from scan station 32 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions Setting Configuration settings 434 TeleForm settings 474 Setting up the Subunit 41 Settings Configuration 452 Several criteria 268 Sphinx The EvaSys report module Sphinx Plus 307 Start up 25 Statistic Evaluation statistics 421 Utilization statistics 420 Structure of the EvaSys system 16 Study folder Generating a study folder 163 Subgroup Delete subgroup reports 431 Subgroups Combining multiple criteria 268 Subunit 36 41 Create new subunit 41 Summary report 247 Support E mail to the support department 13 Support Area 13 Support department 13 Support maintenance 13 Survey Activation of module surveys 328 Conduction of online surveys 110 EvaSys Delete survey Display survey Generating surveys Generation of module surveys Implementation of surveys Management of online surveys non anonymous Non anonymous survey Online survey Paper survey Search for surveys Survey details Survey period Survey procedures Survey details Survey ID
84. Template Copy 3 25 LA Oba n E TASS Figure 511 Copy of the template for editing Next you will see the user s own questionnaire administration with a new en try Name of questionnaire Template The notice Template is automati cally added to the heading and shows that the questionnaire is from a tem plate 399 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Evaluation Questionnaire Template Electric Paper ORGANIZATION AUTHOR SUBUNIT SURVEY poe hark as shown ORMOO OO Please use a ball point pen or a thin felt tip This form will be processed automatically Comection OBOR DO Please follow the examples shown to help optimize the reading results OD Electric Paper Cod iL amp G 3 T Dear Participant We are very interested in your opinion about the course as well as about the course offer in general Therefore we would like to ask you to take the time read the questionnaire thoroughly and complete t Only your own judgement is important you cannot give wrong Of course the data i completely anonymous 1 General questions T Which gender do you belong to T Cimale KO temale T How did you learn about our course offer T E Catalogue O information on the internet O information in the newspaper O Recomme
85. The access was blocked for this network address You can unblock the blocking by typing in the characters you can see in the picture or by waiting 15 minutes lf you did not try to log in the system before you may share the network address with other users Recognized character string SS Figure 11 CAPTCHA Function after several failed logins If the CAPTCHA is entered correctly the user may repeat the login procedure You can activate CAPTCHAs under System Settings EvaSys Settings System Security In addition you can define the number of failed login attempts to trigger a CAPTCHA The number of failed login attempts always relates to a time frame fixed by you again under System Settings EvaSys Set tings System Security Should a user fail to login correctly within the given time he will be requested to enter a CAPTCHA At the same time the login screen will be blocked for the IP of the potential assailant for the defined time in minutes This block can be prematurely lifted by entering the CAPTCHA correctly 27 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions 3 1 3 Adjustments in EvaSys settings texts colors documents You can also adjust EvaSys to your organization in several points Some text sent respectively shown by the system can and partly should
86. VividForms questionnaire VividForms expands its recognition set to assure recognition 22 Optional Questions w PDF Sample Show wW PDF Paper Survey Show 22 POF Online wW In the recognition set of the vividForms Reader Refresh Preview online survey Figure 516 Details of the questionnaire Sampl1 In order to ensure that all returning questionnaires can be correctly proc essed it is only possible to delete a questionnaire when simultaneously de leting all surveys based on that questionnaire This is done automatically when the delete function in the questionnaire administration is activated and confirmed Use this function therefore with extreme care 402 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions The user of an activated user account must be extremely careful when delet ing a questionnaire he has created himself because there may be surveys which depend upon the questionnaire to be processed The delete function can only be activated by opening the lock symbol When a questionnaire is deleted ALL surveys based on that questionnaire will be automatically de leted as well 8 Form Management 2007 06 TESIS sample Evaluation Form Template og 18 By cD kb EA iE 10 01 47 Figure 517 Form management of an active instructor trainer
87. You also adapt the text for this general letter in a way so that it applies to all subunits or all departments and can be put to general use All reports are now introduced by the general letter with its adapted text A questionnaire however is used for a special further education center which on the one hand belongs to your university or your company but on the other hand holds a special position and therefore uses a different layout Thus another letter template is linked with this questionnaire and additionally the text is changed The reports of this center are therefore no longer introduced by the general letter but rather by a questionnaire specific letter with the spe cial text as long as the respective surveys are carried out with this question naire After an evaluation period a research department of your university or your company is interested in using EvaSys for certain surveys in the field of re search and development The reports have another purpose and therefore do not use the central letter text rather they require a different one Initially the layout remains the same as the system wide layout until it is changed later Therefore you change the letter text in the details of the questionnaire however you do not yet upload any specific PDF template You make up for this a year later when the layout is created for the research department These examples are supposed to show you a few possibilities as to the
88. a PDF letter then you will see PDF Tem plate that is you can assign a PDF template for the layout to a given letter If you selected in the Action box an email text then you can add here one or more attachments Email attachments and PDF templates are saved by click ing on the button OK Heading or subject Depending on what was selected in the Action box you can define the heading text in the PDF or in the email subject line Text Depending on the option selected in the Action box you can define the text of the PDF letter or the email Within the text you can make use of placehold ers Changes to the text can be saved by clicking on save 435 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 436 Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions rA A EvaSys Templates for email messages First you will see a description of all message types and then you will find de tails to the various placeholders available Report for the dean manager Trigger Provided that the function EvaSys settings central evaluation dean manager s copy report has been activated all users of the type dean manager will receive a copy of all PDF reports that have been created in a given subunit Content Personalized text for the processed survey PDF reports are sent as a rule In additio
89. a subunit administrator can be in charge of several subunits The configuration options available to the sub unit administrators are defined by the administrator under System Settings EvaSys Settings Here specific setting options are marked Make this option available to Subunit Adminis trators In doing so the subunit administrator is able to change certain con figuration options by which overwriting his subunit s settings as defined by the administrator 45 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 46 Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions Instructors Trainers Central evaluation mode EvaSys 4 When using the central evaluation mode instructor trainer accounts are set at passive This shows the organization structure and courses which have sur veys registered to them and reports The email addresses given in the profile receive PDF reports as well as other emails As long as the instructor trainer account is set at passive it can only be used indirectly by the administrator Activated instructor trainer account mode When the instructor trainer account is activated then it can be accessed by its owner with a user name and password It can now be used for the creation of individual questionnaires and surveys while at the same time the general course evaluation is carried out by the admi
90. above the examinee ID Headline above the entry field for the examinee ID The placeholder d will be substituted by the number of the exam sheet EvaExam Negative scores for response options When activated negative scores for a response option are supported Allow editing of HTML code in the VividForms Editor If activated users are allowed to edit HTML code in the VividForms Editor Maximum amount of pages that can be printed through batch printing of forms Maximum amount of pages in one batch printing charge the maximum num ber is 30 000 pages Display of recognized form data If activated the checkboxes whose values were transmitted to EvaSys will be marked green in the PDF overview of the processed forms accessible in the details of a survey 467 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions 2 5 12 Section TeleForm Depending on the license these settings are not available Data format online survey The participants in an online survey can select in which format the question naire should appear from an option list o The list is not shown HTML is used 1 The list is not shown PDF is used 2 The list has only the entry HTML HTML is used 3 The list has only the entry PDF PDF is used 4 The list has both HTML and PDF either m
91. and allows restricted editing only The form contains versions created by instructors Instructors Optional Questions forms Figure 59 List of questionnaire forms This window is divided into two areas In the upper part you can check the version of the PDF files and have these files displayed ig Optional Questions wW PDF Sample Shaw wW PDF Paper Survey Show 22 POF Online 74 W In the recognition set of the VividForms Reader Refresh 4 Preview online survey Figure 60 Details for questionnaire A green checkmark indicates an existing file a red cross indicates a missing file There are three versions as PDF file for each questionnaire PDF Sample This is a version that is for viewing only and may not be used for surveys PDF Paper Survey This version contains form fields that can be completed for the creation of a questionnaire personalized for a survey So for example the name of the in structor trainer and the course or and this is especially important the op eration number PDF Online The PDF online version is used for online surveys only with TeleForm The file can be completed and sent off with Acrobat Reader Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Optional questions The field optional questions gives in
92. as active instructor trainer In order to log in the active instructor trainer calls up the EvaSys Log in win dow and enters his access data here Subsequently a window appears with the greeting text Dear Mrs Jasmine Sadhi Welcome ta Evasys the Faculty Evaluation Feedback System First of all please change your user name and password combination Click on My profile in the left navigation menu In order to return to this window click on Folders You can set up your first folder a directory for surveys by clicking on Create new folder For further Information please consult the online manual We wish you success Figure 165 Greeting screen for Mrs Jasmine Sadhi detail It is important that the instructor trainer changes his access data in the left menu under Own profile Depending on the rights granted to the active instructor trainer he can now create new questionnaires amend existing templates or create surveys only with existing questionnaires Accordingly he sees in the left menu either Questionnaires VividForms Editor and Templates or only Question naires and Templates or none of these options 158 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions John Mark IMEtruetar Surveys g Folders EvaExam
93. assigned to a survey and were dis Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions carded Click on the leaf symbol next to this message in order to display the first page of the batch as a graphic file Check the image It may be that a wrong page was scanned as the first page or that the operation number can not be identified due to dirt or manipulation Repeat the scan operation and reproduce if necessary the defective cover sheet The procedure with the ID SURVEY ID is not open any more The survey for which the data were collected is closed The data were dis carded Check whether e the batch has already been scanned and the new capture was an error e an incomplete scanning operation has already taken place In this case the survey must be reset broom symbol e a further batch in the survey was scanned and the automatic closure of the Survey operation was unintentional In this case set the option close sur vey after the first scan operation at settings process defaults to no e the settings of the scanner driver may have been changed Open the scan Station software click on Settings and select test scan Compare the settings of the driver with the EvaSys standards Duplex 200 DPI black white image Warning Document
94. be added at the end Max Pages Defines the maximum number of pages this form can have when being used as a template by other users If the property Template is inactive the num ber of pages will be limited internally to 99 pages Max Items Defines the maximum number of questions allowed on the questionnaire This enables control over the number of questions which may be added when decentral users take this template to add personal questions This limitation is inactive when the form is not a template e Form Wizard Microsoft Internet Explorer Form creation information Abbreviation Title Demo Form Paper Aad Template IT Activate deactivate template mode IE Mew tems can only be added atthe end Max Pages Max Items Apply Cancel Figure 421 Questionnaire editor enter the basic data Short name etc Click on Apply Now the questionnaire will be given its own header and you can use the editing bar 341 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions 3 1 The Editor Control EvaSys i Editor Control a Opens the dialog to create a new question group Add Question Group Add Question Opens the dialog to create a new question Adds the pole labels defined under form properties F Opens the dialog to add ve
95. cannot be listed here You can normally get support from your data protection officer and or the data protection committee EvaSys provides reference texts for anonymous and non anonymous Surveys You can find these reference texts under System Settings Text Templates E MAIL Footnote for anonymous online surveys or Footnote for non anonymous online surveys These text templates are used automatically when sending the PSWDs to interviewee s Conducting non anonymous surveys Non anonymous surveys can only be realized by the subunit administrator Observe the following steps so that survey participant data can be used in EvaSys 1 Firstly import the participant data 2 Ensure that the questionnaire used contains place holders for the par ticipant data Otherwise the questionnaires used later cannot be as signed to participants in EvaSys 3 Create a survey for the relevant course Importing participant data You can import the participant data similarly as how you would import the email addresses for courses in the menu Subunits in the area Central evaluation Option Data import Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Central Evaluation ry Generate Surveys Ei Display Surveys z Delete Surveys iA Instructor
96. detailed data about the form processing operation Eplogfile txt If there are critical problems in the database communication then TeleForm cannot write error messages in the EvaSys log book In this case the file C eplogfile txt will be used for the error protocol Please contact EvaSys Support if the error message is written in this file Configuration settings Text templates Provided they have the setting in their configuration EvaSys sends emails to users for a number of reasons The texts for these emails can be edited here Alongside the texts for emails you can also define texts for cover letters which are used in PDF reports By using a placeholder you can personalize these automatically created messages for your recipients You can continue to define attachments for emails and templates for PDF let ters These documents must be first uploaded into the system Please note that some option settings can also be defined specifically for in dividual questionnaires Settings at questionnaire level have priority over general settings Viewing Email texts and text templates The key elements for these settings are the selected actions and the lan guage Headings text and attachment or PDF template can be defined for this combination Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4
97. deviation in graph Show the standard deviation in the graph of scalar questions Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Show scale divisions for bar diagrams Activates the display of the export values for response options as scale under the graphic report bar Show notice for suppressed report Activates the display of a notice instead of the question summary when the minimum response is not reached The content of the text can be changed in the text templates Action PDF Report Text for too little response If deac tivated the respective question does not appear in the report Bar Mean Value Line thickness for mean value Bar standard deviation Bar Std Dev Line thickness for standard deviation Show recommendation text When activated a link for generating a recommendation document will be placed after the detailed norm profile line Mode of calculation for norming 1 Mean value of the dimension Mean values of all datasets 2 Mean value of the dimension Mean value of the mean values of the data sets Please note In this case in each dataset the number of answers for each item must be at least as high as a defined minimum value see also Configu ration of Norming You can choose between two ways of calculating the mean value here
98. each item The threshold values for the quality guidelines are then calculated automati cally Window In order to open the conversion window you need to open the details of a questionnaire select in the field Advanced Settings the option Quality Guidelines and click on Edit The dialogue for the definition of quality guidelines appears Now click on Convert quality guidelines from norms Be cause only one set of quality guidelines can be defined for a questionnaire the button appears only when no other guidelines were defined This is also the case when no norms have been defined for the questionnaire course evaluation Re calculate all Surveys Cancel Figure 387 Button Convert quality guidelines from norms When opening the window the dimensions are converted into quality guide lines The guidelines and the related questions are displayed in a column For each question the norm average value avg norm standard deviation dev as well as upper and lower thresholds are displayed 314 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Base norm General norm Cancel Convert this norm lo lo Legend 5 lt 0 cael E avg average dev standard deviation Quality Guideline 1 Questions about you gt higher values bet
99. elements you wish to use and how you design them 35 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 2 Phase 1 Preparation of a survey period The preparation of a survey period includes e The selection of a questionnaire e The selection of a survey procedure The setting up of subunits e The setting up of user accounts 2 1 Menu Subunits The section Subunits gives an overview of organizational units in the sys tem as well as their contents The system version Central Evaluation allows access to the survey administration This view is available to the administrator as well as the subunit administra tor The subunit administrator can use all the functions described in this sec tion except for setting up subunits a EvaSys Y amg Subunits System Settings System Information D a search Education Survey Automation Suite A F List of all Subunits Subunit User Edit Delete Subunit Administrator Peter Brown G Computer Sciences ai 4 Jenny Jerry Iministrator Department Training a Henry Darcy Subunit A b7 7 Linguistics gs5 Henry Darcy A Overview siesta ss Professional Development ai HA Department Linguistic l Profession G _Data Entry Demo Subunit a 1 G _Data Entr G _Syst
100. ex ample from a 5er scale to a 6er scale would make a general indicator hard to interpret In order to really be able to interpret the indicators produced one must know how other surveys turned out For this you can fall back on norming 229 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ti Automated Document Solutions 5 1 2 Activating the indicators in the configuration If you wish to utilize the calculation of indicators you must first activate them in the configuration of each PDF report For this purpose you call up the option Configuration in the menu System Settings PDF Report Settings Please bear in mind that you have to define the configuration for each of your PDF reports There you find the setting Calculate indicators which you can activate and deactivate If you activate the calculation of the indicators here the indicator and stan dard deviation are displayed at the beginning of the PDF report as a bar dia gram On the margin you can also see both of them as numerical data About the Course About the Professor Overall rating Quality of handouts Figure 250 Display of indicators in the PDF report without general indicator The option Calculate indicators from the configuration refers only to this calculation of the indicators at the be
101. fol lowing For further information please read the relevant chapters in this man ual Components of the PDF report So as to give you an overview of the elements that you can integrate into this report we will describe them here in the order in which they can appear in the report The report can contain the following components e the letter to the instructor trainer bar diagrams on the indicators of the questionnaire these if desired with general indicator and or Cronbach s Alpha e a legend for the analysis of scaled questions the individual analysis of the questions appearing on the questionnaire with or without open questions depending on the settings e maxi histograms on scaled questions matrices a profile line that is displayed as a normed profile line provided that a norm has been defined a presentation template containing the indicators responses to open questions handwritten or typed the latter if it is an online survey or if the data entry assistant was used o notes of a survey You can display the added notes of the different user types in the PDF report See here chapter 3 2 3 survey details editing displaying notes Since the report is crucial to your evaluation here you will find a detailed de scription of how to de activate the components The letter The letter is a regular type of letter and serves as courteous piece of informa tion for the instructor tra
102. from the system by clicking on the icon in the next to last column All links to email types or to PDF report types are also deleted The size of the document is limited to 1 megabyte You can change the maxi mum size in the EvaSys settings EvaSys Settings General Maximum Size of Document Email attachments Every email type in EvaSys e g Send PSWD to respondent or Send report to instructor trainer can be provided with its own email attachment For exam ple an instructor trainer could receive along with his PDF report a document with the evaluation requirements Under the heading Documents for Email Attachments you can find all re lated files Email attachments can be created in any file type so please remember that recipients may have trouble opening uncommon file formats More about assigning documents to specific email types can be found in the section Text Templates PDF templates Customized letter templates PDF templates can be entered for the various PDF report types e g Report to Instructor Trainer or Summary Report to Dean Manager The template layouts can be designed so that they meet any corporate iden tity requirements As the name says the templates must be in PDF format or converted into this format Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Ele
103. has a comprehensive understanding of the subject 1 Agree This instructor knows this subject very well 1 Agree B About you C Grade Level i Freshman C Gender 1 Male c This course was extremely valuable to my education Subgroup 1 from Subunit Report 1 28 09 2007 16 1 Note Data compilation may take a moment Please click the button only once V Include answers to open questions Back Figure 313 Selection of several criteria for subgroup reports 268 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys Li Automated Document Solutions The following window opens Selection of several criteria for subgroup reports About the Course learned a lot in this course learned more in this course than in others This course was extremely valuable to my education would recommend this course to my friends This course has had a profound impact on me Students who go to the instructor for help get the assistance they need The instructor has a comprehensive understanding of the subject This instructor knows this subject very well About you Grade Level Gender Detaut criteria combination Add new criteria combinatio The criterion will be added to the chosen criteria combination Add criterion Subgroup name Create Subgroup 1
104. his id and view all the results of his surveys When using the Central Evaluation server type passive user accounts are as a rule used to implement all or a large amount of the surveys from the adminis trator profile User accounts can be activated at any time Two passive ac counts are equivalent to one active user license Changing user data Click on the name of a subunit A list of the users in this subunit will appear By clicking on the user name you will reach his or her user profile Profile data can be changed by entering new data and saving it with OK Addresses and institute numbers play a role only in the self registering pro cedure If an activated user has forgotten his password it can be overwritten by entering the new password twice The user can then login again and change their password Moving user accounts In the list of users in a subunit you will see a check field on the right hand side You can check any combination of these fields At the bottom of the ta ble you will see the function Move selected to SUBUNITNAME Select the target subunit from the selection list A click on the button move will start the procedure Please note that users with the same name may already be in the target subunit if a number of instructors trainers have the same name In this case you will be notified that you have for each of the affected instruc tors trainers the following choice Overwrite The surveys an
105. ics nieva e du Mont montg Math ll 10564 v 02 123 Econom gomery uniev ics a edu Cheva m chev lier alier u nieva e du Table 2 Structure of the CSV file A line of the CSV file looks like this Column Function Keyword Function Instructor or Dean Dean of Studies Data Entry Assistant Report Creator these user types cannot be given course data Titles Keyword Mr Mrs Neutral or custom title Index of course type according to the number in the Course Types e g Type 1 Lecture 2 Seminar 3 Proseminar etc Course Participants Number max 10 digit optional field Table 3 Structure of the CSV file II 68 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 Luneburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions You can define further titles in the main menu System Settings in the submenu Custom Titles These are the default values You can change them in the main menu System Settings in the submenu Course Types The following rules must be followed The course code must be unique The left side of the table instructor data must be repeated for each course an instructor trainer teaches Course data itself cannot be imported unless as signed to a instructor trainer The right side of the table course data can remain empty Yo
106. image box graphic file in the PDF HTML analysis This op tion guarantees that after collection of the data the instructor trainer gets a complete feedback including responses to open questions e Display after manual collection In order to preserve anonymity handwrit ten responses to open questions are not displayed The report recipient can only access the results to the closed questions decentral or will be sent these Central Evaluation With the user type data entry assistant Section 5 2 3 a sequential manual entry of the handwritten comments can be accomplished Multiple selections are counted sorted and displayed according to their frequency The effort put into this work allows these texts to be transmitted Central Evaluation in statistics programs which then can carry out a lexical analysis After all image boxes have been entered the instructor trainer Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 41 Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions receives a message that he can now view the responses to the open ques tions In order to minimize unnecessary costs a threshold value can be defined System Settings EvaSys Settings Surveys This anonymization threshold sets a minimum number of returns under which survey responses are not anonymized can be set from 1 to 99 e Never disp
107. instructors trainers and courses XML import Integrate the questionnaires possible setting of additional report definitions e possible definition of norms and or quality guidelines e Generate survey procedures e Integrate individual questions Instructor Trainer s Operational Ques tions through feedback loop to the instructor trainer Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions Phase 2 Implementation e Mass production of individualized questionnaires for hard copy proce dure Download cover sheets and dispatch envelopes containing pre produced questionnaires to instructors trainers for cover sheet proce dure e Generate and dispatch PSWDs for online surveys Produce individualized questionnaires and or dispatch PSWDs for hy brid surveys Implementation of surveys and return of responses to the capture loca tion all procedures simultaneously Evaluation Sheet Subunit Demo Subunit Program Of Study Instructor _ E uso om Date 2007 04 12 15 11 22 Number of returns Figure 13 Cover sheet Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Sol
108. istering version and has no function when the standard user profile decentral or the Standard version is used Max 6 numerical characters This field is used for the subunit classification in Institute Number the Central Evaluation server version self regis tering procedure and has no function for the standard user profiles decentral or the Standard procedure Max 100 characters optional field EvaSys sends all messages to the user at this Email email address e g PDF reports for processed questionnaires Max 50 characters non optional field Login name This field must be unique across the system i e it may be only used once Password Max 50 characters non optional field Password repeat Max 50 characters non optional field 53 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions No QM views Only own surveys Only own sub unit Full authorization Additional Subunits Additional subunits can be added to QM views QM views has to be set to Only own subunit Form Editor Unrestricted Templates only No access Table 1 Necessary information for a new user account QM Views Remember that you will not be able to use again a login name you have al ready used in another profile The following user types can be defined in th
109. l Data exis user for example to include a substitute instruc All substitute instructor tent Here existing n n n iew r D xi Edit display notes ere existing notes on Surveys can be viewed o ata exis amended tent Here you can change the identification of the Da Survey ID survey survey ID Attention Not available in All ne Edit answers to open questions Web verifier mode available Table 6 Overview on the actions concerning a survey 101 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions In the following graphic you can see header data actions and the mainte nance of an email merge survey There are not yet any data available for the Survey You can only display the questionnaire here finish the data collection close survey delete the survey assign the survey to substitute instruc tor trainer edit show notes and change the survey ID Details for Survey D Survey Introduction into EvaSys a Instructor Donna Harwood J Course Introduction into Evasys Survey Period s507 F Type Paper Survey Hard Copy Procedure TJ Questionnaire train 01 Status In progress ready for data Survey Created on 1108 2007 at 16 58 47 Actions Show cover sheetform in browser T Deutsch Show Email A Finish
110. log in name and the password for the report creator to the person who will act as the report creator He can then log on Log in and first steps In order to be able to log on as report creator open the usual EvaSys start page It looks just like the one shown in the following 237 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions EvaSys ti Figure 262 EvaSys log in window As soon as you have logged on here the start screen of the report creator ap pears offering you on the left hand side a menu with various options 238 The option Reports allows you to download reports on indicators which give the university management and or the management of your company an overview of the assessment the courses By the option My profile you can change the user data of this report creator access for example password language etc The utilization statistics give you an overview of the activities of this report creator for example the number of the log ins the created folders etc Deliveries informs you how many emails the report creator has already sent The field System Info gives you an overview of the address data of the organization as well as of the individual subunits Clicking on the option Send email opens a page that ena
111. mailservice you have to add the string ssl to the IP address ssl lt IP address gt Additionally the port of the mail server has to be changed to the 465 You cannot use the TSL protocol here 469 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Port mail server Port of the target mail server Default 25 HELO to mail server Greeting for the mail server in this case the name of the mail server to be ad dressed Ignored impolitely by most mail servers Authentication Activates the authentication on the mail server In most cases not necessary Username User name with which EvaSys should log in to the mail server if authentica tion needed Password Password with which EvaSys should log in to the mail server if authentication is needed Server root path This setting defines the root path of the EvaSys web server LDAP Activate deactivate LDAP This setting is only for instructors trainers regis tered in the system Their user name and password will be compared with LDAP if LDAP is activated LDAP host Address of the LDAP server LDAP BASE DN Defines the base DN for LDAP or Active Directory LDAP login If it s not allowed to search anonymous in the LDAP or Active Directory server you have to enter the login of the search account
112. notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions e You will find the manual again in PDF format in the index of the Apache EvaSys folder on the EvaSys server index Apache htdocs evasys doc there you will find the document Administrator _Manual_en_E However you can not usually access it directly from the file system rather you should type the path into the browser for example http localhost evasys doc Administrator_Manual_en_E pdf The path component localhost should be replaced by your server name In rela tion to clients systems please also note that the path component evasys is to be supplemented or replaced respectively by the name of the client s installation If need be please consult your system administra tor Further manuals Apart from the User Guide the following manuals are also available e the Installation Manual for EvaSys which provides an overview of the most important steps of installation e the Manual First Steps with EvaSys which provides an overview of the most important features of your work with EvaSys It is designed as a guide for beginners and helps you off to a quick and easy start e the Manual of the Scanstation which describes the scan process e the VividForms Reader Manual which describes the automatic recogni tion process e the XML Import Manual which
113. of templates in instructor Log on the system 26 accounts 399 Log in as active instructor 158 Instructors optional question 136 Logo 83 K Logo file 42 Keyboard control 188 _M L Manual 11 12 Language Manual entry of handwritten comments Multiple languages 83 189 Language picture 83 Matrices 388 391 Legal references in non anonymous Matrix field 351 Surveys 144 Message Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions Templates for email messages 436 Mirrored scaled questions 355 Module Creation of module account 330 Creation of module courses 330 Generation of module surveys 332 Module evaluation 328 Creating of questionnaires for the module evaluation 328 Linking of questionnaires to course types 328 Module survey Activation of module surveys 328 Multiple languages 83 N Netviewer 15 Non anonymous surveys 61 143 Legal references 144 Norm Appearance of the norm data in the PDF report 313 Converting norms in quality guidelines 313 Norm values for questionnaires 310 Norm profile lines 203 Norming 309 Norms 309 Notes of a survey 193 210 O OMR 179 Online survey Preview 110 PSWD procedure 90 EvaSys Online Survey Conduction of online surveys 110 Management of online surveys 110 Online Design 81 Open question Backing up the
114. preview of your online survey in the survey de tails or questionnaire details you will receive the following warning Microsoft Internet Explorer x AN The preview of the online survey does not show all the Functions of a real online survey It only offers you a visual preview TF you want to test Filters temporarily saving or similar please generate a real online survey For testing Figure 103 Warning message of a preview of the online survey This warning makes you aware that the preview of your online survey is not a real online survey but solely offers you a visual preview In order to test filters matrices or temporary saving we recommend that you create a test survey with your questionnaire When you have created the test Survey display the PSWDs in the browser and fill out the survey once This procedure allows you to fully test your online survey On successful comple tion you can delete this test survey and create your regular online survey Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 111 112 Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions Generating and managing time scheduled online surveys EvaSys provides the option to run time controlled surveys The following actions can be controlled Starting the survey and dispatching the PSWDs by email to the respon dents e Rem
115. print process with a different incorrect survey ID To enable 99 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions you to assign these completed questionnaires to your survey anyway you must replace the ID of the existing survey with the survey ID of the question naires distributed Please note that you cannot change the survey ID if the results of the survey r are in the Web verifier mode This means that the survey ID is protected A while the results of your survey are being processed by the verifier As soon as the verification is complete you can alter the survey ID as accustomed Please note that changing the survey ID leads to questionnaires already dis tributed no longer being able to be assigned to this survey For this reason only change the survey ID after careful consideration Should you have any questions our support team is happy to help To change the survey ID enter your chosen ID in the survey ID field and then click on change The new survey ID must consist of five characters The fol lowing window opens automatically B Change Do you really want to change the survey ID Changing the survey ID results in the fact that questionaires of this survey that have already been distributed can not longer be assigned to this survey P
116. processed Survey Mathematics Batch 5 as 04 06 2007 at 09 23 49 Successfully processed Survey Introduction into EvaSys Batch 4 3 20070531135732343 01 06 2007 at 11 33 27 Successfully processed Survey Introduction into EvaSys Batch 2 3 20070531135732343 31 05 2007 at 15 27 42 SMTP Error could not connect to SMTP host server s Mail could not be sent SYSTEM 29 05 2007 at 16 37 01 SMTP Error could not connect to SMTP host server s Mail could not be sent SYSTEM 22 05 2007 at 10 06 32 Figure 559 Log book The following messages can occur Error messages Error when updating the survey table The status of the survey could not be updated Check the status of the survey ready processed etc as well as possible error messages in the TeleForm Reader If the status of the survey is shown as processed open the report If this is empty then reset the survey and scan this questionnaire again If this error reoccurs then your database may be damaged Contact EvaSys Support Interactive cover sheet general DB problem Access to the database could not be provided Interactive cover sheet invalid form type identified Interactive cover sheet general problem An operation number could not be generated The survey could not be set up Data could not be written in the cover sheet table ProcessID invalid TeleForm was not able to find an operation number on the first page of the scanned batch The data could not be
117. registering procedure then reports that are ready for delivery must be ac cessed through the internal email printing account Method Symbolizes the method of transmission This is either email letter symbol or internal email paper symbol Sent Tells whether the report has been sent or printed green checkmark A blue Il means that the report has neither been sent nor downloaded Delivery on Date of the email delivery or internal email printing download With the red X symbol you can delete individual entries The settings in the head of the table allow you to refine your search queries 417 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions Number of data sets to displayf15 Starting from data set fo Mathematics Form Sampl4 Report Course type Lecture Introduction into EvaSys Form Demo1 Report Dr John Smith Course type Lecture Introduction into EvaSys De dake cit Form Demo1 Report i Course type Lecture accountancy Form Sampl4 Report Course type Lecture Mathematics Form TEST1 PSWD sheet EIOP Senne Narrow usen localserver de Course type Lecture 9 9 Data Analysis Form TEST1 Questionnaire Course type Lecture Prof Sunny Narrow Ennineart usen localserver de i available ngineering Was Sebantt j smith localdomain cam i ava
118. respondents Open Prof Dr Michel White Online survey reminder Deactivated Samplt V S07 08 S3 S3 s a Gt m ws Finish survey Deactivated Action For all with status Figure 107 Overview scheduled tasks Using an Option template you can restrict viewing to subunit survey period and questionnaire For every survey three tasks are shown in a row In the column Status you can see the status of the operations The following states are possible Open The task is activated and not yet carried out Running The task is now running emails are being sent e Deactivated The task is deactivated Executed The task has been successfully completed e Executed with error The task was completed with error Executed with warning The task was completed but with a warning e g report could not be created as data was not available Not completed with error The task is not correctly defined and the set tings should be checked You can use these action icons to control the operations you have planned P Modify planned task Immediate execution of task Ca Deactivate task 2E Delete all planned tasks in survey 116 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions Survey Online surveys Sending PSWDs In online surv
119. response data of a survey The sur Ca Restore survey a i 4 vey remains in the status ready available Unlock data collection Opens or closes a survey If closed no data can Finish data collection be submitted to the survey Show PSWDs in Generates and displays a PDF document con Online browser taining the PSWDs of a survey Hybrid Receive PSWDs by Sends an email with the PDF document contain Online email ing the PSWDs to the owner of the survey Hybrid a Batch emailing of the PSWDs to the respondents ome All spondents by email Hybrid Download PSWDs in Allows the download of a text file containing all Online All CSV file remaining PSWDs for a Survey Hybrid Generate more PSWDs Allows the generation of additional PSWDs for Online an existing online survey Hybrid Opens a window with a preview of the online Online Preview online survey All survey Shows the scheduled tasks linked to the survey Scheduled Tasks such as PSWD submission reminder submis Online All sion or reporting Show cover Opens the personalized cover sheet or the ques paper sheet form in browser tionnaire of the survey as PDF file in the browser P Email cover Sends the personalized cover sheet and or form Daner All sheet form to the owner of the survey by email P Shows the open ended question answers ina para list allowing the administrator to select and de available lete if necessary Allows a survey to be assigned to a another Assign survey to a l
120. save the contents of the folder C APACHE MYSQL DATA EVASYS2 and start the MySQL service again To start the database server enter the command line net start mysql Close the command line by entering exit Backing up the form definitions When you create the first survey for a specific questionnaire the form defini tion file in XML format is added to the recognition set of the VividForms Reader On the basis of these form definitions the scanned forms are recog nized and evaluated The form definitions can be found in the folder C Programms Electric Paper VividForms forms Please backup this folder too Backing up the image files of the open questions The answers to open questions are saved as PNG image files You can find these in the folder C Apache htdocs evasys img Here you will find the im ages of the open questions as well as the images which are shown in the veri ficator The folder structure is defined as survey period subunit user survey Before you backup these files we recommend that you stop the Apache service and then restart after finishing Backing up the original image files from scanstation The EvaSys scanstation software can create a backup copy from every batch You can make this backup copy in a folder defined using a dialog with set tings The default folder is called C Program Files Electric Pa per EvaSys Scanstation archive Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subje
121. settings Change password Batch status i Show extended batch status 15 Duration in seconds between twa updates of the batch status 10 Duration in minutes After this time a successtully processed batch will be hidden Hiding of batches directly after the successful processing S00 Duration in days After this time a completed batch will be removed irrevocably Jobs Default job EvaSys Enable user to change job processing Manual Figure 184 Tab General Settings 172 Language Here you can choose the language of the scanstation German or English Af ter changing the language the scanstation must be restarted URL for Activation Here you can enter the URL of the EvaSys server to activate the scanstation Check By clicking the button Check you can check the URL for the scanstation Upon successful activation you get the following information Activation suc cessful The scanstation can now be used Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Using Proxy If the internet connection is made via a proxy server this option must be acti vated The settings for the proxy server must be deposited in the configura tion Configuration If you have activated the option Use proxy you can configure this connec
122. since he has insight into all data anyway For example you can create a subunit System users where you put all users such as the report creator the data entry assistant the verifier etc so as to find them again fast Go to the respective subunit and click on Create New User The input window which opens should be familiar to you from creating in structors trainers and other users In the way you are accustomed enter the data for the person who will act as report creator It is crucial that you choose the user type report creator instead of instructor trainer and the like 235 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 236 Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 2 Please choose a user type Instructor Dean of Studies Dean See utilization statistics tor the subunit Madule Report Creator F H 7 h i Data Entry Assistant Handwritten comments Verifier Subunit Administrator Cancel Figure 258 Creating a report creator step 1 eo DE i 2 Change the attributes of the user Ms Tithe FO First name Maria Last name Repot Phone FO Email report training evasys com 00 ah E Language Default language v Login name Address Mew password Cancel Figure 259 Creating a report creator step 2 In the thir
123. single blackened checkbores as marked answers Open Questions Override vivid orms Reader settings F Reduce the width left and right in peels to crop the border of open questions 4 Reduce the height top and bottom in pels to crop the border of open questions Extended Settings Override Vivid orms Reader settings Activate debug mode tor the VividFonme Reader amp permanent activation te not recommended Override web verification Before scanning the Scanstation proms for the statue of web yertication P Override form ID Before scanning the Scanstation promte to enter atom E Override uwen lE Before ecanning the Stanstation proms to enter a survey IE E Ignore Senal number Before scanning the Scanstation promte for the status of the senal number About Default Settings Manual Figure 185 Tab VividForms Reader 174 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions 4 1 2 Scanner Canon DR 3060 3080 The document scanner Canon DR 3060 3080 is used in almost all EvaSys ap plications and has proven to be reliable and durable in continuous use EvaSys requires the following settings Image Mode Mode Black white Page Size A4 210 X 297 mm Dots per inch DPI 200 dpi e Brightness 110 o Contrast Default 4 Skew co
124. single choice extended multiple choice and open questions are available Number of options In scaled questions the number of checkboxes is stored here In grade value questions and open questions this field remains empty In single choice single choice extended and multiple choice ques tions the number of response options is recorded In matrix field questions the number of groups in the PDF report is recorded here Left pole In scaled questions the left pole description is recorded here In open questions you can enter the number of lines available to the survey par ticipant for his response here In grade value questions this field remains empty In single choice single choice extended and multiple choice ques tions the response options are recorded here Please note the different re sponse options must be separated by a vertical line Pipe In matrix field questions enter the minimum value here Right pole In scaled questions the right pole description is recorded here In matrix field questions enter the maximum value here For all other question types this field remains empty 86 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Abstention In scaled questions an abstention text can be stored here For all other question types t
125. soon as there is data available from at least one questionnaire there are two types of reports available the HTML and the PDF report If you wish to get an impression of a specific type of report for example whilst creating particu lar types of reports it suffices to create an online survey fill in a question naire and send it With this data alone reports can be created EvaSys supports the PDF A 1b Standard This standard ensures that your PDF reports are suitable for long term digital preservation and are clearly able to be reproduced Please note when using your own PDF templates your PDF reports are no longer PDF A 1b compatible This applies to reports whose cover letter was modified by your own templates under System Settings Documents as well as System Settings Text Templates PDF report definitions are only then affected when for this questionnaire or in general your own PDF templates are used Should you want to use PDF report plugins please discuss the question of PDF A 1b compatibility when creating the PDF plugins It is important to remember that reports are never stored in the system As soon as you click on the respective buttons EvaSys creates the report based on the current available raw data This means that you can scan new data in at any time and the reports are modified accordingly If you wish to avoid the scanning of further data and so modifying the PDF report its best to simply close the survey Th
126. special TeleForm scripts for the processing for EvaSys These scripts create the connection between TeleForm and EvaSys A da tabase connection permitting communication between TeleForm and the EvaSys database is installed e Image save of forms not recognized This supports the logging download ability via web interface e Automatic batch confirmation Manual confirmation is not necessary e Automatic batch export Manual enabling of data export is not necessary e Automatic missing page batch confirmation Confirmation of batches with missing pages This can happen when for example pages in a multi page questionnaire are missing or a batch with multi page sets is mixed up e Automatic export of missing pages Batches with missing pages are also exported e Setting up of EvaSys recognition set Exclusive recognition set for EvaSys questionnaires e Setting up of EvaSys job Exclusive processing rules for EvaSys question naires Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 2 Client operations An EvaSys system is made up of TeleForm the web server and a database server Together the EvaSys database and the server software make up a sin gle system This single system can be configured and divided up into separate areas There are certain situations in which
127. summary reports dean of studies program manager report dean manager report can be created for this questionnaire Evaluation for participants For online surveys you can grant the participants access to the results of the survey After the survey has been closed participants can use their PSWD to have a look at the HTML report You can decide if answers to open questions are to be displayed or not Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Online Design Here you can decide whether in online surveys the survey header should be displayed Should you display it the survey appears as follows EvaSys Edvcotion Survey Automation Sulte Management Strategies Philipp Belmore Professional Development Electric Paper C O L L EGE Dear Participant We are very interested in your opinion about the course as well as about the university in general Therefore we would like to ask VOU to take the time read the questionnaire thoroughly and complete it Only your own judgement is important you cannot give wrong Of course the data is anonymous 1 Questions about you Which gender do you belong to Please select 7 What is your age Please select 7 Figure 66 Online survey with an activated survey header Should you decide to display
128. supports you in importing your data into EvaSys You will be provided with the XSD for the import via XML XML schema and receive further detailed information e the EvaExam Manual which provides an introduction to paper based ex ams conducted in EvaSys and gives an insight into working with EvaExam You will find all manuals in the index of the Apache folder on the EvaSys Server index Apache htdocs evasys doc As subunit administrator you will find the most important manuals and sample files in the menu System Information Manuals respectively Example Files Furthermore the active user has access to a short online user manual the VividForms Manual for creating questionnaires and the EvaExam Manual Please note All PDF manuals are provided with linked directories so that you can navigate comfortably Should the linking not work please check that the option View documents in PDF A mode is set to Never in the settings of the Adobe Reader menu Edit Preferences Documents PDF A View Mode Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions EvaSys 4 1 2 Support and remote maintenance 1 2 1 EvaSys Website and support area When logged in as an administrator in EvaSys via the main menu System Information on the submenu s
129. the button Add The following window will open Search for participants The email address of a participant has to be entered and verified before the data can be completed Email Search Details of the participants Course Web Design XHTML Title First Name Last name Email Address Custom 1 Custom 2 Custom 3 Cancel Figure 148 Add non anonymous participants To add a new participant you must first enter the email address of the par ticipant in the area Search for Participants Then click on Search EvaSys searches all existent participant data for this email address If the participant is already in the system for example for another non anonymous course EvaSys adopts all existing data in the area Details of the participants With exception of the email address you can change these de tails as and when required If the given email address is not yet in the system EvaSys adopts this email address in the area Details of the participants and you can add all other in formation 149 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys Ti Automated Document Solutions Details of the participants Course Web Design XHTML Mr x Title P First Name George tt s lt sCSCiw Last name Windows Email Jyeorge info
130. the content of the form etc Most important the CSS style sheet onlinesurvey css allows you to modify almost everything as each object of the online survey layout is de scribed by a style In the subfolder element you find files describing how each question type single choice scaled question multiple choice question and so on will be displayed In the subfolder partial you will find how errors and warnings such as olease fill in this required field or only numbers are allowed in this field will be displayed You can add further files you would like to integrate into your template You can also create several other folders here like for instance the folder images where you can save files specifically needed for your template Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions You might just modify some of the files and not all of them When a file is missing in your custom template folder EvaSys is using default instead so you do not have to import files you did not edit To have EvaSys load your template zip the content of your folder Please note The ZIP file has to contain the content of the folder and not the folder itself Go to the menu System Settings Online Survey Templates and up load the file You can the
131. the number of user definable courses Zero corresponds to no addi tional fields Title of 1st 2nd 3rd 4th and 5th additional field The title of the corresponding additional field Content of the1st 2nd 3rd 4th and 5th additional field Designation of permitted values for the additional fields The values must be separated by CTRL ALT Section Functions Period display Displays the current period Permit Kiviat diagram Kiviat diagram are visible for faculty Minimal survey number report creator Minimum number of surveys with which a report creator can create a subunit report De central Evaluation Permits immediate deletion of data Defines whether the data of processed surveys can be immediately deleted after the reports have been sent by email activated The setting deacti vated suppresses the corresponding configuration setting Permit certificate of participation Activates the option to download a certificate of participation Permit certificate of results Activates the option to download a certificate of results document after par ticipation in the evaluation Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Anonymous saving of deleted surveys Deleted surveys are kept anonymously in a wastebasket so that the repo
132. the scales that you define according to your needs and that can change poles for single questions right page Here the threshold values for the tolerance zone fol low the length of your scale 2 to 11 options here you can later define precise targeted values To recreate this view after changing the values click on Up date The following examples clarify some threshold values for different scales Table 13 Some threshold values for different scales Click on Convert these indicators in order to produce the quality guidelines A calculation of the quality indexes is automatically effected for the relevant surveys As usual a green circle indicates a fully met quality guideline a red circle indicates that the quality guideline was not met with different interme diate stages Figure 394 Recalculation of the quality indexes In the overview of the quality guidelines the question groups are now dis played as quality guidelines 320 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions Course Evaluation Questionnaire 25 Questions about the course Change Delete 45 Questions about the instructor Change Delete 25 Questions about the teaching material Change Delete 5 Questions about the studying conditions Change Delete Convert quality guideline
133. to repeat as a new scanning operation Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 4 2 Evaluation of scanned questionnaires The processing of scanned batches is done with VividForms or TeleForm In order for processing to continue the VividForms and when scanning Tele Form forms the TeleForm Reader must be in operation 4 2 1 Recognition of the checked boxes via barcode and OMR In the graphic you see two form pages one of which is a cover sheet and the other a page from the questionnaire The relevant capture zones have been marked in red Emm e lE E TO Class evaluation Elpotrig Papi Electig Pager Gonaid Dock Enei H Epy Clore Security bian mee Paa DO BOD Piri vse ap a es eee This boen ail Sa ooo utorrent bian mee Paa DO BOD Ps vse oe pes a es eee Thi Rese ool ow pce ion DEO BD Fras iisa Pa parega Pan k hele atime Pa eag rein Conecion DEOK Fes kipi Be pareng goer te hee eine Pa reeling rei ty yeaa Oy pM EE T Y PA F 1 Goie E mT ig hy ella plete i P ba ees aTa Ti Sed i ae J 5 r 1 1 7 Ohnmrall this collage is very effective in achieving its 1i Cerai this college le very effective in achieving its o OF OF OO O educational goals and objectives Disngr educational goals and chbjectivas Dispgre rarai this coll
134. to be searched using the Search field The selection of the search fields should include only those fields to be displayed 325 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions EvaSys ti Filter Selection Dimension _ Search Field Options Ce ooo Standard ii Field selection 50 Show M Survey Description i Scanned Forms M Quality Index M Survey ID l Scan Date Survey Description l Scanned Forms T Quality Index M Survey ID l Scan Date Field Configuration Select query result fields Subunit V Course Description M Last name M Subunit V Enrollment I First name V Form l Location M Program of Study V Period l Form Description Select search fields Subunit l Course Description l Last name l Subunit l Enrollment I First name l Form T Location l Program of Study T Period l Form Description IV Select all query result fields I Select all search fields Attention this might cause long query time Figure 402 Field selection Please note that it may not be possible to completely display more than 10 fields in the screen horizontally i e you will then have to scroll Also a large number of search fields will mean greater use of the database and a noticea bly longer processing time By clicking on Select all fields of the s
135. to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions The same as the search term day or day The search term day will just return day Alternatively you can use day In contrast to day day can be expanded by an asterisk that is day which also returns the term Daytona Exclude a term day Monday Returns day Tuesday Daytona etc but not Monday Greater than gt 10 Returns number entries that are greater than 10 Smaller than gt 10 Returns number entries that are smaller than 10 You can combine more than one search term e g day Henry Maria searches for text passages in which the terms day and Henry but not Maria are found 1 1 1 Searching for users Searches for users are conducted in the profile fields title first name last name user name and email Example You are searching for users who have the word William in their profile data Enter William as a search term and highlight user as search goal Then click on Search Go EvaSys Searchmask SearchQuery Searchin fwintiam OO Spi Deliveries Search Result 2 Hits in this Table 25 Details Figure 534 Searching for users You will then see under the search template the area for search results In hits you see that
136. unique number on each questionnaire will allow them to cor rectly sorted In order for the hard copy procedure to work with TeleForm questionnaires there must be a page link field Sheet ID The number of questionnaires for printing is based on the number of partici pants If this information is missing then a default value can be entered into the entry field You can now use the batch print feature without needing the serial number hard copy procedure if you deactivate the option Add serial number for automatic sorting This is useful in case you are unable to prevent forms being duplicated during the survey process and you need to collect all data despite having multiple identical serial number IDs C Print only master versions of cover sheets and questionnaires Create complete sets of questionnaires according to enrollment figures 50 Default value if enrollment information is missing i Add serial number for automatic sorting Figure 137 Select print cover sheet Click Request to begin the procedure Depending on the number of ques tionnaires cover sheets that need to be created there can be thousands of pages in such PDF documents this procedure can take several minutes Please wait until you have a message from the Server As soon as the PDF file has been created a download window will appear in your browser Save the file on your hard drive or open it directly Send Cover Sheets Forms Th
137. valid checkbox found invalid Search for new batches One checkmark and correction s found Figure 197 Survey view 183 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 184 Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions In the last column are up to six icons for the following actions e Display cover sheets Delete all NonForms Display NonForms Process batch e Verify automatically Delete batch 4 3 3 Form view The form view gives you an overview of the questions that remain to be cor rected at the form level A form is normally made up of a number of surveys which are scanned in a number of batches The table has the following columns Form Short name of the form Description Title of the form Pages Number of pages of the form Sheets Number of recognized forms In progress shows whether other users are already processing the batch To verify Number of corrections lew ED E B Batch SUmeEyYS Forms Jf Current forms in Verifier In To progress verify train 01 Course Evaluation Questionnaire 2 18 ud fe 2 al Form Description Pages Sheets selection for automatic verification No valid checkbox found finvalid One checkmark and correctionis Search for new batches found Figure 198 Form view In the l
138. which it was inserted in the library This is the default sorting order e Alphabetical sorting of the elements if you decide on this sorting or der activate the option Alphabetical sorting Furthermore you can sort the questions on the questionnaire alphabetically To do this activate the option Alphabetic Sorting If you don t activate this option the questions on the questionnaire will be sorted in the displayed original order A Question Library Microsoft Internet Explorer x Question Selection Guestion Instructor Evaluation Excellentvery P Group Poor auestions Explanation of course requirements was Grading techniques tests papers project How would rate the instructor s ability to E How would you rate the instructor s overa How would you rate the instructor s ability Howe would you rate the instructor s ability How would you rate the instructor s knowl Instructor s attitude toward students in the Instructor s availabilty during office hours Instructor s clarity of presentation was Instructor s effectiveness in teaching the Alphabetic Sorting M Apply Cancel Figure 488 Selection of questions of the library By clicking on the magnifying glass symbol you can see a scaled down pre view of the selected questions 383 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germ
139. will open the window with all of the RESPONSES to the open questions of this survey The responses are either displayed as image or if they have already been anonymized as text field These have a red background In order to delete all of the selected responses click on the Delete button at the bottom of the window Assign a survey to a substitute instructor trainer If a course is taken over by a substitute instructor trainer at short notice an evaluated survey can be transferred from the original instructor trainer to the other instructor trainer To do this click within the survey details on Assign survey to substitute in Structor 104 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions Details for Survey F Survey a4 Instructor J Course Survey Period Type amp No of PSWDs PJ Questionnaire g Status Survey Created on Last data collection On No of collected questionnaires Actions T Show PSWODs in browser _ Receive PSVVDs by email _ Send PSWODs by email to respondents J Download PSVVOs in CSW File Generate more PSDs w jo OK O Preview online survey Scheduled Tasks A Finish Data Collection Close Survey amp Restore Survey g Delete Survey ol Edit answers to open questions f Assign survey to substitute instruc
140. with the decentral model Complete access is only allowed the administrator and the deans managers Normal user accounts can only see the data of those users who in their con figuration have permitted this Utilization Statistics amp Admin amp Prof Dr Adam Adamski amp Dr Maria Brown amp Prof Dr Tony Black amp Prof Dr Jack Jackson amp Dr Silvia Thomas Dean amp Prof Dr Linda Connors amp Susan Bellow Engineering Computer Science Computer Science Computer Science Engineering Computer Science Engineering a MI z 1 0 1 1 0 1 SSeS ae SS SS ee S G is fe S cS ic owwtN OO O N NAO 31 07 2004 26 04 2006 26 04 2006 26 04 2006 26 04 2006 26 04 2006 26 04 2006 16 05 2007 25 05 2007 16 05 2007 25 05 2007 25 05 2007 25 05 2007 16 05 2007 25 05 2007 16 05 2007 Figure 543 Utilization statistics The following data fields are found in the table e Name Title first and last name of the user Subunit e Subunit Name of the subunit in which the user profile is located e Logins Number of logins since the user account was created Scans e Scans Number of scanned paper survey questionnaires The number of questionnaire sets not the number of pages are counted e eForms Number of completed online questionnaires both the HTML and the PDF based online surveys e Surveys Number of surveys which are in the user account at a given time e Studies Number of folders t
141. you are again informed of the details of the Summary before you actually produce the report 250 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Request report on a subunit Your choice Subunit Engineering Compilation name SubunitReportt Questionnaire Demo2 Period SSO 2007 03 01 to 2007 08 31 Mo of Surveys Fi Mo of completed questionnaires 70 The report creation may take a moment Please wait until an acknowledgment has been sent back from the serwer Create learned a lot in this course 7 M Agree Disagree Figure 281 Creating a subunit report final overview Here you can check once again which subunit you selected what the report will be called and based on which questionnaire it will be created Further more the selected survey period appears here again with the precise data de fined by the administrator You can see how many surveys meet your selected criteria and to how many return responses it applies meaning completed questionnaires If you would like to test the report creator and have only very few surveys run ning in your system a warning message may appear here and you do not have the possibility to produce a summary report No of Surveys 1 below minimurn No of completed questionnaires 10 Figure
142. 0 5 to 5 0 Seea y Ti The instructors explains even complex topics in a comprehensible way The instructor handles the technical equipment video projector etc without any problems Please grade the instructor for this course Figure 373 Combination of the various profile lines for comparison for the SSo7 and the subunit Engi neering In conclusion it can be held that as an a subunit administrator you can define comparative profile lines for a particular questionnaire in the details of a questionnaire via the option Report for comparison in the area Ad vanced Settings You can there e define the number of previous periods to be included in the compari son and select a comparative report which has already been created by the re port creator Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 303 304 Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions 0 3 5 3 1 EvaSys Data export to Excel SPSS Sphinx Possible data export formats in EvaSys For further reports and evaluation you can export the collected data to three different formats The export function can be used for all of the surveys and reports In the following you can see a description of the different formats CSV format CSV stands for Comma Separated Values and provides a free text format that is able t
143. 01 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 265 Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions This for example means Your questionnaire contains a single choice question regarding the gender with the answers female and male You can then create for all summarized reports each a subgroup report Female and Male based on this question naire These reports could give you information on whether women and men answered differently Your questionnaire contains a single choice question regarding the age e g you ask for the groups of those aged 18 to 29 for the students aged 30 to 39 those aged 40 to 49 etc If you evaluate reports which are based on this questionnaire according to subgroups this age question is presented to you as a criterion Then you could for example create a subgroup report for all mentioned age brackets and compare the results Following this it would also be possible to combine the reports for the first three groups and for the last three groups and thus compare the age group of 18 to 49 with the age group 50 and over Your questionnaire contains a multiple choice question or a single choice or single choice special question respectively on the subject with the re sponses Geology Chemistry Physics History and so forth Then you can create correspondi
144. 01 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions verification then the verification must be completed by clicking on the button Process batch Now all the results of the batch are submitted to the data base and the evaluation can be downloaded from EvaSys 4 3 5 Automatic Verification To accelerate the process of verification a number of cases can be verified automatically in the WebVerifier The prerequisite for automatic verification is that the relevant option in the systems settings is activated System Set tings EvaSys Settings Functions Automatic Verification In all three display modes batch survey and form view a column with the icon Verify automatically is displayed Beneath the column there is a checkbox to select which event is to be verified automatically sae a ae selection for automatic verification No valid checkbox found firwalid One checkmark and correctionis found Figure 203 Selection of options for automatic verification The following options are available e No valid checkbox found invalid All cases in which no valid checkbox is found for a question are determined invalid e One checkmark and correction s found All cases in which a check mark and one or more corrections is found are automatically determined valid with th
145. 02 Selection of course properties during creation of an Any compilation The following filtering criteria with the following values are possible Smaller equal or larger of particular number Selection Available Not available Additional course user data fields if Selection dependent on defined values defined up to 5 items Table 11 Filter criteria for Any compilations Entries in several search fields are linked with an AND conjunction meaning that only those courses are displayed that meet all criteria 262 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions When you have defined all necessary restrictions click on the button Up date Only then will the courses that meet your criteria be displayed to you Name Course ID Location Participants secondary instructors Language Location Reload Undo _ o Figure 303 Extended filter options Update course list With Back all entries are being deleted from the search mask and the course view is updated likewise Small hint Filtering according to language and location Part 2 If you have created the user defined course fields Location and Lan guage these are also presented to you for selection as soon as you activate the extended filter options Name
146. 023 Mathematics E045 Dr Sifvig Thomas accountancy E324 statistics E055 Prof Dr Nichol Wirte Electrotechnology E005 First Comparison Line Engineering 3507 Demoz Figure 346 Batch profile line dispatch for Data Analysis Economy Engineering SSo7 Demo2 In this case in the PDF you first see the profile line comparison shown above On a new page the next comparison begins in which the profile line of the course of Prof Dr Michel White is compared to the first comparative line En gineering SSo7 Demo2 Exception you send out these comparative lines then Prof Sunny Narrow and Prof Dr Michel White each receive their profile line compared with the subunit report Comparison options during the batch profile line dispatch Below the selection of the comparative lines you have the option to modify the presentation of the profile line comparison through a number of options or to integrate additional comparative lines Compare selected courses reports with each other Comparison options E Minimum Maximum Values a Overall Average M E Comparison lines E EJ Anonymize comparison lines Figure 347 Create Profile Line Emails options 285 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions Comparison of the se
147. 03 01 2010 06 31 2007 02292006 06 31 2006 0A202005 06 31 2009 02202010 06 31 2010 New period Mew period Po Start date of the period PO End date of the period Po Peay Figure 18 Evaluation periods In order to set up a new evaluation period enter the name o enter the start date and the end date and click on New Please remember the defined date convention MM DD YYYY The date format is defined in the menu System Settings EvaSys Settings General Date For mat Overlaps of existing survey periods are allowed For example one pe riod could be defined as from 1st of Jan 2009 to 31st of Dec 2009 name Year 2009 e g add 1st of March 2009 to 31st of August 2009 SS 2009 Existing periods can be updated by clicking on the green pencil symbol and modifying the entry fields in the area Period at the bottom of the page A modification of the period names is not critical 39 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Custom titles All identities in EvaSys have a title The in built titles are Mr Mrs Ms and neutral The menu Custom Titles allows the definition of additional titles To do this enter a new title and a salutation text An example title could be Provost with the salutation Dear Save changes by
148. 1 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions 2 Change the user rights Data access Jown subunit Assign additional subunits Computer Sciences Department Training Fro fessional Development _Data Entry Demo Subunit _Yeritier Demo Subunit _ ividForms Demos Cancel Figure 30 Creating Editing the user rights of a data entry assistant Step 3 administrator Verifier The Verifier can be used as a visual correction for scanned sheets The Verifier controls the VividForms sheets processed by the VividForms reader and can where necessary correct the recognition attributes The veri fication can be activated or deactivated for surveys This can be necessary because ambiguously filled out sheets cannot always be correctly machine read EvaSys Fdvontion Survey Automation Sulte lew E B Batch SUE YS Forms ZF Current surveys in Verifier Tom Verity Verifier Su rey Form Sheets a To progress verify Vertfler Sample survey train OL S BI Bl 2 Verller Sample Survey train O1 5 id l o e E Al B W erifier Sample Survey train O1 6 F IE E F E g Selection for automatic verification No valid checkbox found invalid One checkmark and Search for new batches correctionis found Figure 31 The verifier 49
149. 11 1 1 RY Figure 485 Form properties questionnaire version 1 1 4 2 Repair form When editing large questionnaires it may occur in rare cases that the order of the objects gets confused In such a case click on IF Repair Form in the Form Properties menu of the Editor control The questionnaire will be re built 381 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions 5 Use of the question library with VividForms You can integrate both question groups and questions from not yet imple mented questionnaires as well as protected questionnaires into the question library In the following the procedure for adding the question groups and questions is described in detail 5 1 Adding a question from the library Organization Author Subunit Course LOGE Mark Ike bow OOMOO Pexe neaparat marter The tim willbe processed aromatcally Corrector OBOR O Pate blew the exanpks skow p be ip optim be the reading estie 1 Group Al 1 1 1 The objectives and requirements of the course lcompletely O OF OF O O I cormpletely were Clearly formulated disagree agree Figure 486 Scaled question in the editor preview Click on the symbol in order to adopt a question group combination from the question library A dialog will open and you should now se
150. 128 Result for online survey participants authorization in the questionnaire There you can authorize the viewing of results As in this case only access to results of closed questions is authorized the option Display responses to open questions can be additionally selected If you authorize the viewing of results the online survey participants have ac cess to the HTML report as soon as the survey has been closed Each partici pant can use his PSWD to again log on to the same page on which the ques tionnaire was previously available Instead of the questionnaire now the HTML report is accessible Important Only those participants who were logged in during the survey can now log in again to download the report The system verifies that the PSWD has already been used for this This ensures that nobody can log on who has received a PSWD but has not yet participated in the survey The information on the accessibility of results can be communicated to the participants via email once the survey has been closed It is however not a condition for accessing the results using the PSWD The email on the report accessibility will be sent out either manually or by using the time control of online surveys If you wish to send out the information manually click in the details of a sur vey on Send result access information to participants Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper G
151. 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions a _ EvaSys Y m Subunits System Settings System Information oo Search Educotion Survey Automation Sulte al 3 EvaSys Settings Settings General Advanced Peter Brown ee Fae Title Login Window Fu TO tratar Survey Autornation Suite Text of the title line on the start page System Language Instruments sets the default language of the Evasys interface as well as all A Questionnaires English Higher Education r generated repot documents Users instructors report creators etc can change the language in their settings EA kivid Fons Editor 3 guag 3 g auestion Library Date Format Text Templates Here you can define the date format The following characters are EQ Documents recognized notice upper and lower case d Day of the month 2 digits with leading zeros reve m Numeric representation of a month with leading zeros M A short textual representation of a month three letters WG EvaSys Settings Y A full numeric representation of a year 4 digits F course Types y A two digit representation of a year Configuration Figure 33 Administrator interface EvaSys Settings The data fields of the administrator profile can be edited in the Menu System Settings Administrator t r 2 User profile of administrator Form of Address Mr oo Title FO First name Peter s SCSs
152. 2 font weight bold cue after input select background color ebeerts cue before Classes K be ipx lid px solid elevation Horganizationheader laga horder left 399 ipx bolid E pause abstention border right 19405C 2px solid pause alter activecolor border bottom 19405C 2px solid se aE ausgewertetcolor border left DEE3EA 1px solid pitch bgcolor border top DEE3EA lpx solid aa aie filter progid DxImagelransform Microsoft Gradient CSS i hea gcolor a a2 EG C P lord GradientIype 0 StartColorstr febeef3 EndColorstr DEE V4 bgcolor Sample Text bgcolorS 4 bgcolor l l ba Figure 125 CSS Editing tetetete In this example a button is defined with a light blue background and dark blue border and text sample of how it will look like on the right of the exam ple image Example of PHTML Editing scala phtml Scaled questions are used a lot in surveys While you cannot choose how you want them to be displayed in paper based surveys in online surveys you can By means of editing the scala phtml file located in the element folder of a template you can define it for your own use As you can see in the next figure lots of information like the label of the question the definition of left pole right pole and abstention or details of op tions are available through simple functions of the current object getLeftPole gsetRightPole and so on Code is commented so that you will clea
153. 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions NOTE So that all participant data fields are exported the option System Set tings EvaSys Settings Data Import and Export Raw data export contains only the ID of non anonymous participants has to be deactivated Otherwise only the email address of the participants as the sole identification feature will be exported A Use the participant data for participation certificates All above mentioned place holders PARTICIPANT_LASTNAME PARTICI PANT_FIRSTNAME etc can also be used for the participant certificates for online surveys 3 3 Active instructor trainer accounts Instructors Trainers can also implement surveys if they are granted authori zation The difference compared to central evaluation is that active instruc tors trainers surveys are linked neither to particular courses nor to evalua tion periods The following provides you as the administrator or subunit administrator with a short overview of the options available to an active instructor trainer As an introduction for active instructors trainers a brief manual is available in HTML format called Manual for Active Accounts for further information see the chapter Online User Manual in the chapter A 1 1 2 Further manuals 3 3 1 Creating active instructors as subunit administrators To grant an instructor trainer authorization to implement h
154. 27 127 255 This gives the ad dress 134 127 23 142 access but not 134 127 142 34 You need to enter the IP addresses given both at Begin IP address domain user as well as at End IP address domain user Access security becomes effective as soon as the field limited access is set at activated Confirm with Save When access is denied a message is shown for a few moments and then the individual is redirected to a website given at the HTTP redirection address You can put in the address of an appropriate website in your intranet Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany EvaSys 31 32 Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 4 EvaSys Implementing backups Backing up the database The EvaSys database type MySQL contains All of the profile data organization department user All of the surveys with raw data as well as statistical indicators e The contents as well as the evaluation rules governing all question naires Operating data logbooks survey periods PSWD lists You should regularly backup the database The MySQL service must be stopped first Afterwards open a command line by Start run type cmd and press enter Type net stop mysql and the database server will stop You can then
155. 37 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions You could for example summarize the reports for two courses that are held _ by two different instructors trainers for example for Donna Harwood the lec e ture on Web Design and for Carlos Hernandez on the New Economy Of course the courses can also belong to completely different subunits Or you summarize everything that you have ever evaluated in order to receive an overview of the assessment of your university or your company Or you Summarize the reports of all courses assigned to the course type Ex Cursion in order to receive an overview of the assessment of the study excur sions These are only a few possibilities as previously mentioned in the central evaluation you can freely combine options For technical reasons surveys of active users cannot be summarized by means of Any Compilation General To create a report that combines various elements click on the button Any Compilation in the report selection Create reports subunit Program Of Study instructor Profile lt Any Compilation gt Compilation Create Profile Line Emails Figure 292 Create any compilation The window which then opens offers you the usual selection Here you can mark several elements by simultaneously pressing with the mouse and the Ctrl key In the following example a ReportOfAll Engineering is produced w
156. 4 Automated Document Solutions Example On your questionnaire there are three question groups which contain scaled questions Question group Instructor Question group Course Question group General assessment The answers show for the first question group an indicator of 3 75 for the second question group one of 3 7 for the third group one of 2 9 The scale consists as mentioned of six response options with the positive values on the right The general indicator for this questionnaire is made up from the addition of the three indicators mentioned as well as from the division by three number of indicators 3 75 3 7 2 9 3 3 45 The general indicator is therefore 3 45 It is a reference to the survey s overall result On the basis of your scale a scale with six options and the assessment positives on the right you can now recognize for example that the result sits to the right from the middle therefore it is relatively good You can recognize from this example how important the division and align ment of the scale is for the interpretation of the results Since the values on which the scale is based form the basis for the calculation of the indicator you must be sure to use absolute standardized scales on the questionnaire Within a question group only the questions of a defined scale can be used for the calculation a comprehensive change in the question group scale for
157. 565 Modifying the text template by inserting a line After a click on Save you will see upon re opening of the report that the PDF report header has changed as follows Prof Sunny Narrow Result of student survey Data Analysis E023 No of responses 10 Figure 566 Result after modifying the text template by inserting a line Of course other place holders can also be used In the following you will find a listing of the available formatting E E Jo a a a a p _ po e _ Font size lt font Size xx gt Kfont size 14 gt Font size Font size 12 Maximum 50 Minimum 1 14 lt font 4 No single or double quotes Table 14 List of available formatting 446 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 2 2 Sey Documents useable as email attachments Rules of evaluation rules of evaluation pdf 4 KB image pjpeg Technical Support Documentation Technical Documentation doc 644 KB image bmp F Description File name Browse Documents Documents can be saved in EvaSys for a number of purposes As documents for attachments to emails created in EvaSys or as documents for PDF letters The administration of documents and files is done centrally in the menu item documents The following functions are available
158. 6 82 5 36785 02 12 6508 Sadhi Jasmine Linguistics Knowledge 09 51 20 2007 12 100 0 46240 08 28 YWWSO7 08 Harwood Donna 16 53 22 Department Training Introduction into EvaSys Figure 27 Passive dean Dean of Studies Program Manager This user type is only available for the server version Central Evaluation The user of this profile can make a selection from a list of evaluated courses and have them summarized in a special report The dean of studies program manager does not count as a user license EvaS ys _Systemlogins Education mad Automation Sulte survey Period Vera White Dean of Studies Select a Period Figure 28 Dean of studies Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 47 Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Data entry assistant This user type is important when handwritten responses by respondents are not to appear in the report document The data entry assistant can access the responses to open questions as sorted according to survey and enter them in plain text After a survey has been processed you will have a completely ano nymized analysis available In order for this user type to be able to work you must under the properties of this subunit in Handling handwritten text set the option Show after manual collection A user license is not neces
159. 67 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Combining multiple criteria In order to summarize the results of different criteria such as Gender Reg istered Major Subject and Target Degree in a Subgroup report you can use criteria combinations These offer you the possibility of creating a subgroup report with several criteria i e with multiple questions To create a subgroup report with several criteria click as you are accus tomed in the details of a report on Evaluate subgroup the last option on the bottom right Subsequently a Window opens offering you all possible questions with which you can evaluate a subgroup In this window you can click on the link Choose several criteria for subgroup reports This allows you to select multiple criteria for your Subgroup report Evaluate survey by following criteria To the selection of several criteria for subgroup reports A About the Course leamed a lot in this course 1 Agree learned more in this course than in others 3 4 would recommend this course to my friends so Disagree This course has had a profound impact on me 1 Agree C Students who go to the instructor for help get the assistance they need 1 Agree The instructor
160. 7 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys Ti Automated Document Solutions In addition to norming survey results individual message texts for below av erage average and above average results can be added to the results These texts can be accessed by instructors trainers via a link in the PDF report Text building blocks are used to create individual message texts based on the re sults achieved in a given evaluation The norm profile lines and message text functionality were developed in col laboration with Dr Heiner Rindermann from the University of Magdeburg 6 1 1 Definition of norm values for questionnaires In order to use the functionality of norm profile lines the option System Set tings PDF Report Settings Configuration Show norm values must be acti vated In the following figure you see the settings for norming a questionnaire Settings for norming of questionnaire Demo2 Edit norming types m Delete norming gt Edit Delete R Recommendation Report N Norming Figure 383 Settings for norming a questionnaire The option System Settings PDF Report Settings Configuration Show rec ommendation text gives instructors trainers the possibility to generate a recommendation document through a link in the PDF report In the details of a questionnaire you can choose in the drop down menu in the area Advanced Settings the option Norming After marking the opt
161. 9 17 03 2009 09 19 7 03 2009 99720 17 03 2009 99220 17 03 2009 Q920 17 03 2009 99720 17 03 2009 99221 7 03 2003 O9 21 17 03 2009 O9 921 17 03 2009 99 21 17 03 2009 09122 1 03 2009 O9 122 1 03 2009 O9 122 1 03 2009 09122 17 03 2009 99925 Figure 554 Overview of system utilization This option can be activated or deactivated in the configuration under Sys tem Settings EvaSys Settings Maintenance Measuring of performance val ues Also this is where the limiting values Yellow limiting value for per formance diagram and Red limiting value for performance diagram for the performance statistic are stored 1 9 2 List of all active users logged in As a subunit administrator you will find a list of all logged in EvaSys users and online survey participants at the bottom left of every EvaSys page In this way you can see how many people are currently online and avoid an overload due to a high number of people being logged in at the same time cs Users logged in 3 Online surveys 1 Figure 555 List of active users By clicking on Users logged in or Online surveys you will automatically reach the menu System Information in the area System status There you will find a detailed listing of all users currently logged into the system 427 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L nebur
162. ANAGEMENT arere nn E 309 T MOD EVAN O E E E 328 C CREATING QUESTIONNAIRES WITH VIVIDFORMG sssssscccccccssssssssscccccceeeessssseececeseeeessssseeeeees 335 1 OVERVIEW ON THE THREE VIVIDFORMS COMPONENTS cccsscosnccensscarsccurcscuscensccanecessecansecarcccurcssuccensconne 335 Bi CCS IG Ue E sere deste dete ae suas E A E E E E O NEE 338 3 CREATING A QUESTIONNAIRE WITH THE VIVIDFORMS EDITOR sssssseeeseeseseeeeeseeeseseseesseseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 339 4 CONVERT AND REPAIR QUESTIONNAIRE ssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssseeno 381 5 USE OF THE QUESTION LIBRARY WITH VIVIDFORMS csscececsccscscececsccecececscecscscscsccecstssscceceescecsccscesececeees 382 6 FILTER SETTINGS VALIDATION REQUIRED QUESTIONS AND MATRICES sssssseeeseseeseseseeseeeeseseeeeeseeeeseeeeeeeees 388 Fen WEN OPTIONS gases stuns sine E E E 393 8 DEFINING GENERAL TEMPLATES accescees cc sesssssesesescsso0s2 E ESE EEE ES EE 396 os EOMNGANDPA SING ONQUESTONNAIRES ossessi iene E 401 10 IMPLEMENTATION OF SPECIFIC DESIGN REQUIREMENTS VIVIDFORMS PLUS ccseccsssccssccssccesccesccesceesees 406 D SYSTEM SETTINGS AND MANAGEMENT ssssssssccccccccsssssssecccccceneassssseeccccceeeasssseseceeseeeaeeeeees 412 1 SYSTEM MANAGEMENT AND SUMMARY ss siissi sisitan airhe u saiit aidea anaa ahha RET aaa Aer iaai aariaa 412 2 ON URON ING a a E E 434 INDEX eag EEEE E EE E E EAE N E E at
163. CSV XML import o User name password put on email address 1 User name password are generated randomly Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Activation status faculty import Rules for setting up new users through CSV XML import o Instructor Trainer account is deactivated after import Central Evaluation 1 Instructor Trainer account is activated after import De central Evaluation SPSS Missing Values This option defines whether the abstentions in the SPSS export are defined as Missing Values 1 Abstentions are defined and exported as Missing Values o Abstentions are exported as ordinary values If abstentions are exported as ordinary values they obtain the value o When calculating a mean value of all the results in SPSS the abstentions contribute to the mean value and thus distort the result For that reason you can define the abstentions as Missing Values when be ing exported to SPSS If you activate this option setting 1 then for every questionnaire where you have defined the possibility of abstentions each abstention is exported as a Missing Value with value o to SPSS SPSS ignores the Missing Value when computing the mean value Sphinx path If the path of the local Sphinx application is defined a batch file will b
164. Course ID Location Farticipants secondary instructors r Figure 304 Filter options Properties of courses with user defined fields Here you can select for example English as the language so that only the courses held in English are displayed to you Language Figure 305 Selection of all courses that are held in English Or you choose the Central campus as a location or of course you can also choose both etc Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 263 Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Combinations and subgroups The previous chapters show that the report creator allows the generation of reports according to very flexible criteria So far however only the compila tion of data according to specific criteria was explained How to summarize these compiled reports again or evaluate the reports according to different criteria is the topic of the following chapter For these two needs mentioned the combining as well as the taking apart of existing reports there are two options in the details of a report Just a small reminder You will find the details of a report by clicking on the name of this report in the report list Combining reports First of all the combinations are dealt with here This option enables you to summarize several created reports If yo
165. Cronbach s Alpha To do this you must activate the option Display Cron bach s Alpha in the menu System Settings PDF Report Set tings Configuration 233 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions In the PDF report the values for the indicators are now completed in the be ginning by the value of the respective Cronbach s Alpha You see the Cron bach s Alpha directly behind the name of the indicator meaning behind the name of the question group Global Values About the Course Alpha 0 7 Figure 256 Cronbach s Alpha in the report Please note In EvaSys the regular non standardized Cronbach s Alpha is used which is calculated from the variances and co variances of the ques tions within a question group Hereby the following formula is used to calculate Cronbach s Alpha in EvaSys N F 1 N 1 7 Figure 257 The formula used for Cronbach s Alpha whereby N number of the items meaning in this case questions and r relation covariance variance average correlation between the items 5 2 Creating reports and comparative profile lines As soon as you have scanned data into EvaSys for a survey and or received data during online surveys a PDF report is generated automatically with this data The more data you scan th
166. D k 2 E Questionnaire g Folders Evaluation Quest_2 Questionnaire Template Additional Reports Figure 64 Recognition set of an active instructor trainer 76 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Should you have any further questions regarding refreshing the recognition set of the VividForms Reader please contact our support department as this function is above all a feature for technicians in case of moving EvaSys Preview online survey This option opens a window with a preview of the online survey for further in formation see chapter B 3 2 6 Effective management and conduction of online surveys Below the information about the PDF files and the recognition set you can see a drop down list with several options moreover three buttons and the De lete button Those options and buttons have the following meaning Text Templates You can define custom email texts or texts for PDF reports in order to incorpo rate elements specific to a given questionnaire in reports or emails You can also define email attachments for the questionnaire Norming This is where the norm data are defined for the questionnaire In addition sub norms can be selected for for example subunit or course type level as well as displaying message box
167. Data Collection Close SUEY gE Delete Survey fa Assign survey to substitute instructor i Edit Show notes Reload Hack Figure 89 Survey details ready for data In the following graphic you can see the evaluation possibilities of a survey for which data is already available In this case considerably more options are available to you Here you can for example display the results in different export formats i e PDF CSV SPSS 102 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions Details for Survey F Survey amp Instructor J Course 0 Survey Period D Type TJ Questionnaire D Status 0 Survey Created on 12 Last data collection On No of collected questionnaires Actions Show cover sheetform in browser tT Deutsch Show Email Finish Data Collection Close Survey amp Restore Survey gE Delete Survey S Edit answers to open questions fa Assign survey to substitute instructor li Edit Show notes EvaSys Introduction into EvaSys Donna Harwood Introduction into Evasys SAE Paper Survey Cover Sheet Procedure train 01 Data available report available Oov24 2007 at 16 49 41 08 26 2007 at 10 07 14 Es Survey data wy Survey evaluation statistics S3 Results in HTML format Results in POF format standard PDOF R
168. Document Solutions Extract the ZIP file You will get a sub folder in which there are the three files sys 12 Data_ Analysis ouw UY Date s 5_12 Data_ Analysis que OUE Datei s 5_12 Data_ Analysis rep REP Datei Figure 379 Files of the Sphinx export Open the QUE files with a double click Sphinx Plus2 will start automatically and open this survey Since in addition to the raw data the contents of the whole questionnaire are transferred you can immediately begin analyzing the results The following figure shows you the welcome page of Sphinx EvaSysta Movies Questionnaire Graphic table design Automated data analysis Figure 380 Sphinx The functionality of this statistics solution allows you to conduct a thorough Statistical analysis within a short period of time The graphic report creation makes use of the drag and drop principle I MrEgatrpfrrforxfsestsesat aophishnahed nepinat Gascon oS 243 eT EL ram di nei 33 sondimow eeu va aa va ae 6 ra sa a a ponpes lige TET Pictures J Bpeti l Total terete Figure 381 Diagrams in Sphinx 308 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions 6 Phase 5 Quality Management 6 1 Norms Norms allow survey results to be given simple interpretations
169. Download report on all subunits Figure 360 Report for the president Click on Download to create the PDF document You will then be able to download it shortly Report for the Dean Manager Report for the Dean Engineering hes r Download gaT Choose a subunit of the dean to display the report for Figure 361 Report for the dean Select the subunit For the letter accompanying the report the address in the subunit details will be used The dean manager will be addressed in neutral terms as he or she is not in the system as user Click on Download in order to create the document Report for the dean of studies program manager Courses provided by the subunit Engineering accountancy Or Thomas Lecture Data Analysis Prof Marrow Lecture Economy Prof Or White Lecture Electrotechnology Prof Or White Lecture Working Group Working Group Marketing Basics Prof Marrow Marketing Basics Dr Thomas Mathematics Prof Marrow Lecture principles of electrical engineering Prof Or Adamski Lab Statistics Or Thomas Lecture Web Services Prof Or White Lecture r r r r r m Courses provided by the subunit New Subunit M Introduction into EvaSys Dr Smith Lecture Figure 362 Selection of the courses for the dean of studies program manager For the report type dean of studies program manager it is essential that the user profile of the type dean of studies program manager has been set up
170. EDITOR ccccccsssssssseccccccceessseccccccceeesssseecceceeeensseeees 339 3 1 Te Editor CONU Ol eesiisresent ceinen enaA EEE E A A E ANES 342 3 2 Editing the place holders on the questionnaire N adel ccccsseccessccessccceeccsecceessceenses 345 3 3 Adding and editing question groups essessseesseessesseesseeseesscesecesscoseesscoseceseessceseesseeeseesseese 347 3 4 Adding and editing QUESTIONS ssesssesssesscesscesscseesscesecssceseceseesscosscessceseesseoseeeseeseeeseesseese 349 3 4 1 Overview on the question typ S sesssessssssesseeesecsscesscsseesscosecessesseesscoseesseosecesseeseesseee 349 SA EGUO TO a we ocun nosy eces ute seatcsceecacens se ens eeceaaucacatancnteuasmpesseactseossnoes 351 Se OO Sil ee ON E ea ates ea nneantenacgensian tes 356 3 4 4 Single choice Single choice extended Multiple choice eeeecceceeseeccceeseccceeeeees 358 b TWOMZO Mba Mal bx CUS TO Mesana E EEA EE EE E E EE 362 Se Venal manx GUC SO sorrera N EEN EETA 363 Sa GE E a E E eee eee 365 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ii 8 Automated Document Solutions 3 5 Adapting the Size Of answer DOXES cscccessccossccssccesscccnsccensccensccesceesesenscsenscseesceeesceees 366 3 6 Addine WOE SI Sec aeteseeetectes cumin ne euanuleveen E E 368 3 6 1 Horizontal pole la
171. Electric Paper to replenish any possible lost assets Period of validity i e how long does a cycle last Normally a volume license has a period of validity of one year which is renewed time and again but one cycle lasts one year Number of cycles Normally a volume license has an indefinite number of cy cles with a duration of one year each As soon as one cycle has expired the license is renewed automatically and a new cycle starts If you click on the button Details to the right of the line Volume license in the window License Management you can see a new window with detailed information about the volume licenses Information on all volume based licenses Choose the file with valid license Browse Upload license Back Figure 550 Selection of the second license key Here you can import the second license key When you click on the button Browse you can choose and import the key Information on all volume based licenses Choose the file with valid license CADocuments and Sett Browse Upload license Back Figure 551 Uploading the second license key 425 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 426 Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Information on all volume based licenses gt Choose the file with val
172. Enable temporary save Survey Type ALL X Show print option Evaluation for participants Procedura Allow result access Design Complete Modul General Modul Trainer Apply Back Figure 509 Details for the questionnaire DemoForm 398 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions The VividForms recognition set organizes itself automatically As soon as the first survey has been created on the basis of the questionnaire it is activated deployed and can no longer be modified with the editor If you want to create a new version of the questionnaire then you must copy the question naire You cannot delete the questionnaire as long as surveys based on the ques tionnaire are in the system This is to protect your data 8 2 Use of templates in instructor trainer accounts In the menu of the instructor trainer account in the template area you will see a list of questionnaires from the administrator Form Management Demo2 Demo Form Template a Pr By o d a B E Figure 510 Template in an instructor trainer account By clicking on the symbol you can create a copy of the template for editing S Information The form was duplicated Form Management Demo2 Demo Form Template P By BHa t E 2007 05 Demo3 Demo Form
173. Etc Of course you can combine several of those examples if suitable But please notice You cannot generate tree structures i e a folder within a folder is not possible To generate a new folder click the button Create new Folder Listing of folders Create new Folder In the following dialogue the active instructor trainer is asked for the name of the folder Figure 173 Create a new folder New folder Surveys WS O06 Cancel Figure 174 Create a new folder nomination 163 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions After clicking OK the folder appears in the list F Listing of folders 164 g surveys WS 07 08 0 surveys 0 evaluated 25 05 2007 Rename Figure 175 The new folder in the listing of folders 3 3 5 Generating surveys After a folder has been created surveys can be set up in it The user will be guided by an assistant who will ask the following questions e Selection of the questionnaire for use Selection of template for optional questions Entry of optional questions self formulated or from item library g Entry of survey name Selection of procedure e Hard copy procedure Cover sheet procedure e Online survey and number of PSWDs Open online surveys with semi public password The survey
174. F PDF ROAGA Piugins Standard PDF Report Textreport ssos Processed Forma RS Del D Lock Form Created Figure 244 Selecting the adapted report from the list of surveys 222 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 4 5 4 Designing an individually configured letter for sending reports You can add a letter to the automatically generated report either a standard letter or a customized one e g a letter according to your corporate design To change the design you will need a PDF file with the appropriate letter head Then three text fields are applied with Acrobat address For the name and address of the recipient You can use placeholders from the email texts System Settings Text Templates Subject For the subject line The content of this line is defined in System Set tings Text Templates text For the body text of the letter The content of this text as well as the place holders used in it are defined in System Settings Text Templates Result of a survey Dear Mrs Sadhi This email contains evaluation results for Gemman Basic Knowledge train_en The al indicators are listed first followed by the individual average values scales 2 estions about th 3 Questions about the 4 oa
175. FORMABBREV doesn t match survey Questionnaires in the batch which do not match the form type specified in the Survey were identified and processed The cover sheet procedure may have been used and a wrong questionnaire form was used In this case a new Survey with the questionnaire type that was actually used must be created Scan the batch with the new cover sheet Some questionnaires of the wrong type have gotten into the batch that was scanned SURVEYNAME processed X forms X invalid A batch was processed that contains some invalid questionnaire types The data of the invalid questionnaire types were discarded while the valid ques tionnaire types were processed If more than one type of questionnaire is be ing used in a Survey consult the chapter on form classes in the section Creating forms for EvaSys Messages SURVEYNAME FORMABBREV processed X forms The survey was correctly processed 433 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions 1 12 2 More log files 2 1 1 EvaSys VividForms log file The VividForms Reader protocols all processed questionnaires in this text file You can find it in the program group in the VividForms Reader If the de bug mode in the VividForms Reader has been activated then the protocol will receive very
176. HINX format Me Raw data in SPSS format oD g Raw data in CSW format p Profile Line Choa a C Automatic Manual iy Kiviet ciagram CH oy g Merge evaluations E S valuate subgroup Figure 310 Report details evaluate subgroup In turn another window opens that presents you with all possible types of questions on which you can evaluate subgroups E About you C Grade Level fi Freshman Gender fi idale Figure 311 Evaluate subgroup selection of a criterion In order to create a subgroup report here you choose a criterion that is a question for example the gender and a value for the criterion meaning the corresponding response option to the question here for example Male Then you assign a relevant name decide for or against the inclusion of the Open questions in the subgroup report and click on the button Create The Subgroup report now appears in the list of reports HTML Male from Prof Dr Michel White SS07 Demo2 Data available ft Demo2 05 06 2007 5002 x4 CSV SPHINX choose pdf report v Figure 312 The subgroup report Male from Prof Dr Michel White SSo7 Demo2 Please note Subgroup reports are identified by a logo different from that of the other reports the remaining options are however identical So you could again create for example subgroups from this report for exam ple grade level and or merge this report with further evaluations 2
177. Here you see an ex ample Prof Sunny Narrow Data Analysis Subunit Engineering T Name of the instructor Prof Sunny Narrow Name of the course Data Analysis Name of the survey H Comparative line Prof Dr Michel White H Comparative line Engineering SS07 Name ofthe course Economy l amp Name of the survey Overall average of Data Analysis Economy Engineering SS07 r av 2 3 learned a lot in this course Agree Disagree av 3 av 2 8 learned more in this course than in others Agree Disagree a av 2 8 This course was extremely valuable to my education Agree Disagree ET av 2 9 Figure 350 Create profile line emails options Overall average Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 287 288 Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Comparative lines This option is activated as default Because it ensures that all comparative lines are displayed If you deactivate the Comparison lines the graphic only contains the profile line of the selected course report all others are not displayed So that you can use this function meaningfully in its deactivated form you should bear in mind the following two points If this option is deactivated you must select either Minimum Maximum Val ues or Overall Average instead or of course
178. In the correction view you can see the solution VividForms Reader suggests A click on the image box enlarges it in a separate window EvaSys ucotion Survey Automation Suite Reader errors and warnings A Filling degree of checkbox is marginal Scanned Question The instructor handles the technical equipment O aios E Ek E video projector etc without any problems x Revision Scale Question The instructor handles the technical HognHHE equipment video projector etc without any problems Figure 200 Correction of a scaled question 185 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions In the figure above you can see a scaled question with a fill value that is not above the threshold for positively identified checkmarks The checkmark was then displayed for verification As no other box was recognized as having a significant fill value the VividForms verifier recommended to accept the third box as checked You can now correct this recommendation by selecting a dif ferent box or marking the answer to this question as invalid EvaSys J ucation Survey Automation Suite m Reader errors and warnings Question has more valid answers than permitted Scanned Question Which gender do you belong to P
179. Last name Brown ss Phone PT Email ladministrator electricpaperde Language Default language v Login name admin Password enter password to commit the changes New password Confirm new password OK Cancel Figure 34 User profile of administrator The email address is especially important as the EvaSys user will send his queries via email to the administrator Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 51 Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Setting up a user account manually Users always belong to a subunit Go to the corresponding subunit to find the functions for adding new users subunits E OVerviey G Computer S Department Linguistic Profession Ga Data Entr G _Systemlog G _ Verifier _MividForm Figure 35 Setting up a user account manually Education Survey Automation Suite Eva Sys Subunits System Settings System Information rd Search 5509 amp Users in subunit Computer Sciences Name CO Surveys Created Edit Del Mov Peter Brown amp Jenny Jerry Subunit Administrator osos A _ amp Administrator Select All C love selected to Department Training blove Subunits E Overview u Computer 5 Create Mew User 2 Please define the user rights T a 5 Me gt Instructo
180. MLPOF gee O Send email with questionnaire cover Block survey open Reset survey Delete survey Download HTML PDF sheet to instructors report Figure 82 Survey status available HTML Data Entry Sample Data i T i 25 a We Survey D 12345 aye train Dt 16 08 2007 16 08 2007 jis 32 choose pdt report SPHINX Figure 83 Survey status Data entry Survey status Verification Display survey details PDF Display questionnaire as B surveys related to Ppt Sumy Narrow PO Type Hane Status 0 tm Lock For Created Processed Forms RS Del Report Export Rep gt Mathematics E045 Web verifier Ta Sampll 20 06 2007 20 06 2007 HTML POF nen Figure 84 Survey status verification Survey status Data deleted only when function delete in 2 steps has been activated S Surveys related to Dr Silvia Thomas WSO Statistics E055 Data deleted TIDEMOFORM 26 04 2006 27 04 2006 E 022 Final deletion of survey Display questionnaire as PDF Figure 85 Survey status data deleted 98 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions 3 2 3 Survey details Display of survey details In order to display more detailed information about the survey you can click on t
181. NT_RESPONSE percental response on the basis of the study _RATE course participants Special placeholders for online surveys SERVER_DIR User entry point Example http evasys demo university com SURVEY Name of survey Example Introduction to Example Science PSWD A PSWD for online survey participants Example X5FU3 SERVER URL for online survey participants Example http evasys demo university com evasys online TIMESTAMP Time of submission of an online survey Example 22 15 34 15 09 2005 PARTICIPANT _EMAIL Email address of an online survey Participant Example user_o5 localserver com PSWD_COUNT Number of all PSWDs DISTRIBUTED_PSWD_COUNT Number of PSWDs dispatched DISTRIBUTED_RESPONSE percental response rate on the basis of the _RATE dispatched PSWDs OVERALL_RESPONSE_RATE _ percental response rate on the basis of the total existing PSWDs 444 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 2 1 4 The PDF report header The contents of the PDF report header can also be defined in the text tem plates Editing of text templates Action Morming POF report Introduction Morming POF report Letter POF REPORT Format of the instructor name POF REPORT Header line right upper corner POF Rieport Header POF Report Te
182. Paper Automated Document Solutions A EvaSys Preparation and general notes This manual is intended to assist you in your day to day operating of the soft ware EvaSys If you wish to familiarize yourself with particular elements have a question or for example the software has changed due to an update you will require fast and convenient access to the relevant information Therefore this chapter deals with the most important introductory questions e Which EvaSys manuals are available and where do you find which infor mation e fthese cannot answer all your questions where do you find more help e What does the structure of the system look like e How do start to work with EvaSys and how can I save my data while work ing These questions are dealt with in the first chapter of the EvaSys User Guide Introduction The course evaluation system EvaSys was developed to offer universities and major educational institutions an effective tool for comprehensively imple menting and processing surveys for quality assurance purposes EvaSys is Suitable for both paper and online surveys This manual introduces the system s possibilities and abilities with a strong emphasis on the administrator s access It addresses users without any EvaSys experience as well as experienced users who wish to reference some thing specific Hence it provides an introduction into the utilization of the system as well as offering answers
183. Question mapping of different questionnaires Summary of surveys that were carried out with different questionnaires o Options Automatically with text comparison and manual assign ment o Condition the questionnaires are similar and therefore comparable e Include answers to open questions o Should all responses to open questions be displayed in the sum mary o The responses to open questions are not always of interest in more extensive Summaries since they do not serve the quick overview but rather they provide details Furthermore they may possibly lead to very long reports e Selection between weighted and unweighted compilation o By default the reports are summarized weighted meaning that the calculation is effected according to the number of returns o This means for example If you summarize a survey with 100 return questionnaires and one with 10 the survey with 100 questionnaires counts for more than the one with 10 242 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions o Mathematically expressed All individual results are each summed up for each question each single value that was ticked off and di vided by the total number of results in this example 110 o You explicitly have to decide on an unweighted compilation whilst creating a report
184. Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions Details for Survey F Survey A Instructor J Course 3 Survey Period Type Mo of PSWDs PJ Questionnaire g Status Survey Created on Last data collection On No of collected questionnaires Actions T Show PSWODs in browser _ Receive PSV Os by email _ Send PSDs by email to respondents J Download PSVVOs in CSW File Generate more PSDs w lo OK fe Preview online survey Scheduled Tasks A Finish Data Collection Close Survey amp Restore Survey g Delete Survey ol Edit answers to open questions Fa Assign suey to substitute instructor li Edit Show notes EvaSys German Basic Knowledge Jasmine Sadhi German Basic Knowledge 5o09 Online survey using PSW Os 125 of 150 PSDs are still available train U1 Data available report available 08032007 at 10 09 37 OS 04 2007 at 11 52 50 25 Contingent of feedback 16 67 Survey data 3 Results in HTML format Results in POF format tandard POF Report T Deutsch Show Email PI Raw data in SPHINX format SE Raw data in SPSS format Raw data in CSW format Reload Hack Figure 95 Survey details Add note Then click on Add note All notes of the survey German Basic Knowledge No notes are associated with the survey yet Ad
185. Submit Los datos introducidos van a ser Para recuperarlos debe Your entries are now being saved To submit your inputs you will need to log in again with the Jacceder otra vez con la misma same PSYVD and submit the questionnaire after completion Please confirm with OK or CONTRASENA y aceptar el cuestionario select Cancel to return to the questionnaire despu s de completarlo Por favor confirme pulsando OK o selecciones Cancel para volver al cuestionario The questionnaire will be submitted Please confirm with Ok or click Cancel to return tothe o va a ser aceptado Po 3 s favor pulse OK para registrarlo o questionnaire pulse Cancel para volver al Mark Gradacion La pregunta de multiples opciones marcada en rojo tiene seleccionadas mas The red marked multiple choice questions have more options selected than allowed Please reduce the number of selected options accordingly opciones de las permitidas Por favor reduzca el numero de opciones seleccionadas consistentemente Figure 110 A language set here Spanish in detail The listing contains the text elements that appear in online surveys along with their respective translations Click on the bottom of the screen on Back to return to the start menu To create a new language set click on New below the list of existing lan guage sets 119 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad
186. Survey view Surveys Non anonymous surveys System System cleaning System cleaning System information System management System security System Security CAPTCHA System settings System start up System summary T Table configuration Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 109 95 92 164 332 88 110 151 143 110 110 415 99 36 88 99 99 183 61 430 430 422 412 25 27 412 25 412 325 485 486 Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions TeleForm 18 TeleForm Reader 180 TeleForm settings 474 Template Defining a template by the administrator 396 Defining general templates 396 Document 30 PDF templates 448 Template for letter in PDF reports 440 Templates for email messages 436 Text 30 Text templates 434 Use of templates in instructor accounts 399 Text template 434 Text templates 30 Type of course 37 U User Searching for users 413 User account 44 Generating user accounts 44 Managing user accounts 44 User Guide 11 22 Basic teminology 22 User role The user role of the report creator 234 User Type Verifier 49 Utilization statistics 420 EvaSys V Validation 388 390 Value Norm values for questionnaires 310 Verification 182 Verifier 49 182 Vertical matrix question 351 363 View Batch View 182 Controlling view functions 393
187. T single POF File as download i cT POF files in an archive as ZIP file download Back Figure 342 Send a comparative profile line Dispatch of the profile lines to defined recipients As described above enter the email addresses of the desired recipients In this case however the in structors trainers of the selected courses do not receive your email Download of the profile lines If you choose this option you can subsequently open and view the profile line directly or save it Request Method C J Send comparison line to the instructors email account s D Additional recipient C C Send all comparison lines ta one email account single POF File ie tT single POF File as download ml POF files in an archive as ZIP file download pack Figure 343 Download a profile line as PDF file Download of the profile lines zipped Corresponds to the version just de scribed with the difference that here you can download a zipped file Thus you download except for the first option a document containing the profile lines of all selected courses Example 1 Compare the course Data Analysis with the subunit report Engi neering SSo7 Demo2 Here the course Data Analysis instructor Prof Sunny Narrow is selected from the list of courses and as the first comparison line Engineering SSo7 Demo2 the name of the subunit report Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to cha
188. VividForms PluS 1 OW Scaenceaa eu encateusinsteasnnaetcseerstasenenshisuannosstncduensseaaieiteeaeeceueess 410 D SYSTEM SETTINGS AND MANAGEMENT viscwcscsscucsscccavssesantensdovessdenoncnsdecetawuaeeedeesndeicenssosasseatteansaieends 412 1 SYSTEM MANAGEMENT AND SUMMARY esssssssseeeesssssssseceesssssseeceeosssssseceesssssseeceeessssseeeeeesssssseeeeessssses 412 1 1 a A AA E E E oieniesondeesasee 412 tii Searchin LOK USES aoci E SEE E ERA 413 L2 Search TON COUNS CS dcsscansetastgascanhuas sehir eeii iaeiei aisn iaieiiea oieri rinii issaa dii 414 La nT N aaea R ES EE E 415 PA de eC ATO OCUVETICS sorterer oaei E OAE A EEEa 415 1 2 WNA ET e E tones souaneesatvaceasesentatnosantsenesanesencens 416 13 DOE a T T TE tee tuenenesies 417 1 4 BEDO a E E E ET E 418 1 5 WTO ATV EEEE SU CS E E A EE E A A E E E danke E T 420 1 6 EV QUAN Stanko 10 CS eu scacsnncsnaescnssencsinconseaacee T T TR 421 1 7 O A O a O N 422 1 8 License administratiON ccdccvescdeeteadaostdvasnsadhuad naedieeewdesevaduosideeaniaeenuwiadeiatoneaeeueotaabundoncbsuaentes 423 1 8 1 Overview on the license administration ceccesscessccesccesccesccesceesceescessceeeceeceeeceees 423 1 8 2 Howto seavolume ICONS 6 ceniorsirnio ea rE N a 424 1 9 Performance CONSICErAatiONS cceseccesscceseccenscccnsccsescesscccscseeesccscceseseuseseeseseseeecceeeses 426 1 9 1 Performance Statistic scssscrsdcnscessaceiccneccoaconncraincoatacaducssnanaasavnedseessiadec
189. WAIN driver Press F1 key to show help Data Size about 456 3KB Figure 187 Fujitsu fi 4120C ce e Paper Size A4 210x297 mm Scan Type ADF Duplex Resolution 200 x 200 Image Mode Black amp White e Threshold 136 Click on Close to apply the settings 176 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys Ti Automated Document Solutions 4 1 4 Important rules for scanning Before beginning the scanning operation make sure that the following condi tions have been fulfilled Make sure that only those questionnaires from a given survey are to be scanned in a scanning operation The returns from one survey are called a batch If there are more forms than can fit in the feeder then after scanning the first partial batch the next batch is inserted and the scanning operation is contin ued Insert the paper as shown in the illustration Figure 189 Correct insertion of a questionnaire The survey ID the double seven digit number on the cover sheet or on the first page of the questionnaire must be on the first page of the batch In the cover sheet procedure the cover sheet must be scanned first If the questionnaires have more than one page the questionnaire sets should be if possible scanned in a sorted sequence If multiple page questionnaires are mixed up
190. YS seessssssssseeeessssssseceesssssseeeeceesssssseseeeesssssseeceesssssseeeeesssssseeeeeee 143 3 3 Active instructor trainer accounts sssesseesseeseesseessceseceseceseesssssesssceseceseossecsscosecsseesesesee 156 3 3 1 Creating active instructors as subunit administrators sesseessseoessssesssscessseeessseess 156 33 2 Loginas aciveinshuctor Tainel sarocssasescs seve ssacoetoseawagtcemeicnesaasa apannaninetensiananosenesnieeensuane 158 3 3 3 Generating and editing questionnaireS cccseccessccesecceseccesccsseccensccensceeccescseseeeues 159 Soli VIC TAMING SUC UO a E T nes E eens 163 eee SCC ANS SUV CYS E surdcaetoaetedaunose saceunuseneanntaucuoanesantoatoeutwagutetessueteusdsesceise 164 3 3 6 Working with the active instructor trainer s data ccccccesecssecccsescecsesceesesceeeesceeescss 164 A PHASE 3 CAPTURE AND INSTANT FEEDBACK aiatucuteasnedossetecussneessucscuescunseuaecsaugesacumaneneresisesousseiabcdaaseieceaie 167 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ii Automated Document Solutions 4 1 AANE lS FOU S sgnase tee ass A EEN EE A E ATOE A 168 4 1 1 The scanstation SoftWare ssesssssseessesserseeseessoseossossoseoseossossoseoseesssoseoseoseoseeseeseeseese 168 4 1 2 Scanner Canon DR 3060 3080 ceeesccesescccscscccscccecscscc
191. Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 2 Language sets res votum_ s de inc php Deutsch res votum s en inc php English resvlang set sinc php Espa ol resflang set 4 inc php Frangais resflang set_5 inc php svenska resvlang set B inc php Daw resflang set inc php Magyar resvlang set o inc php Nederlands oO H amp Mm W KI resflang set inc php Bahasa Indonesia Figure 111 Creating a new language set using the button New Name the language set and then translate all elements Language set Add Abstention Figure 112 Defining a language set Please note The language set can only be saved when all elements have been translated Once saved the language set appears in the list of existing language sets Unlike language sets linked with system languages here you have the possi bility of editing or deleting the language set This option is also recognized by the additional buttons in the list In the following example a language set for Danish was created Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Language sets WD File Name tivities 1 oo ny on Ea WwW ES Oo Figure 113 Th Properties You have to Language Current logo
192. a Automated Document Solutions Hew question group Page 1 Text Indicator Mo indicator z Font Size Mo indicator scaled questions with 2 options Text Element Scaled questions with 3 options scaled questions with 4 options Scaled questions with 5 options scaled questions with 6 options Scaled questions with 7 options Scaled questions with 8 options Scaled questions with 9 options Scaled questions with 10 options Scaled questions with 11 options Figure 255 Definition of an indicator selection of the scale Make your desired selection here according to the scale of your scaled questions and close the window by clicking on Apply 5 1 4 Internal consistency of the question group Cronbach s Alpha The so called Cronbach s Alpha is a measure of statistics It reproduces how the single questions of a question group are associated with one another and contribute meaningfully to a value Thus Cronbrachs Alpha is a measurement for the internal consistency of a question group and the significance and reli ability of the respective indicator The value range of Cronbach s Alpha spans from minus infinitely to 1 it is only sensible to interpret positive values A result of 1 would signal the greatest possible connection between the questions Generally from a value of 0 7 the scale question group can be regarded as reliable For each indicator in the report you can in addition display the corresponding
193. a module question naire 332 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions Figure 414 Generation of module questionnaire Before printing check the questionnaire by opening the PDF version It may be that the form extends over three pages thus only showing very few ques tions on the third page In order to shrink the form to two pages the Vivid Forms Editor is required Since the form is in protected mode due to the exist ing module survey a change in the line height can only be applied after enabling the edit mode Make sure that no module questionnaire forms have yet been printed when deciding to remove the write protection Activate the debug mode in Settings EvaSys Settings Maintenance Now open the form in the VividForms Editor and open the LAForm Properties dialog The dialog will show an Edit Mode option which needs to be en abled Click Apply Now the form can be edited Important Don t apply any changes to the content of the module question naire Please note by editing the form checkboxes on the questionnaire may change their position If questionnaires are already being used in surveys these may no longer be able to be processed We strongly recommend you heed this warning As a rule it is not advisable to edit forms which a
194. a non anonymous Survey Please note that this retroactive anonymization cannot be undone If you re move the participant data from the survey they are irrecoverably lost for this Survey Customizing the questionnaire for a non anonymous survey With non anonymous surveys the questionnaires are assigned to specific par ticipants So that these allocations can be adhered to during distribution of the questionnaires you have to insert the relevant information of the survey participants in the header of the questionnaire This is achieved by place holders recognized by the continuous upper case and the angular brackets The VividForms Editor allows you to use place holders for participant data in the header of the questionnaire The place holder names refer to the data structure introduced above as follows PARTICIPANT_EMAIL Email ad Email address of survey participant dress PARTICIPANT LASTNAME Surname of of survey participant PARTICIPANT_ TITLE Title of survey participant PARTICIPANT_FIRSTNAME First name of survey participant First user defined field of resp survey participant Table 9 VividForms place holders 152 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Click one of the place holder fields in the questionnaire s header in order to sel
195. a specific class in your CSS file for long labels and insert this class after having tested for the length of the label template Useful for routing to images or extra CSS files this inserts a partial template at the calling position Name placePartial sName should not contain a path or an extension This is typi cally used for mentioning required questions or valida tion rules specific to some questions Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions this getErrors returns an array of error objects for the user like this question was required but not filled in or this field should be completed only with numbers rules that are 130 defined through the VividForms Editor Table 7 Functions for advanced template editing The creation of advanced design templates is also offered as a professional service so that all our customers can benefit from the advantages of a fully customized online survey template For further information please contact Electric Paper Example of CSS Editing C55 Selectors x onlinesurvey Ces Jb x 5tyle Inspector T a x Lite input select wae CS5 Level 2 ad Elements color 19405C El disabled font family trebuchet ms helvetica sans serif azimuth body font size 64 H cue h
196. a warning message If you then click on Cancel your changes will not be applied Decreasing the number of answer boxes follows automatically in the system when increasing the answer box size If you decrease the size of the answer boxes afterwards the number of answer boxes displayed will not however be automatically increased by the system This means that when decreasing the size of the answer boxes you have to increase manually the number of answer boxes To do this double click on the corresponding scaled question and select in the area of Define options as in creating a scaled question the number of desired answer boxes With all other question types an increase in the size of the answer boxes has no effect on the question These changes decrease in the number of answer boxes only occur with scaled questions other question types are not affected 367 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 368 Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 3 6 Adding pole labels 3 6 1 Horizontal pole labels This function allows pole label headers for groups of scaled questions to be defined Firstly it requires the section Form Properties in the VividForms Editor con trol to be opened Select the option 4 Edit pole template Pole Template assistant Microsoft Inte
197. a year 4 digits WP course Types y Atwo digit representation of a year c3 Periods rit Custom Tithe Time Format Here you can define the date format The following characters are recognized notice upper and lower case Process Defaults Figure 570 EvaSys settings Below the button EvaSys Settings you can select a major heading for the EvaSys settings The following categories e General e Survey e Survey Online e Data Import and Export e Course User Data Fields e Functions e Central Evaluation e Email Functions amp Accounts e Color Settings Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions e Instructor Trainer accounts e VividForms e TeleForm e Network Settings e System Security e Maintenance Select an item from this list in order to display its settings Click in the field Settings on Advanced in order to reach the save option You can save the current EvaSys setting here under a name This allows you if required to recover an earlier EvaSys setting You can do this by using the function replace the present configuration by And finally you can delete a configuration you have saved at delete an earlier configuration Many of the available configuration options are character ized and mark
198. abels for each scaled question In the following example a scaled question was first inserted on the quality of the technical equipment Then a second scaled question was inserted on the importance of the technical equipment By activating the option Combine to dual scale with previous question both of these scaled questions are linked to each other Define Options Abstention deactivated Checkboxes Individualize pole labels Let Pole very important F Right Pole yery unimportant P Type of Diagram Use these settings as default for scaled questions l Setthis scale question as mirrored question M Combine to dual scale with previous question Back Met Apply _ Cancel Figure 438 Combining scaled questions with each other dual scale Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 353 Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions In the VividForms Editor the activation of the dual scale that is the linking of a quality to an importance scaled question is marked by a yellow bracket he technical equipment is excellent ponr he technical equipment is very important very unimportant he instructor iS always Well prepared not prepared he preparation of the instructor is very important very unimportant Figure 439 The marking of scaled questions in the V
199. acters 246 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions o Please note Additional questions are of course not included in the total report because they cannot be compared to questions from the comparative questionnaire e You should opt for manual assignment when the questionnaires differ greatly so that a string comparison cannot turn out any similarities as in the second example o If you choose this option the questions on the manual assignment are presented to you in the following screen The drop down menu of each question presents you with the possible questions which you could select as an appropriate counterpart learned a lot in this course Agree Disagree learned a lot in this Course learned more in this course than in others Agree Disagree learned more in thie course than in others This course was extremely valuable to my education Agree Disagree This course was extremely valuable to my education would recommend this course to my friends Agree Disagree would recommend this course to my friends This course has had a profound impact on me Agree Disagree This course has had a profound impact on me students who go to the instructor for help get the assistance they need Figure 274 Manual questionnair
200. ad of Faculty Electrical Engineering Master in stead of Diploma and so on These linguistic changes affect of course the questionnaire which must be clearly adjusted A questionnaire which has been evaluated can no longer be changed In these cases you have to copy an existing questionnaire and work on the copy In VividForms this is particularly simple In the list of questionnaires click on the drop down menu on the right and select Copy 243 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Bi Available Questionnaires Show deactivated questionnaires at the end of the listing including module questionnaires D Peter Brown ID Name Description Date Engine Status Action 254 Eval 30 10 2008 TeleForn QS Select gt Exempel n 240 FE Text METETE TEn 03 09 2007 WividForms GA Select 288 Mon Anonym Evaluation 22 05 2009 vividForms gt o Select 259 Guest 01 Evaluation Questionnaire 05 05 2009 WividF orms 261 Quest 3 Bee EDLs cimaenney Gvividccnnn Copy 243 train D1 Course Evaluation 05 05 2009 WividForms Huestionnatre ace aan E Course Evaluation 10 20a ii Fane Questionnaire Figure 269 Copying a questionnaire in VividForms After clicking there will be a copy of your questionnaire in
201. added to the already existent partici pants of the course Please note If you have in your course a participant by the name of Andrew Miller with the email address evasys exampleuni de and you import via CSV the participant Patsy Newman who also has the email address evasyS exampleuni de EvaSys will refresh the existing participant and so overwrite the data of Andrew Miller with the data of Patsy Newman This 147 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions means that the email address of your participants has to be unmistakably assigned to them Editing participant data You have the possibility of editing the imported participant data in the prop erties of the corresponding course To do this click on the green pencil in the course list of an instructor trainer Courses of Prof Dr William Stanley 38 Web Design xHTML DEMOC 1 DEMG171 continuous Lecture g amp auditorium O 39 Web Design CSS DEMOC Dermat 72 continuous Lecture af english auditorium F ag Af Network Test continuous Lecture a3 english auditorium F u Create new course Back Figure 146 Course list of an instructor trainer with the edit button column ED A window opens automatically displaying the properties of the course If you wish to edit the imported participant data cli
202. agers of studies can be submitted and the collected raw data can be transferred for the implementation of further analyses in statistics programs such as SPSS Excel or Sphinx This means that the system is managed and organized by a central entity this entity being the administrator in interaction with some other user roles for example the report creator An EvaSys administrator creates the structure as well as the questionnaires implements the survey and passes on the questionnaires and reports This principle is illustrated in the following graphic Figure 7 Central evaluation model The central entity the EvaSys administrator top circle colored teal is in charge of the evaluation s flow and ensures that the survey s questionnaires are passed on to the instructors trainers bottom row of circles of various sub units middle row Of course several people may share a user role so that for example two or three staff members of quality assurance can share the administrator s log in However it still remains ONE log in so that the staff have to cooperate with one another 2 2 2 Active instructors trainers accounts In addition to this central control of the evaluation it is possible to authorize particular users to carry out their own processing independently This means that the administrator as the central body can create active users or use those already in place These subsequently requi
203. ainers access EvaSys via a web browser This means that they can theoretically access the system from any PC that has internet access unless the administrator applies certain restric tions for security reasons As is the case with administrators access security is accorded through a log in only accessible with a password as well as the option to use SSL encryption With paper surveys the questionnaires are collected via de centralized Scan stations which are operated by the instructors trainers themselves Carrying out the scanning process is so simple that no training is required The active instructor trainer accounts are useful in the following types of surveys and for the following users e An instructor trainer of psychology or sociology wishes to collect data dur ing a research project using EvaSys This way you can give the instruc tor trainer the opportunity to generate empirical data Students postgraduates often base their work on empirical surveys The EvaSys administrator can assign an active account in EvaSys to the re spective tutor professor In turn the tutor can grant his students postgraduates access to his account e Departments faculties have a requirement for surveys that are carried out outside of the centrally managed course evaluation These may for example be surveys carried out in refectories canteens and libraries 21 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Ele
204. aire can be moved around The text alSo appears in online surveys and if desired in the PDF re port too To activate this select the option Show text boxes in the menu System Settings PDF Report Settings Configuration 373 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 374 Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions 3 7 4 Page break If a page becomes full VividForms Editor will automatically apply a page break to continue adding objects on the following page Page breaks can also be added manually at each phase of the questionnaire First mark an object by clicking on it with the left mouse button Now open the menu Add and select the option 2 Page Break felt free to ask questions and make comments believe that have learnt a great deal through this course i Page Break Figure 474 Page break in the editor preview 3 7 5 The page break will be symbolized by a selectable row containing the text Page Break The next object added to the form will appear on the following page If the page break is deleted later the objects throughout the rest of the ques tionnaire will realign Line height Font size and Font type With the line height you can change the vertical space needed for a line This could be necessary if for example a questionnaire do
205. allows you to define skipping rules in order to Skip irrelevant questions For example The participant has responded to a question whether a presen tation program was used with no Any following questions about the quality Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions of the presentation program should not be answered in order to avoid falsify ing the data If an online survey has an insufficient response rate a reminder function can batch email the participants with a reminder to complete the questionnaire The anonymity of the participant remains the same EvaSys 4 Upon submission the system will save a time stamp which is available through the raw data export for each dataset This information can be used to analyze the respondent behavior The option certificate of participation is available to allow the participants to prove their completion of the survey This certificate can either be dis played as a PDF document after submission of the form or provided through an email with a PDF attachment The certificate can only be mailed if the PSWDs were sent out by email in the first place The option of displaying a PDF certificate in the browser requires the creation upload and attachment of a PDF template see B 2 3 2 Management of questionnaires and detail
206. ame course in period XY can also be selected This selection adds the line of an earlier survey to the profile line of a selected course if available If you make such a selection and then download the profile lines a profile line is created for each selected course report except for those of the two comparative lines In addition the first profile line and if selected the sec ond profile line are laid over each other You thus receive a document which bears at least as many pages as selected courses After the selection you can scroll to the end of the page and choose one of the following download methods Dispatch of the profile lines to the instructors trainers of the marked courses This option ensures that each instructor trainer is only sent the profile line of Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions his or her course if selected with the first and second comparative lines that are inserted into the graphic If you mark the option Additional recipient you are presented in a further field with the possibility to enter further email addresses Separated by a semicolon Request Method J Send comparison line to the instructors email account s Additional recipient C C Send all comparison lines to one email account single POF File C t
207. an proceed to large scale capture of forms Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany EvaSys 167 Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 4 1 Scanning the forms Documentation capture is carried out with EvaSys Scanstation 4 1 1 The scanstation software This software can only be used in PCs that have a document scanner per SCSI or USB connected to it The communication with the scanner uses the TWAIN protocol EvaSys Scanstation 3 0 i Inj x EvaSys i Scanstation 3 0 Status information Settings Manual ready Processed batches Processed pages Stopped batches Created Pages Status Licensed to Electric Paper Training Figure 181 Scanstation In the main window you will see the following buttons Scan This button begins the capture process Settings After entering a password you can configure the scanstation Manual A message with important information for capture operations is displayed The main options of the EvaSys scanstation are explained below For further details see the manual for the scanstation 168 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions Tab Scan Destinat
208. and provides additional functionality In this case it is not a software but special report types that you can import into the EvaSys system These report types can define the reports for one several or all questionnaires available in the system Also an imported PDF report plugin can replace the standard PDF report that is firmly integrated in EvaSys In order to integrate a PDF report plugin into the EvaSys system you click in the main menu System Settings on PDF Report Settings PDF Report Settings Description Administrator Configuration Edit Copy Delete standard POF Report John Barker at Ei Individual POF Report Henry Darcy i Ei Ee is PDF Report Plugins Description File name Browse Save Figure 242 Inserting a PDF report plugin Via Browse you can choose the PDF report plugin file In the following exam ple this file is called CTextualReport php Then enter a description text and click on Save In this way several PDF report plugins can be integrated into the EvaSys sys tem In order to change the setting of a PDF report plugin click on the symbol for editing Paper and Pencil Icon In the following dialogue the description text can be changed 221 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions PDF Report Plugin Te
209. and reads the questionnaires raw data This means Once you create a survey with a particular questionnaire in EvaSys a file ac curately describing this form is generated and stored in a folder on the server form description file in XML format The VividForms Reader has access to this folder and therefore is familiar with those forms images that may be produced When receiving image files of scanned questionnaire batches the VividForms Reader verifies the form in question If the form is a familiar one the VividForms Reader is informed by the form description file about the position of the check mark boxes So it now can check to which degree each check mark box has been blackened This is how it receives the survey s raw data This data is then transmitted to the EvaSys data base where it is in turn made available for further processing TeleForm optional TeleForm is a software for creating forms and form recognition This solution for creating and processing questionnaires consists of three components the Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions Zed designer for creating forms the reader for reading the forms and the verifier for the visual correction TeleForm is available as an EvaSys upgrade With TeleForm you can create questionnaires in EvaSys c
210. anguages I Filter settings M Validation M Required questions M Matrices Hote Information linked to further data in this system cannot be exported This would be the case for reports for comparison Export Cancel Figure 519 Settings for the export of forms The following items can be additionally exported e Quality Guidelines e Data export configuration e Norming e PDF Reports e Text Templates e Report for comparison e Sphinx Report e Languages e Filter settings e Validation e Required questions e Matrices Attention It is sometimes possible that information which is linked to other data in the system cannot be imported into another system If for example a comparison report was created for a questionnaire i e to a subunit report or similar the import of this report is only available to its own system not to an external system 404 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions FieDownoad c Some files can harm your computer IF the file information below i looks suspicious or you do not fully trust the source do not open or save this file File name Denol01 efd File type From localhost Would you like to open the file or sawe it to your computer Open S Cancel More Info Iw Always ask before op
211. antly Please click here to deactivate the debug mode Figure 573 Warning message If you click on Please click here to deactivate the debug mode the debug mode in the configuration is automatically deactivated EvaSys informs you of the deactivation of the debug mode V Information The debug mode is deactivated now Figure 574 The debug mode was deactivated successfully Changing the survey ID If activated this option allows changing the survey ID You can then change the survey ID in the details of a survey as long as the survey does not have any results questionnaire returns This option is available only for the hard copy procedure for coversheet and hybrid surveys Logging of system sessions The logging of system sessions provides an overview of the users and partici pants of online surveys currently logged into the system This function gives an insight into the current level of utilization of the system Display information of system sessions in the menu Display of the information concerning active system sessions in the menu of the Subunit Administrator This setting is only relevant when logging of sys tem sessions is activated Measuring of performance values As a means of measuring performance values a graphic illustration of the sys tem workload of the EvaSys server can be displayed at different times The diagram can also be adjusted for different periods 472 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric
212. ants The email address of a participant has to be entered and verified before the data can be completed Email Search Details of the participants Course Web Design XHTML Title First Name Last name Email Address Custom 1 Custom 2 Custom 3 Figure 48 Adding anonymous participants of a course overview After checking EvaSys automatically adopts the email address in the area Details of the participants Details of the participants Course Web Design XHTML E Title P First Mame P Last name P Email danpowell googlecom Address Custom 1 Custom 2 Custom 3 Figure 49 Entering the email address of anonymous participants 63 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions All other existing fields here for example forename and surname are deacti vated because this survey is anonymous Although you can t see this in the graphic If in a similar constellation you try to enter something into EvaSys you will realize that this is not possible Editing the email address in the area Details of the participants is no longer possible If you have entered an email address incorrectly you can klick Can cel here and delete it After this you can enter it into the system again of course
213. any Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Prof Sunny Narrow Data Analysis Subunit Engineering T Name of the instructor Prof Sunny Narrow Name of the course Data Analysis Name of the survey Min Max values of Data Analysis Engineering S507 Economy gt learned a lot in this course Agree Disagree learned more in this course than in others Agree j Disagree This course was extremely valuable to my education Agree Disagree Figure 351 Create profile line emails options Comparative line deactivated with minimum and maximum values Here you only see one profile line in this case for the first selected course The gray zones show however that the calculation of the minimum and maximum values includes further values If you activate the overall average line instead of the minimum and maximum values this profile line appears in addition to the profile line of the current course Prof Sunny Narrow Data Analysis Subunit Engineering T Name of the instructor Prof Sunny Narrow Name of the course Data Analysis Name of the survey Overall average of Data Analysis Engineering SS07 Economy learned a lot in this course Agree Disagree ey av 3 z i av 3 1 learned more in this course than in others Agree Disagree av 2 8 av 2 5 This course was extremely valuable to my education Agree A4 Disagree hi 5 av 2 9 Figure 352 Create
214. any 384 Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions E Question Library Microsoft Internet Explor Selected Question Preview leamed a lot in this course Students who go to the instructor for help get the assistance thew need This course has had a profound Aug nee 00000 impact on me What was the best aspect of this course pO Figure 489 Preview of the selected questions Please note that elements that are taken from the library are marked with an L Library 1 About the Course L learned a lotin this course L Agree o Disagree learned more in this course than in others L Agree o Disagree THIS course was extremely valuable to my L Agree o Disagree education Figure 490 Inserted question group and questions in the editor preview 5 2 Undoing the connection between a question and the library You cannot modify questions or chapters from the library You will see this by the gray shading of the selection options in the properties dialog as well as by the symbol If you would like to edit a question from the library you must first undo the connection to the library by using the symbol The question can then be edited again Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions e Question Wizard Micr
215. anything in the layout of your online survey requires advanced object oriented PHP programming and extended knowledge of accessibility requirements All kinds of templates are organized in the menu System Settings Online Survey Templates Here you can view and edit existing templates or create and upload new ones Contiguration ia Evasyvs Settings T Course Types 12 Periods GS Custom Titles Process Defaults d Web Service Settings ka POF Report Settings Templates 2 Language sets Figure 117 Menu Online Survey Templates In the properties dialogue of a subunit you can select one of the online survey templates available and thus individually define the layout of this subunit s online surveys 123 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions Z Subunit details Subunit Name Engineering St s SsS Dept No 4 Logo File systemiogo o d Edit Phone Fax Street Address fIP Code City Email Online survey template Test Aq min server address for online surveys of this subunit http localhost evasys onlined Handling of handwritten texts Direct display default setting C Display after manual collection nate customizable threshold System settings 7 EvaSys Settings Surveys C Never display Cancel Figu
216. aper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Values legend Values given in the legend The number of values must match the scale divi sions Divisions legend Scale divisions of the legend Show bar diagram with histogram Advanced results bar for scaled questions When bar diagram is activated the mini histogram should be deactivated Separate closed open questions When activated the results for open and closed questions in the PDF reports are displayed separately This results in better readability particularly of those reports created with a mix of open and closed questions Show text boxes If activated the text fields of VividForms forms will be shown in the PDF Report Show quality indices traffic light view When activated the quality indices of the items will be shown as a traffic light symbol in the PDF report Please note that indices will only be shown for items used in quality guidelines Show standard deviation as number Activates the display of the standard deviation Show average median You can display the following values in the PDF report 1 Average value 2 Median 3 Average value and median Show quantile You can display the following quintiles in the PDF report 1 No quantile 2 10 quantile levels Dcentile 3 25 quantile levels Quartile Show standard
217. are sure that you will not need further scanning operations after the first scanning operation then you can answer this question with yes Keep survey data after analysis in the system only paper survey The survey data is stored in the EvaSys database after it has been captured No one other than you has access to this data The survey data can be deleted manually at any time If however you would like to delete the survey data be fore it enters the database you must activate the option After the scanning operation automatically generate email with message or report Webservice The configuration area Web Service Settings in the main menu System Set tings allows the administration of external web servers that communicate with the EvaSys server via the web services EvaSys SOAP API Please note You will see the area Web Service Settings in the menu only after activating Activation of EvaSys Web Service XML based SOAP inter face in the EvaSys Settings page Functions By the so called web services web servers can communicate with one an other and download the other system s functionalities This way it is possible to integrate EvaSys into existing web software systems Typical applications are for example the automated update of the user accounts and survey pro cedures the download of evaluation reports or questionnaire supplies Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change wi
218. ark Question as Invalid ALT P Display Sheet ALT S Save Table 10 Keyboard Shortcuts in WebVerifier Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions 4 4 Manual entry of handwritten comments If handwritten responses to open questions should be anonymized then for each subunit concerned the option display after manual collection in the section handling of handwritten texts must be activated You can change this in subunit details For subunit details click on the subunit overview in column Edit on the icon 2 Subunit details subunit Name Engineering s S Dept Mo 4 Logo File eystemog ss Edit Phone Fax Street Address IP Code City Email Online survey template Test Ad min server address for online surveys of this subunit http localhost evasys onlined Handling of handwritten texts Direct display default setting C Display after manual collection note customizable threshald System settings EvaSys Settings Surveys C Never display OK Cancel Figure 204 Activation of manual entry of handwritten comments The option display after manual collection will hold back the answers of open questions until the captured images of the open questions have been anonymized Until then the PDF repor
219. arly visible changes to the original document should be avoided 3 2 6 Effective management and conduction of online surveys Preview Online Survey You have the possibility of displaying a preview of your online survey either in the details of a survey or in the questionnaire details In the details of a survey as you can see in the following graphic click in the area Actions on Preview online survey 110 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions T Show PSWOs in browser _ Receive PSWDs by email __ Send PSWDs by email to respondents J Download PSDs in CSW File T Generate more PSW Ds fo A Scheduled Tasks r Finish Data Collection Close Survey Delete Survey fh Assign survey to substitute instructor i Edit Show notes Figure 101 Preview of an online survey in the survey details You can also display a preview of your online survey in the details of a ques tionnaire by clicking on Preview online survey Details for questionnaire Sampl1 JE Optional Questions PDF Sample Show PDF Paper Survey Show JE PDF Online In the recognition set of the VividForms Reader Refresh Preview online survey Figure 102 Preview of an online survey in the questionnaire details In both cases calling up the
220. ase note that you will not be able to then create report documents for surveys carried out with this ques tionnaire You will be able to access the raw data though Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions The following figure shows you the details and possibilities of a question naire Bi Details for questionnaire Quest_01 gt Quest 01 Evaluation Questionnaire f Optional Questions w POF Sample Shaw w POF Paper Survey Show amp POF Online 22 Inthe recognition set of the VividForms Reader Add A Preview online survey Advanced Settings Questionnaire Edit Form Languages Text Templates Edit Export 22 Delete Usage Form Reporting Options Online Design Activated Mirrored scale values JY Show the header of the survey Wo Allow Summary Reports Enable temporary save Survey Type Show print option Design Complete r ERE MW Allow result access eee l ertiticate a None Course Type Computer Sciences Lecture Department Training Seminar 3 Laboratory Tutorial tofessional Development Working Group _Data Entry Demo Subunit Others S509 _ ystemlogins Modul General VWS094 0 _Veritier Demo Subunit Modul Trainer S510 Figure 65 Details for questionnaire In the large box you can define the use of the questionnaire Form Acti
221. ast column there are up to four icons for the following actions Display cover sheet Process forms Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Verify automatically Delete all sheets of this form 4 3 4 Correction view As soon as you click on the Process symbol green pencil in a view you will be automatically taken to the correction view In the correction view there is always a question to be verified You work through the questions one by one until you are finished verifying all the questions in the batch or in the survey or in the form iad Figure 199 Processing status The current processing status is shown in a bar in the upper left corner of the screen The green area symbolizes the questions that have already been cor rected while the red area shows the number still to be corrected The number of questions is also shown Left of the bar graph you can see the status messages from VividForms Reader The three most common alarm signals are e The fill value of the response field is borderline The checkbox field is invalid It was already checked e The fill value of the checkbox field exceeds the upper fill value cancel checkmark Below the header you can see the original image box and below that the cor rection view
222. ata of all selected surveys including the course data as well optional an evaluation template is ex ported SPSS A SAV file with the questionnaire contents as well as the raw data of all se lected surveys including the course data is exported In the case of Sphinx and SPSS a special feature offers the ability to export across several questionnaires In this way survey projects consisting of sev eral questionnaire types such as 360 Feedbacks can be easily exported ina single large file and processed with the Sphinx Statistic Workbench or SPSS 3 Sare EXPONE x Batch Export csv Sphing C SPSS C esy C Sphinx SPSS W Include multiple questionnaires IM Include multiple questionnaires Figure 542 Batch Export of several questionnaires Sphinx and SPSS 419 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions EvaSys 1 5 Utilization statistics In the section utilization statistics in the Menu System Information you will receive an overview about the utilization behaviour of EvaSys users At the top of the screen you will see two graphics At the left is the top 20 in structors trainers according to the number of surveys At the right you will see the top 20 in relation to the number of logins This number is of course interesting only in connection
223. atic Manual 9 Kiviat ciagram r SA ow 279 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions The option Profile line allows you to have the profile lines of this report dis played separately Mana Report Engineering SS 07 Profile Compilation Engineering SS07 leamed a lot in this course Disagree leamed more in this course than in others j Disagree This course was extremely valuable to my education Disagree would recommend this course to my fiends T Disagree This course has had a profound impact on me Disagree Students who go to the instructor for help get the assistance they need A Disagree The instructor has a comprehensive understanding of the subject f Disagree This insiuctor knows this subject very well f Disagree Altogether am content with the course T Disagree Altogether am content with the instructor knowledge manner of f Disagree explaining things dealing with criticism ete will deal with the subject matter in further courses in my own studies Disagree etc would recommend the course to my fellow students anytime Disagree would recommend the instructor to my fellow students anytime f Disagree The handouts were really helpful Disagree Figure 337 Detailed view profile line of the report Furt
224. ating a questionnaire with the VividForms Editor In this example a questionnaire with all the different types of question types will be created using an instructor trainer account The procedure is identical for both the administrator and the user Only the template protection is re served for the administrator In the menu for instructors trainers you will see a section for questionnaires with three entries Questionnaires All of the questionnaires created by the user are listed here VividForms Editor Access to the VividForms Editor in order to create a new questionnaire Templates Access to available templates e g framework templates in order to extend them If the administrator activated the option Activate template mode in the form properties of a questionnaire the questionnaire created by the ad ministrator is a template for the user The administrator as a result does not have his own templates section 339 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions Peter Brown Administrator Instruments A Questionnaires E VidParits Editor a iuestion Library Text Templates Ei Documents Configuration a Evasyvs Settings g Course Types ki Periods iB Custom Titles B Process Detaults g Web Service Settings Lot POF Report Settings ea online Su
225. ation period Then click on Display A table appears showing the identification data of the identified courses By clicking on the respective column headers this table can be sorted as you wish whereby the order alternates between ascending and descending By clicking on the icon a course can be edited Clicking on this icon amp will delete a course Education Survey Automation Suite a Eva Sys G Subunits System Settings System Information Display Courses Computer Sciences Department Training Display Courses Linguistics Peter Brown Professional Development _Data Entry Demo Subunit Courses for each period Subunits f amp ssian Type PPE ee ee ee See oko Overview A ES Managing and maintainin Phili G Computer S a 3 iN NA_1 Gi No i Sion SI At iasa SF E E E a period Type a healthy lifestyle Belmore continuous R Belmore Profession Ti Data Entr vA e RO ee n 7 Ti _systemiog I Select All Assign selected courses to the period only continuous v Assign G _Verifier ed Department ili Be M ManagementStrategies NA2 Philipp No continuous 7 amp Figure 54 Display of a subunit s courses At the bottom of the table a function is available which allows you to redefine the period link of one or more courses Figure 55 Redefine the period link of one or more courses Select either an individual course by ticking the check mark box on the left side of
226. ation status Here you can activate or deactivate the Instructor Trainer s Optional Ques tions Instructor Trainer s optional questions modify course data Permits or prevents instructors trainers from modifying the course data in the Instructor Trainer s Optional Questions Instructor Trainer s optional questions question library Defines whether the instructor trainer can use the question library in the In structor Trainer s Optional Questions Default deactivated 455 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Instructor Trainer s optional questions questionnaire direct delivery When activated after completion of the Instructor Trainer s Optional Ques tions an email with the questionnaire is sent directly to all instruc tors trainers When deactivated then all emails will be sent to the group ad dress given in the rubric email Instructor Trainer s optional questions email for deactivation contains PSWD list Deactivating the Instructor Trainer s Optional Questions a PDF with the PSWDs can be added Instructor Trainer s optional questions Status change If activated the status of Instructors Optional Questions in the survey over view changes to completed as soon as the VividForms Editor is opened If deactivated the sta
227. atrices use the function System Set tings PDF Report Settings Configuration Create matrix This instructor knows ihis subject very well 1 Agee Disagree Figure 231 Matrices Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice 207 Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions Profile line 208 Subunit Engineering Name of the instructor Dr Silvia Thomas Name of the course Statistics Name of the survey 11 leamed a lot in this course 2 leamed more in this course than in others 3 This course was extremely valuable to my education 14 I would recommend this course to my friends 15 This course has had a profound impact on me 16 Students who go to the instructor for help get the assistance they need 17 The instructor has a comprehensive understanding of the subject 18 This instructor knows this subject very well Figure 232 Profile line Dr Silvia Thomas Statistics Profile Agree Agree Agree Agree Agree Agree Agree Agree i Disagree N E A O S Disagree mo Disagree __ __ anes Disagree PF 4 Disagree N Disagree pe Disagree EvaSys The profile line is a dashed line along the averages of scaled questions The average will also be displayed as a numerical value At the end of a survey period two fu
228. atting fat lt strong gt Italic lt em gt and underline lt u gt are supported for paper surveys Other formatting is extracted Adding pictures to a questionnaire Upload pictures to the picture library To add pictures to a questionnaire you have to first upload them Please note You can integrate pictures in the image formats JPEG and PNG in the VividForms Editor The JPEG format is especially suitable for photographs Because of losses resulting from compression it is not recommended for text and graphics The advantage of the PNG format is the compressed storage without losses which cannot be guaranteed with the JPEG format Thus the PNG format is Suitable for photographs as well as text and graphics However files in the PNG format are considerably bigger than the according JPEG files To upload pictures click on the button Picture Library in the menu Form Properties in the VividForms Editor A new window called Picture Library opens Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions Editor Control a Form Properties Edit Pole Template Filters Validation Matrices Required Questions Picture Library show Colors Line Height Font Size 14 pt 7 iopt r Size of the answer boxes Ept 7 Font Arial Y Figure 477 Option
229. ave Before saving check syntax of the email addresses e g Technical limita tions mean that the actual existence of the email addresses cannot be checked Undelivered email can be found in the EvaSys logbook The email addresses are saved in the system for reminder emails at a later time As soon as the PSWD is used by the survey participant to return their re sponses both the PSWD as well as the email address is deleted from the sys tem 113 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 114 Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Edit Email Text Subject Online Survey Dear Participant Firstname Participant Lastname This email entitles you to wote in an online Survey Please follow the link and use the PSWD displayed as identification The PSWD reads PSD Voting under SERVER Yours Sincerely Email List Mo Email Status eal de Moctevasys com LNeck Cras Tor Correct oyntax Check Emails Send Email Cancel Figure 105 Task PSWDs to respondent In general it is possible to assign the date time and status for all selected surveys using the Apply button Operation online survey reminder The operation online survey reminder is the dispatch of a reminder email to all respondents who have not yet taken part in the survey In the reminder email you can s
230. ave a template where two pages are allowed left information and one page is already created informa tion on the right hand side The line below informs the active instructor trainer about the actual number of questions 12 on the left and the allowed number of questions 12 on the right 162 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 3 3 4 Generating a study folder After having changed the login date and possibly created some question naires the active instructor trainer must create a study folder to be able to work reasonably The study folders structure the surveys of an active instruc tor trainer and shall therefore be created according to the use of the user ac count In the following there are named some possibilities for structuring a user ac count Evaluation periods e g semester if the surveys of the active instruc tors trainers are repeated regularly e g Surveys SSo7 Surveys WS07 08 Surveys SSo8 etc e Survey types if the surveys are not repeated regularly but can be as signed to specific survey types Survey research project XY Survey empirical studies YZ etc Student Participant projects if you allow that access Surveys Diploma John Doe Surveys Master Thesis Jane Doe Surveys PHD Thesis John Sample
231. ay be selected HTML prese lected 5 The list has both HTML and PDF either may be selected PDF preselected Warning limit question text length closed questions character number Warning limit for question texts for optional scaled questions which alerts the user that the text is too long and may be shortened in a PDF form Default 37 Warning limit values text length character number Warning limit for pole texts for optional scaled questions which alerts the user that the text is too long and may be shortened in a PDF form Default 11 Warning limit question text length open questions character number Warning limit for question texts for optional open questions which alerts the user that the text is too long and may be shortened in a PDF form Default 60 Warning limit option text length character number Warning limit for option texts for optional single choice questions which alerts the user that the text is too long and may be shortened in a PDF form Default 20 Instructor s Optional Questions defined left pole With this value you can define the left pole in the Instructor s Optional Ques tions Instructors will then no longer be able to change the value If a value is not defined then the field can be filled as desired Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i
232. ay question numbers Question numbers are displayed when processing the optional additional questions Activate link to PDF preview When activated users can click on a questionnaire name in the list of surveys in order to see a Sample of the questionnaire Section VividForms Recognition Set Folder Recognition set folder for VividForms Forms Image directory for open questions Path to a directory in which the VividForms Reader will store the images of an Open question Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Default form editor access for users You can set the following access modes o Unrestricted access 1 Only templates 2 No access Cover sheet text Instruction text on the cover sheet Default Font size Default font size for VividForms questionnaires EvaExam Format for examinee ID Here you can set the format of the examinee ID Each X represents a figure Groups of numbers must be separated with the placeholder EvaExam The check boxes for the examinee ID start with o If activated the check boxes to fill in the examinee ID start with number o If deactivated they start with 1 Attention Changing this option may yield false matriculation numbers for exam sheets already existent but not yet scanned EvaExam Headline
233. ayed Please note that the number of generated questionnaires is determined by the number of occupancies defined in the courses and not by the number of imported participant data for the respective course In the following you will find two examples for personalized questionnaires _ The text below with place holders was inserted into the header Example 1 The personalized questionnaire for Sandra Brown 153 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys Automated Document Solutions For Sandra Brown Electric Paper Engineering Evaluation SS 07 Mark as shown O amp O CC Please use a ball point pen or a thin felt tip This form will be processed automatically Correction C E CJ amp L Please follow the examples shown to help optimize the reading results Figure 156 Questionnaire for Sandra Brown example Example 2 The personalized questionnaire for Mary Smith Sample Evaluation Form For Mary Smith Electric Paper Engineering Evaluation SS 07 Mark as shown OK O Please use a ball point pen or a thin felt tip This form will be processed automatically Correction L ML 84 L Please follow the examples shown to help optimize the reading results Figure 157 Questionnaire for Mary Smith example Now the survey can be implemented whereby attention has to be paid
234. bH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Additionally you can define the position of the picture on the questionnaire left aligned centered or right aligned If you choose to scale the picture the basis for this is the width of the page width of page 100 In this case the alignment is centered and the scaling is 20 When you click on Apply you add the picture to the last place in the ques tionnaire where the focus was i e where you last clicked on the question naire Via clicking on the picture and using the key Delete you can remove the pic ture from the questionnaire again Alternatively you can set the focus on the picture and choose Delete in the menu Clipboard The position and selection of pictures can be changed after insertion as long as the questionnaire is not in use Just double click on the picture and the picture assistant will open Alternatively choose Picture in the menu Edit If you look at the PDF preview you can view this via the PDF symbol above the upper left corner of the form you will get a preview of the actual appearance of the questionnaire Here you can see an example Thank you very much for participating in the survey Figure 482 Picture in the PDF preview Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse A
235. bbreviation gt sTitle Pages Sample Evaluation Form Template Sample Figure 167 Copying a template in the own form management 159 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions An active instructor trainer can find the form management in the left hand menu when clicking Questionnaires When clicking this option the list of own questionnaires opens Form Management 4 Information A form was added to your form management view Sample2 Sample Evaluation Form Template Template Berens Figure 168 Copied template in the own form management The questionnaire that has been copied from the list of templates is con tained as a template here You can recognize the copy by the modified Abbre viation it is counted up Sampl1 instead of Sample Besides the Abbreviation and the Title you can see the number of pages here you can See if the questionnaire is already contained in the recognition set of the VividForms Reader and when the questionnaire was copied Furthermore the active instructor trainer has the possibility to carry out the following actions 160 Add filters required questions and matrices Please read the relevant chapters of this manual for this purpose Copy the questionnaire Clicking the icon in the
236. bels c cscccessccsssccsececenscccnscessccescsensccenscceesessuseseuseseeseeeeceeeseses 368 30225 Venical pole AD ES ccvsncccscoctannecusnnedscustetoteatatnicudenncacnatatesurnosdecnoecdecastetatcusemscscnatetencunens 369 363s VEC CHD OVE lapels senesne E A EAER DAE 370 3 7 Adding Sra Mi Cal elemeit orisni E 372 Se HE ACS T 372 a SOON E E E 372 OOF e E E T E nm asnic ie aunisesaeea anne 373 Dept We CC ec asecaustat as A E ania caaee uacsae ER 374 3 7 5 Line height Font Size and FOnt type ccceseccsssccseccessccenscceesceessccensccensceeesceeecsenseses 374 3 7 6 Filtering of HTML Tags cactindaoncciontnianesentecautanasedsesteshvates eawapiausevasatusebessrecatelanbalensreoenase 375 3 8 Adding pictures to a questionnaire e sesssessseeseeseesscessecssceseesscesecrscessceseesseeseessceseeeseesseese 376 3 8 1 Upload pictures to the picture libraty eesseesessseessesseesscesecsseeseesseesecosecsseeseeeseesseeseessees 376 3 8 2 Integrating pictures in a questionnaire esssessessessessessesseeseeseeseeseeseoseoseoseoseeseeseeseeseese 378 CONVERT AND REPAIR QUESTIONNAIRE sssssessssssssseeeeessssssseceeessssssecceesssssseeceesssssssectesssssseeeeeesssssseeeeesssssse 381 4 1 Convert questionnaire esssessessessesseseesseeseesecseeseesecsecsscssesscssesseeseesecseesecssesecsseesessessesseese 381 4 2 PSO I TOM E ETE EE EA E TA A A A E E A E AS 381 USE OFTHE QUESTION LIBRARY WITH VIVIDFORMS iasssesuncessicsination
237. ber is printed at the bottom of the page Additional information fields can be printed in the header of all the questionnaires Op tional additional questions whose content can be determined by the instruc tors trainers themselves can also be included The hard copy procedure also allows all of the questionnaires to be num bered This is especially useful when the questionnaire contains more than two pages or when printed on both sides of the page on more than one page of paper This guarantees that the questionnaire sets are logically coherent even if they are mixed up when collected Course Evaluaton Questionnaire Peter Huddle Spanish Advanced Knowledge Wark as shown OBO 0 CO Fiease use a balepoirt pen or a thin tit Sp This form wli be processed automadically Coredo O E OA O Geass toliow the examples shown to help optimize the reading sus Electric Paper Lc ee L E U FE Dear Participant We are very interested in your opinion about the course as well as about the university in general Therefore we would like to ask you to take the time read the questonnaire thoroughly and complete it Only your own judgement is important you cannot give wrong Of course the data is completely anonymous 1 Questions about you Which gender do you belong to What is your age What is your age What is fhe grade of your last school graduation How many tens have you been studying 5 m Os 0O83 Oi O Anglistics ican Studie O Applied I
238. bles you to send an email to any address The option Manual below provides you with further information on EvaSys and the use of the program Here you have access to the online user manual for all active EvaSys users explaining the essential points on the user access in a much more compact fashion than the User Guide at hand does Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ti Automated Document Solutions EvaSys ae F i 4 p A i Maria Report Report Creator Surveys g Folders J Zusamment J Reports Additional Reports Reports System Settings cb hy profile System Information Utilization Statistics D Deliveries iD system Into Help C Send Email a Manual q Manual tor Creating auestionnaires a EvaExain Figure 263 The report creator Main menu 239 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys a Automated Document Solutions If you wish to create summary reports or send out profile lines this is not possible without a folder Therefore you should initially create a new folder by clicking on the button Create new folder W Listing of folders gt Create new Folder Figure 264
239. burg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Prof Sunny Namrow Data Analysis Profile Subunit Engineering Name of the instructor Prof Sunny Nanow Name of the course Data Analysis Name of the survey H Comparative line Prof Sunny Nanmow P Comparative line Prof Sunny Narrow Name of the course WSO6 07 Data Analysis Name of the course 5306 Data Analysis Name of the survey k Name of the survey Comparative line Prof Sunny Nanow Name of the course WS05 06 Data Analysis Name of the survey leamed a lot in this course Disagree leamed more in this course than in others i Disagree 3 This course was extremely valuable to my education Disagree would recommend this course to my friends Disagree 3 This course has had a profound impact on me H Disagree E ri who go to the instructor for help get the assistance they Disagree need att Figure 366 Example of a profile line comparison with three previous periods Please note that you define these settings per questionnaire as an adminis trator as well as a subunit administrator Profile Line Comparison in the PDF report add report for compari son As well as defining previous periods for the profile line comparison you can also define comparative reports Again in the questionnaire details select in the area Advanced Settings the option Report for comparison and click on Edit In the
240. by typing in the CAPTCHA correctly Restricted access Activates deactivates the restriction of access When activated the EvaSys server checks the IP address of each inquiring computer for the following IP address domains Begin IP address domain participant online survey First permitted IP address for participants in an online survey End IP address domain participant online survey Last permitted IP address for participants in an online survey Begin IP address domain user First permitted IP address for users End IP address domain user Last permitted IP address for users Begin IP address domain for administrator First permitted IP address for the administrator End IP address domain for administrator Last permitted IP address for the administrator 471 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions 2 5 15 Section Maintenance Debug mode Activate deactivate debug This setting allows you to find defective data and other problems If necessary you will be asked by support to activate this Because an activated debug mode can slow your system down the adminis trator after login is informed of all possible scenario regarding this A Warming Message The debug mode was activated Please note t may reduce the performance of your system signific
241. c Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys a Automated Document Solutions The administrator also has the possibility of denying subunit administrators this right To do this he activates the option Public items disabled in the user profile of the subunit administrator The subunit administrator can then no longer add public questions to the library All groups and questions are then as with the instructors trainers only visible to him 2 Please define the user rights No ahl jews additional subunits for GM views Online Survey Templates Defined by Administrator No access Assign additional Economy subunits Engineering Physics a Public tems disabled Iw The subunit administrator is not able to add public tems to the question library Cancel z T Save Figure 497 Definition of the user rights for public items in the user profile of a subunit administrator 5 4 Deleting a question from the library With a click on im you can delete the highlighted question from the library 5 5 Adding a group to the library With a click on the symbol 4 the group you have highlighted will be entered as a new group to the library The elements of this group will not be entered 5 6 Deleting a group from the library With the symbol i in the editor control bar you can delete the current group from the library 387 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Pap
242. c Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 Luneburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions 2 5 2 PDF format Selection of the format for the creation of PDF documents DIN A4 210 x 297 mm Letter 216 X 279 mm Legal 216 X 356 mm Section Survey Minimum number of returns for reporting If the number of returns is under the value n there will be no display of the results no PDF report no HTML report no raw data Instead there will be a note in the letter the function generate letter must be ACTIVATED The note can be edited at System Settings Text Templates Warning threshold in for PDF report dispatch by email Defines the threshold percentage of pages not recognized for the automatic dispatch of the PDF report Explicit confirmation is necessary for manual dis patch of the report Default 70 Warning threshold in percent for recognition problems during the process ing of paper forms If this error occurs a serious problem was found in the quality of scanned forms The problem must urgently be analyzed and corrected before scanning the next forms If the threshold defined here is exceeded for a survey this survey will be marked red The PDF report will not be dispatched automati cally if this option is activated Furthermore the EvaSys administrator gets a warning notice via email Default 0 2 Instructor Trainer s optional questions activ
243. c Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions PARTICIPANT _CUSTOM1 Survey participant s first user defined field PARTICIPANT_CUSTOM2 Survey participant s second user defined field PARTICIPANT_CUSTOM3 Survey participant s third user defined field Please note the following The fields for survey participants can only then be used in a Survey when participant data for the respective course identification was imported into the EvaSys system via the relevant CSV import 3 3 Adding and editing question groups Question groups unite questions that are thematically similar under a general heading so that for example indicators can be calculated A Question group Wizard Microsoft Internet Explor o x Hew question group Page 1 Indicator io indicator Font Size 13 pt Text Element Apply Cancel Figure 427 Create a question group Text entries have the following meaning Title Title of the question group You can highlight the title of the question group as you can with numerous other elements with bold or italic fonts or by underlining To do this mark the desired element and click the buttons B I and or U in the bar next to the lettering Headline Above the Arrow back and Arrow forward buttons you can undo editing steps The last but
244. c Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 182 Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 4 3 Correction of checkboxes not clearly read The VividForms WebVerifier The VividForms WebVerifier is used in order to correct sheets that is check boxes that have not been clearly read In order to use the WebVerifier log in with the user type Verifier You now have three different views which can be changed with a click on the symbol Batch View Survey View and Form View Te Et 2 z Batch SUMET S Forms Figure 195 Verifier view options 4 3 1 Batch view All batches needing to be verified are shown in a table The table is made up of the following columns e Batch ID Serial number of the batch e Time Scan time of the batch o Duration Processing time of the VividForms Reader in seconds e NonForms Number of unidentified pages in a batch Scanstation Name of the scanstation OMR errors Number of checkboxes not found Sheets Number of all pages e In progress Shows whether other users are already processing the batch Status Corrections already processed Total corrections In the last column you will see up to six icons for the following actions Display cover sheets e Delete all NonForms e Display NonForms e Process batch Verify automatically Del
245. canstation As soon as a batch arrives processing begins Earlier batches have priority that is batches are processed in the sequence of their scanning TeleForm Reader Message Log l a Fie Scan Utilities Window Help B amp G erh ER GB amp gx 4 gt e e TeleForm Reader started successfully 11 40 04 AM Thursday Figure 192 TeleForm Reader 03 35 27 Ph Evaluating o0000001 1 6 Comparing With page 1 of template CentralCoverSheet Al Figure 193 TeleForm Reader status bar As soon as the processing of a batch has begun you can follow the processing in a Status bar Alongside the time in this example you can see the dialog Evaluating 00000001 1 6 That means that from batch 1 page 1 out of 6 is being proc essed To the right is the text Comparing with page 1 of template Central Cover Sheet The page being processed is recognized as Cover Sheet 180 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions A TeleForm Reader Message Log Of x ga File Scan Utilities Window Help x 6 i She fi el a d gt P E TeleForm Reader started successfully 51 35 PM Thursday E HERP HRP REPRE ERE ERE RE 3 52 42 PM Thursday B Evasys batch has been processed 3 52 42 PM Thursday Self print method Form EWA
246. cause you have already defined a comparative report in SSo7 for this subunit Define report for comparison survey Period Economy Mewe Subunit Available reports Physics Prof Sunny Marrow SSO 26 09 2007 1 7 11 50 r Figure 372 Report for comparison SSo7 The subunit Engineering is not mentioned anymore If you combine the settings defined above thereby defining both the three previous periods as well as the comparative report Engineering Report SS07 for the comparison lines your PDF reports will additionally contain these four comparison lines Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions In the following graphic you can see the profile lines for the survey results of the course Data Analysis in SSo7 in the subunit Engineering together with the four comparison profile lines defined sunny Namow Data Analysis Profile Subunit Engineering Name of the instructor Sunny Narrow Name of the course Data Analysis Name of the survey Comparative lime Engineering Report SSO07 Comparative line WSO6 07 Data Analysis T l k Comparative line 5506 Data Analysis T Comparative line 5505 Data Analysis l h The instructor is always well prepared Pan What is the grade of your last school graduation 1 Grades 1
247. ce that the texts are identical apart from those areas writ ten in capitals and set in angular brackets This text template is automatically used as the text in the letter The words that are written in capitals and marked through angular brackets serve as place holders and will in the case of an actual letter be replaced by the respective values SALUTATION is re placed by Dear Ms Dear Mr or similar TITLE is replaced by Prof Dr Dr if existent SURNAME e g by Harwood You should customize this text according to your needs and to your question naire using following the place holders SALUTATION TITLE GENDER FIRSTNAME SURNAME SURVEY FORMCOUNT PERIOD_NAME QUESTIONARY DIMENSIONS SUBUNIT ADDRESS COURSENAME COURSEID PROGRAMOFSTUDY COURSEROOM COURSEENROLLMENT COURSETYPE CUSTOMFIELD_X CURRENTDATE Salutation Example Dear Mr or Dear Ms Title is automatically replaced e g by Prof Dr Gender is automatically replaced by Mr or Ms First name for example for user Donna Harwood this is replaced by Donna Surname for example for user Donna Harwood this is replaced by Harwood Survey name Number of returns Name of survey period Name of questionnaire Name of dimensions question groups Subunit name User s address Course name Course ID Course s program of studies
248. ceccescescascscescessessessessesscsscsscsscesees 2 3 Basic terminology within the EvaSys User Guide cscccssecesecceseccessccensceenscceceesceeeseses SYSTEM START UP AND SECURITY sescsic cea caqierectiew einai ous concnetlencleleetneueaeManetyieceeseaaetenstexeuscsmesaustoecuerendccseneadeace 3 1 1 Adjustment tO your OFGANiZAtION ccceseccesssccsscccseccesscccnscceesccessceeesceeesceecceuseseuseceess 3 1 2 EvaSys entry points possibilities to log on the SyStem csccceseccsesceseccesecceneeceees 3 1 3 Adjustments in EvaSys settings texts Colors documents ccceeeceseeceseccesscceneeeeees 3 1 4 Adjustments in the text templates ccccessccsssccseccessccenscceesccsscceeccenscsenscseesceeeseeaes JAS Adusiments nthe C0 C MINOW Ss tacaness cote sane ouncsnnsSacecuasesuuesssacteconccentesnatnae lt betecseaeeinessesonnee 3 2 D InN ACCESS CINE E E EE E EEA A 3 3 TOL TONNES a ET T ke B dne upne Cdl Da Eae EE 332 Backing UD theformm definition Serres aru r EEATT 3 3 3 Backing up the image files of the open questionS essesssessesssesseesscesecsseeseesseesseesseeseersee 3 3 4 Backing up the original image files from scanstation eesssesesesssesseesseeseerssesseesseeseesseeses YOUR EVALUATION PROCESS THE PHASE MODEL ssseesseesseesssecssecossecssecosecossecossecssecoseeosseesseeos THE PHASE MODEL YOUR WORKFLOW IN THE PROCESS OF EVALUATION sscccccesssecccceeeseecccceees
249. ceseesscesecsseeseeeseesseese 73 2 3 2 Management of questionnaires and detailed vieW esssesssesseessessecesecsseessesseessecsseesseess 73 ae MUNE I O E E rae 83 DQ OUCSTHOM Dray a accecercutcxeeetucaicinaatentcad a E E EET i E 86 3 PHASE 2 IMPLEMENTATION OF SURVEYS cxsccescccccceuuicecnteewsesactuxdascdecssesesasuioacceuttscessuecanedesteasadaekcnesecteesaces 88 3 1 VONT OCE CS a E A D E E E TE 88 Si Coversheet OC CUO areca ts teas ceecwisncamatiesviiclncienis E Gate EEEE 88 3 12 Hard Copy Poced acisccsactssacetecs nc sgocdeseeetucedsstesttondesbooutedesshesdocdaseeelucedethecsddedestonutedsssber lt 89 3 1 3 Online survey PSWD procedure sseesssssssesseesseeseesscesecesscesecsscoseesseeseceseesseeseesseoseesseeseersee 90 3 1 4 Hybrid questionnaires TeleForm cccccceesseccccccssececcceceseecccecesescceeseeesescesseeeeeceeeess 91 3 2 COTA OVA S OI A E E E E E N 92 Ta a S NO E EE EEE E E 92 S22 DENO SUC Y e E E E E E 95 Cs Ea a E E E ee ee 99 SOs DO SUI e E dcnsovsassurscauacnsiesenseees 109 32 5 Conducting a paper SUNY CY cccassicencdeceusesssvesotasteoasechenctedtuneestaseceuvedusnessceseswacastcwacecisactanaen 110 3 2 6 Effective management and Conduction of online SUIVEYS cccseccessccsecceseccesscceneeceees 110 3 2 7 Adding questions using the instructor trainer s Optional QUESTIONS cccceesecceeeeeees 136 Pee UMNO CIN e a R vedanta ek sdesoe en lamsan nein E A 139 3 2 9 Non anonymous GUI C
250. cess rights to QM views No QM views The user has no access to QM views Only own surveys The user has only access to his own surveys These are surveys that have been registered by the administrator to the user s own user profile Only own subunit This option gives the user access rights to all surveys within his own subunit It is possible to access multiple subunits by selecting from the additional subunits list This can be done after the access level only own subunit has been selected Unrestricted access This option grants authorization to access all existing surveys in the system 322 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys Ti Automated Document Solutions 6 2 4 Use of QM views Displaying course lists Individuals with access rights are informed through login details user name password web address To increase security you can restrict the permissible IP address domain Consult the relevant section in the Initial Operations After logging in with the user name and password the user arrives at his or her activated user account This user account is equivalent to an activated instructor trainer account that is itcan also be used to implement private surveys With a click on the menu item QM view the quality overview is opened EvaSys Edv
251. cess to the survey The password PStt auryvyey location SERVER El Figure 158 Personalized questionnaire specific if possible email text The resulting email text in its personalized form looks like this his email entitles you to wote in an online survey Please follow the link and use the PSwb displayed as identification he PSw gt reads 2T50 oting under http localhost evasys online electricpaper ours Sincerely he evaluation office This email has been created automatically he PSwo indicated in this E MAIL cannot be traced to you our wote 15 guaranteed anonymous Figure 159 Email for Amy Hardy example Processing survey participant data The batch export function is available to create statistical reports on survey participants The data fields for the survey participants are added on the right hand margin to the raw data table relating to the respective surveys ee Participant Email adress Participant Salutation Participant Title Participant First Name Participant Surname svmii localserver com Mrs susan Brown svmailocalserver com Mfr Lr Harry smith symadlocalserver com firs silvia White symdi localserver cam r omas ipley z Acilocal Ml T shipl symocdlocalserver carm r on organ E smS local Ma R Morg en Figure 160 CSV files of a non anonymous survey 155 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13
252. ch first question group heading of a partial questionnaire the name of the relevant instructor trainer Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions 2 5 3 is displayed This setting helps you to relate the questions to the instruc tors trainers It only affects new surveys existing surveys are not concerned Email dispatch of questionnaires for the coversheet procedure If activated with each email dispatch of a coversheet the corresponding ques tionnaire will be sent too Delete in two steps If this function is activated then when you delete a survey you will only be de leting the data The survey operation itself will be recorded in the system as proof Another deletion will then result in the complete removal of the survey If this function is deactivated then all survey data will be deleted immediately at the first deletion Section Survey Online Highest permitted number of PSWDs per survey in instructor trainer account Defines the maximum number of participants in an online survey This value is theoretically unlimited but should be limited to an acceptable size for the organization Default value is 1000 Default value PSWD number per survey in instructor trainer account This number is recommended in instructor trainer accounts as the numb
253. change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Scanner One or more Scanstations VividForms J i Document reading Vividrorms Powered by Electric Paper Pre processing Web Server ko H E Interface l Data processing aP DFI b Data base N vey MySQL Online sur Participance via Web browser EvaSys Users Are working with the system via Webbrowser Figure 6 Interaction of the components without TeleForm The single components bear the following functions Web server EvaSys interface EvaSys is controlled via the web server providing users with the user inter face which is accessed via the web browser For data transfer EvaSys offers two different access methods e aregular unsecured connection via the http protocol and e an additional optionally usable secure connection via SSL e SSL stands for Secure Socket Layer and offers administrators the ability if desired to securely encrypt any data traffic from EvaSys SSL connec tions are most easily recognized by https instead of the usual http in the browser s address bar Usually current browsers graphically indi cate the presence of a Secure connection The number of users is only limited by the number of user accounts Participants of online surveys can also communicate with the EvaSys server via an encrypted c
254. chen In Folge dieses Seminares Kann ich meine Arbeit besser organisieren ich habe meine Arbeltstecnnixen durch den Besuch dieses Seminares verbessert Im Rahmen dieses Seminares habe ich meine Fertigkelten des Computereinsatzes verbessert In diesem Seminar habe ich meine Engliscnkenntnisse erwettert Prasentationskompetenz ich nabe in diesem Seminar ein Referat gehaten Btie beantworten Sle de oigenden cre Fragen nur wenn Sie en Referat gehatien haben Autgrund dieses Seminares kann Ich Prasentationen abwechsiungsrelcner gestalten ind meines Referates kann ich einen Vortrag besser an den Zuh rerinnen orientieren Aufgrund melnes Referates kann ich Prasentationen Karer glledern Kommunikationskompetenz lcn nabe mich mit Wortbeltragen In diesem Seminar betelligt the beantworten Sie ole foigencen fUrt Fragen nur wean Sie sich mt Wortbellragen beteligt naven Autgrund dieses Seminares f llt e5 mir leicnter meine eigenen EtdrOcke Meinungen zu auBem Aufgrund dieses Seminares f llt es mir lelenter nachzutragen wenn ich etwas nicht verstanden nabe Autgrund dieses Seminares formullere ich meine Wortbeltrage verstandiicner Durch den Besuch dieses Seminares gelingt es mir besser meine Worbeltrage aut den Punkt zu bringen In Folge dieses Seminares kann ich Gesprache besser moderieren AT SEvakomp Fragebogen Kooperationskompetenz ich habe In diesem Seminar mit anderen Seminartelinehmern telinehmer
255. ck on the button Add new criteria combina tion so as to create a Second group Criteria combination 1 Add new criteria combinatior ee ne The criterion will be added to the chosen criteria combination Add criterion Default criteria combination Gender E Male gy And Grade Level j gt 1 Freshman its x4 And a Criteria combination 1 xs Figure 321 Add new criteria combination This second group automatically receives the name Criteria combination 1 Add the criteria I would recommend this course to my friends with the value 2 and Gender with the value male to this criteria combination 271 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Default criteria combination Gender fi Male p gt 4 And Grade Level fi Freshman Jor Criteria combination 1 x4 l would recommend this course to my friends D gt 4 And Gender 1 Male Figure 322 Two criteria combinations Imagine you only want to see in your report the results of those interviewees who fulfill the following conditions the interviewee is either male OR the per son evaluated the question I would recommend this course to my friends with a 2 and is in both cases freshman For this reason link both criteria combinat
256. ck on the button Edit data of participants In the following window you can edit green pencil and de lete red cross each existing participant You can also delete all participants by clicking on the Delete all button Please bear in mind that only the participant data name email etc will be deleted the survey results are not affected Please note If you delete a participant who was assigned solely to this course all of his data will be deleted from the system As a result this par ticipant is no longer existent in EvaSys Should he however also be assigned to another course his data will remain existent for that course Participant of lt Web Design XHTML gt 7 Hide user defined columns custom field 1 custom field 2 John Doe doe01 training evasys de Informatics 37342571 Jane Roe roe01 training evasys de Informatics 638507 42 Susan Schneider schneider01 training evasys de Business Informatics 89563220 Michael Brown brown01 training evasys de Geology 19562665 P Peter Cooper cooper01 training evasys de Business Informatics 57297736 P Add Delete all Figure 147 List of the non anonymous participants 148 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Additionally you can add further participants To do this click on
257. clicking on the Save button The newly defined title will be used in the active system language Transla tions of the new title may be added if additional languages are present in the system Subunits System Settings System Information amp custom Titles Title Salutation text Language mr Sehr geehrter Deutsch Hochschulen Peter Brown Dear English Higher Education iii cial Sehr geehrter Deutsch Seminaranbieter Dear English Seminar Providers maiinis Create new title 2 Questionnaires Salutation text EA vividForms Editor J Question Library Title E Text Templates Ej Documents Configuration GS EvaSys Settings g Course Types 03 Periods GI Custom Titles Figure 19 Custom titles You can only edit your entered custom titles By clicking on F you can alter the salutation text and title in question Afterwards save your changes by clicking on the button Save A click on deletes the form of address in the respective language The new titles can be linked to the identities in the user profiles The defined titles can be used in the CSV user import The key word for the ti tle is in the second column of the CSV file see chapter 2 2 1 CSV Import within subunits The configured title will be used for all emails or PDF reports which are deliv ered to the user The place holder SALUTATION in the email text templates will be replaced by the contents in this
258. column Copy inserts a duplicate of the questionnaire in the list and counts up the abbrevia tion Delete the questionnaire Clicking the icon in the column Delete de letes the questionnaire after an additional request if the questionnaire should really be deleted If the questionnaire is based on the central template the template will not be deleted in this case of course Edit the questionnaire Template can only be edited within the allowed limits Preview a PDF template of the questionnaire Export the questionnaire By clicking on the icon in the column Export active users can save the questionnaire as a vfd file in their file system and hand it on e g to their colleagues Those can read the file after im porting it into EvaSys again Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions Figure 169 Possible actions in the form management of an active instructor trainer If the active instructor trainer copied a template in his form management he can edit it here This is only allowed within the limits the subunit administra tor has set If e g the administrator created a template with three pages and 45 questions and the questionnaire already has two pages and 40 questions the instructor trainer can only add one page and at the most fiv
259. cotion Survey Automation Suite paus Jasmine Sadhi Instructor Surveys g Folders Quality Management OM Views Figure 398 Use of QM views 323 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions A new window with a list of evaluated courses appears E EvaSys Microsoft Internet Explorer Me E3 File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back gt amp fa Qsearch Favorites PMedia C4 BD amp Address a http localhost evasys qmyview php mode show amp PHPSES5ID 12553b45d8772a7c2787d3c89c7a5da2 gt Go Links a EvaSys a ey Filter Selection Search Field Options Max o Standard F Search x 50 Show Search Result TER Boe A A ERE D a oa Survey oe Description nee Study coh mina e Introduction into e e EvaSys 6 9 23483 Evaluation S5807 Smith Biase Demo2 Details Te OJIJI _ Web Senices 10 50 6 247651 e 56 Engineering WS06 07 White Engineering Demo2 Details T Li JaJa Economy 10 5214 27565 59 Engineering WS06 07 White Engineering Demo2 Details TA i gt Survey Description eanne ee aA t eure Enroll ment Peps eat lt No oy rm 5 orms Index IO Description Study name apg toturton into 46 9 23483 23 Evaluation sso7 smith E Demo petais Tel Lil 324 Evasys Subunit Fi
260. course participants email addresses To enter email addresses manually click on the button Add in the field Par ticipant of The following window will open To enter new participants first enter the email address of the participant in the field Search for participants Subsequently click on Search In the following search or checking of the email address you supplied EvaSys checks the following s Is there a participant with this email address already existent in the sys tem In anonymous surveys you see no impact of this should this al ready be the case In non anonymous surveys a data synchronization takes place and the already existent information such as forename last name etc are automatically adopted Is the email valid meaning valid within the usual rules of an email ad dress At this point as well as in other parts of the system the struc ture of an email address is thoroughly inspected This concerns amongst others the following rules there must be at least one charac 62 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions ter before the sign and after it too this character must be followed by a dot and at least two characters Umlauts as characters are not al lowed Search for particip
261. crosoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back gt gt Q At QSearch GyFavorites Meda lt 4 B G Address http flocalhost evasys studien php mode show amp PHPSESSID 7c3e0dce8 1 4dd40b43e396ccfOFS9ars Report creator EvaSys Microsoft Internet Explorer EvaS yst File Edt View Favorites Tools Help Education nad fe utomation Suite da Back E 2 A A Search G Favorites EMedia c4 Eh Address http flocalhostfevasys studien php mode show amp PHPSESSID 798529 1 c6Sca2a502al 1F4F9188dc99e E S G 2 Administrator EvaSys Microsoft Internet Explorer _ Va ys File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Education Survey Automation Suite 5 FEN Back fat A Search 4g Favorites F Media amp Sh Address http flocalhost evasys oadmin php mode show amp PHPSESSID c4dfdfF4 10630edfe568b70973647e4e8FirstCall Fd Eva S ys GG ra Subunits System Settings System Information y we Education Survey Automation Suite 7s 3 ae A _ An E Done Maria Report Report Creator F List of all S Subunit Peter Brown Administrator jv Computer Sciences Figure 24 Several open user accounts administrator report creator instructor 44 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automa
262. csesceeseccececceeeeccsseucsceeesseesceees 175 413 Scanner Fujitsu TA 12 OC riea 176 4 1 4 Important rules for Scanning eessesseessessecesecsseesserseesscosecesecsscesecoseceseesseeseesscoseeeseeseersee 177 4 2 Evaluation of scanned questionnaires cccsecccssccessccensccensccenscceesceeccescsensceeeseeeeceeseses 179 4 2 1 Recognition of the checked boxes via barcode and OMR cccceseceeeceseceeesccescesceeecs 179 BOD Processing Ii TeleForm eg Cis atesseccetasazcatodnse coseansceccsansocsectesccitonnseusteausoiuccanseneseaeeret 180 HOS PYOCESSING in VividForms Redder sccesscceaced test cen accenssedewssrenssicesweseiterawesnceadeettece avenieacanera 181 4 3 Correction of checkboxes not clearly read The VividForms WebVerifier secceseeeees 182 eg Pe OM 2 61 on Ree ene ee On ee T 182 VR SURV VIEW eresse tinera en r a ETET EEE EE EEEE A EEES 183 Te FOV Ne E EN A NE EE E EE E A ENEE A 184 Ae COO VW aa E EE E E E E EO 185 43 5 Automatic Verificato siccorcsexcconsmssdunteecensacecsuddoscennssascunedetudadsssenenssdeunasuedendeunssaceusseeeuadue se 187 4 3 6 Responses to open questions ssesssssssssssseesssssseececeesssssseeceeossssssseceesssssseeeeesssssseeeee 188 4 3 7 Keyboard control in WebVerifier seessssesseessesseeseesseesseceseessceseesscosecssseoseesseoseceseeseeessees 188 A A Manual entry of handwritten comments cccscccssscceseccessccescesecccesccensccensceeescee
263. ct to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions B EvaSys Your evaluation process The phase model Over the course of this chapter you will be acquainted with the actions and settings which are important for your evaluation work with Eva Sys This ranges from displaying the structure of your university or organization to cre ating questionnaires and implementing and processing captured data Out of our experience a five step phase model has evolved that follows in chapter B and so will be introduced to you first This way you can get your bearings within the chapter and find relevant paragraphs fast The phase model Your workflow in the proc ess of evaluation This chapter first offers a brief overview of the phase model before the re spective phases are discussed in detail The following five stations show the implementation of evaluation periods in accordance with the procedure of central evaluation Phase 1 Preparation e Phase 2 Implementation Phase 3 Capture and instant feedback Phase 4 Expanded reports Phase 5 Quality management The single phases comprise of the following steps Phase 1 Preparation e Create the university company s structure subunits instructors trainers courses OR e Create subunits and import instructors trainers courses CSV import OR Import subunits
264. ctor trainer accounts Within EvaSys you have two options for governing responsibilities for sur veys The option usually used for regular evaluation processes is the so called central evaluation option Hereby a central evaluation office takes care of the evaluation s coordination In addition to this central evaluation you may authorize individual instruc tors trainers to create and conduct their own questionnaires and surveys This is what is called active instructor trainer accounts Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany EvaSys 4 20 Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions 2 2 1 Central evaluation a central office controls the evaluation The central evaluation is tailored to a service and competence center by which the entire course evaluation is handled The instructors trainers will only have indirect contact with EvaSys insofar as that after completion of a survey an email will be sent to them outlining their evaluation results Through further feedback options instructors trainers can receive comparative reports comparing their own course to others in the course of studies and or the faculty or prior to a survey they can add their individual questions to the predetermined questionnaires At the end of an evaluation period summary reports for deans man
265. ctric Paper Automated Document Solutions Deleting a question from the library 387 Deletion log 429 Delivery 417 431 Search for deliveries 415 Design Designing an individually configured letter for sending reports 223 Individually designed reports 221 Design requirement Implementation of specific design requirements VividForms Plus 406 Desktop Sharing 15 Details of survey 99 Dispatch of comparative profile lines 281 Display survey 95 Document 30 Documentation 11 Documents 447 Download of reports 224 Dual scale 353 Ea Editing Editing on questionnaires 401 Editing participant data 148 Editing Participant Data 61 Editor Editor Control 342 VividForms Editor 339 Editor Control 342 Element Adding graphical elements 372 Email EvaSys Writing email 416 email addresses Import of course participants email addresses 71 Email attachments 448 Email messages 436 Email text 434 Entries in the log book 431 Entry Manual entry of handwritten comments 189 Entry point 26 Error Analysis of errors 432 Evaluation Central evaluation 19 20 92 Creating of questionnaires for the module evaluation 328 Evaluation control 20 Evaluation of scanned questionnaires 179 Evaluation workflow 33 Linking of questionnaires to course types 328 Module evaluation 328 Process of evaluation 33 The phase model 33 Evaluation periods 37 Evaluation process 33 Evaluation statistics 421 EvaSys Administra
266. ctric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 0 TITLE SURNAME As private a ential Max Mustermann EvaSys Admunistrator Figure 568 PDF template The templates in EvaSys are filled with data from the EvaSys system when the reports are generated In order to do this certain fields are necessary on the PDF A full version of Adobe Acrobat V5 0 and higher is necessary to create the fields in PDF To Belmore as private and confidential Result of a survey Dear Mr Belmore This email contains evaluation results for Management Strategies train_01 The global indicators are listed first followed by the individual average values consisting of the following scales um zur Lehrenden aterials Studienbedingung in 3 part of the analysis the average values of all individual questions are listed Note Adobe Acrobat Reader must be installed on your computer in order to wiew the files Your EvaSys Administrator ox Muran Max Mustermann EvaSys Admimistrator Figure 569 Example of PDF template 449 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 450 Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions 2 3 Schematic layout of template A letter template is made up of a static part logo sender other text an a dy namic part which is filled out by EvaSys dependin
267. ctric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions section of the questionnaire deals with the technical infrastructure of the uni versity company The recalculation of the indicators causes the average values of the indicators to be recalculated independently of the questions used A click on Save saves the settings Select Eliminate Questions Overall rating will deal with the subject matter in further courses in my own studies etc Altogether am content with the instructor knowledge manner of explaining things dealing with cr Altogether am content vith the course lswould recommend the course to my fellows students anytime would recommend the instructor to my felloyy students anytime Qagity of handouts The handouts were really helptul could understand the charts About you Figure 239 Excluded questions After saving the basic settings you now have the option to define the contents of the report Select from a list all the questions that should not appear in the report By pressing the CTRL key you can select a number of questions simul taneously By pressing the button Save at the bottom of the list your selection of ques tions to be eliminated will be saved You can see this by the blue background behind a selected question Automatic subgroups Subgroup questions are not used otherwise please select a question here Save Back Figure 240 Build automatic subgroups 219 C
268. ctric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions but may also be surveys carried out among graduates and which can also be managed through active instructor trainer accounts In the following graphic you see at the bottom level the active instruc tors trainers whose license to evaluate is highlighted by blue colored rings 22 Figure 8 Active Accounts in addition to central evaluation 2 3 Of course active instructors trainers are not able to access one another s re sults Only the active instructor trainer himself and the administrator if acti vated have an insight into the data If you have been using EvaSys for some time it may be noted that this type of evaluation was formerly known as de central evaluation Basic terminology within the EvaSys User Guide Within this manual you will come across some terms repeatedly Due to their importance their meaning is outlined in the following Quires Questionnaires may be several pages long The complete copy of a question naire including all its pages is called quire AS soon as more than one sheet of paper is needed ONE quire comprises SEVERAL sheets of paper Quires may also be known as booklets in other applications Instructor Trainer accounts active passive Surveys are always created for particular instructors trainers and courses Therefore you
269. cxcencusctest cet gacnceestuansdsacadenenstincixueacanesnatuesnedennad esuaseesboeaivece cuss yaseorandetacses 396 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ii Automated Document Solutions 8 1 Defining a template by the administrator ceccesecceeseceseccescccenscceecccescsenscceesceeceeenscs 396 8 2 Use of templates in inStructor trainer ACCOUNES scccccesseccccescscceessecceceseccceesecceeeeecess 399 Q EDITING AND PASSING ON QUESTIONNAIRES ssssssssssccccccccessssssccccccceeessssssccccseeeessssescecesceeeasesessceeseeeenes 401 9 1 Write OT UC CE MOUS neers EE EEE i E 401 9 2 Automatic recognition Set MANAGEMENL ccsccesscceccsscceccssccecesscceceescceceesceecessseeceeseeces 402 9 3 Import Export of VividForms questionnaires cccccessecccceseccccesecccceseccsceeeccceeeeceseusesess 403 10 IMPLEMENTATION OF SPECIFIC DESIGN REQUIREMENTS VIVIDFORMS PLUS ccseccsssccssccssccesccesceesceesees 406 10 1 Implementation of questionnaires with ViVIGFOrMS PIUS c csecceseccesecceseccensccenseeenscs 406 10 2 Importing the VividForms Plus questionnaire cscccseccesscceseccessccensceeccesccescsenseneuses 407 10 3 Information about a VividForms Plus questionnaire esseesssesseessesseessscsseessceseessceseceseesseese 409 10 4 Usage of
270. d course s the field Program of study appears in third place In this field you can select one or several programs of study 1 Subunit 2 survey Period 3 Program Of Study Computer Science Engineering Engineering S507 Evaluation Mews Subunit IM Select program of study Figure 294 Any compilation selecting the program of study When you click on Verify after selecting the elements a small overview of the questionnaire is provided or if there are several questionnaires as in this case an overview with a questionnaire comparison is provided 257 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Request preferred compilation Your choice Compilation name Report of all Engineerin Questionnaire Demo2 Demo2B No of Surveys 14 No of completed questionnaires 140 The report creation may take a moment Please wait until an acknowledgment has been sent back from the server Create learned a lot in this course learned a lot in this course Agree Disagree Agree Disagree learned more in this course than in others learned more in this course than in others Agree Disagree Agree Disagree This course was extremely valuable to my education This course was extremely valuable to my education Agree Disagree Agree Di
271. d Impact on me Aia ova alien Figure 331 the PDF report Engineering SSo7 Page 1 275 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions e As usual the report header informs you of information on the interviewer related to this report here Maria Report This is the report creator since she produced the report In addition you see the report name Engineering SSo7 as well as the number of the responses 70 e According to the setting defined by the administrator the details of the report are then displayed to you here for example an over viewsA overview survey gt over the indicators of the questionnaire Follow ing you will see the legend for the scaled questions as well as five dia grams for the first five questions of the questionnaire Export Here you can create export files for the subsequent processing in sta tistics programs Name Status Form Created Forms Del Repot HTML Engineering SS07 Data available fE Demo2 04 06 2007 6070 amp choose pat repot CSV SPHINX Figure 332 The subunit report Engineering SSo7 in overview export options 276 e You always have the option of the CSV and SPSS export e For representation reasons you see here only two of the options the SPSS export is however displayed in the detai
272. d first consists of the following scales of the questionnaire next the individual average values of the scales specified above are specified In the second part of the analysis report the average values of all individual questions are listed The value 1 marks a minimum meeting quality the value 7 a maximum meeting quality from view of the studying atthe MSc Sven Meyer Evaluation manager Figure 562 PDF template letter Summary report for dean manager The dean manager receives a summary report with the indicators for all evaluated courses selected from a combination of subunit survey period questionnaire Summary report for dean of studies program manager The dean of studies program manager receives a Summary report with the in dicators for all evaluated courses The selection is made by the deans managers themselves in their login account The function EvaSys Set tings Central evaluation dean of studies program manager must be acti vated A corresponding user account must be set up and used Report to the instructors trainers Informs about the survey report For example 441 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions 442 EvaSys SALUTATION TITLE SURNAME You are receiving the results of the automatic evaluation of the course SUR
273. d note Hack Figure 96 Add note 107 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions An input window appears with which text can also be formatted Add Hote German Basic Knowledge The room was too small for all participants Internet was doy Figure 97 Editing a note After a click on Save the entries are saved In the survey overview the sym bol i now appears next to the survey name When the mouse is moved over the symbol the most recently entered note appears in a window next to the Cursor amp Surveys related to Prof Dr Michel White Type Name v D Lock Created Processed Forms RS Del Report Export Web Services E099 fi ata available AQA 21 05 2007 21 05 2007 mo S HMLPOF oop he room was too small for all participants Internet was down 22 05 2009 at 11 25 18 Figure 98 Course with note In the case of the QM screens two types of symbols can appear next to the survey name i symbolNotes exist i symbolNotes do not yet exist Editing notes later is only possible for the respective authors Additionally these notes can be displayed in the PDF report To do this acti vate the option Show notes in the PDF report under System Settings PDF Report Settings Configuration 108 Copyright
274. d profiles will be consolidated As a result there is a single user account Recreate The user profile is moved even though the names are identical and there are two accounts with the same name which only differ in their login names The following users already exist in the targeted subunit Ha me Prof Dr Michel hite Figure 41 Move user 56 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Delete user Be extremely careful when using this function Deleting a profile means that all program files and surveys will also be deleted Make sure that you have the permission of the relevant user before you carry out this operation as you CANNOT undelete it Writing an email to a user A mouse click on the letter symbol allows you to send an email to that person The EvaSys internal email system will be used LDAP authentification EvaSys offers an interface to LDAP LDAP Lightweight Directory Access Protocol is a protocol and offers the pos sibility to access the directory server LDAP is often used to administer the users of a network If you activate LDAP in the setting at EvaSys Settings Network Settings LDAP Host anytime a user logs in to EvaSys an authentification will take place The authentification is made only of users of the type Instruc
275. d step you define the data access of your report creator By default the report creator only has access subunit wide To change the standard set ting choose at this point system level Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions ye Change the user rights Data access System level LOMpPULEr sClences Department Training Linguistics Professional Development _Data Entry Demo Subunit _ Verifier Demo Subunit _ ividForms Demos Figure 260 Creating a report creator step 3 Please note that as a subunit administrator you can only assign subunit wide access to your Report Creator As soon as you confirm your input by clicking on Save the report creator ap pears in the user list 3 Users in subunit Systemlogins cd Name CO Surveys Created Edit oA Paul Data Data Entry Assistant 08 03 2007 a Maria Report Report Creator 0 0 08 29 2007 oA Torn Werify verifier 0032007 Vera White Dean of Studies 05 15 2009 Select All D hove selected to Computer Sciences Move Figure 261 The report creator in the list of all users in the subunit physics If you wish to work as a report creator subsequently log out as administrator and log in again with the report creator s log in that was just assigned Otherwise pass on the
276. d unused questionnaires in periods Apply Figure 547 Filter for system information Then tables display for each of the individual subunits which show a list of all the surveys and form return numbers for the selected parameters 422 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 1 8 License administration 1 8 1 Overview on the license administration The license administration gives you an overview of the properties of your EvaSys license Here you can see information about the product version the database and about the activation of the paper and online surveys Further more you can See if the examination tool EvaExam and the Sphinx Export are licensed In case you have licensed the handwriting recognition open ques tions of VividForms questionnaires can be processed automatically Subse quently the verifier may correct the results of the automatic handwriting rec ognition If you need further information concerning the possibilities and li cense of the handwriting recognition please do not hesitate to contact us In addition you can see the number of available scanstation and user li censes gt License Management Product EvaSys Central Evaluation fersion V4 0 Build 1800 Database MySQL localhost Paper Surveys Licensed Online Survey
277. der The questionnaires scanned in are evaluated by means of these form definition files This means that the VividForms Reader knows from these form definition files which parts of the questionnaire could con tain crosses In the following graphic you can see a questionnaire for which a survey has not yet been created It is as such not in the recognition set of the VividForms Reader red cross FB Text Exempel utv rderingstormul r 22 Optional Questions wW POF Sample Show w PDF Paper Survey Show 22 POF Online E Inthe recognition set of the VividFormns Reader Add Preview online survey Figure 61 Details of a questionnaire Questionnaire is not in the recognition set Now if you create a survey with this questionnaire or click on Add the form definition file is created and added to the recognition set of the VividForms reader Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions a optional Questions w POF Sample Show 22 POF Online 4 In the recognition set of the ViwidForms Reader Retresh OY Preview online survey Figure 62 Details of a questionnaire Questionnaire is in the recognition set of the VividForms Reader When moving EvaSys for example to another disc drive or another computer it can become necessary to refresh the recognition s
278. der period This distribution in the feedback phase leads to continuous system utilization and helps to reduce one off access peaks In this way even at peak access times system performance is op timally utilized e Archiving Your existing PDF reports and CSV raw data can be archived by sending them to the email address defined in the configuration In this way legacy data can be exported with a complete audit trail and subse quently deleted from EvaSys increasing and maintaining clarity and per formance of the system Please note that EvaSys is a productive system and should not be used as an archiving system see also chapter B 3 2 8 Mass production of forms PSWDs and PDF reports Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 1 10 System cleaning Please delete all reports compilations subgroup re ports PSWDs deliveries and log book entries that you do no longer need via the system cleaning menu System Information Thus the clarity and performance of the system increases See also chapter D 1 10 Sys tem cleaning Deletion log The deletion log tracks all data deletion events in the system It is not possi ble to delete from the deletion log The following deletion processes are logged in this protocol Subunits Users Courses Survey
279. dow ap pears offering numerous text templates for you to choose from These can be customized according to your needs One of those is the one used in the letter Letter Results for instructors trainers Editing of text templates Action PDF template LETTER Results for instructors LETTER Summarized resutts for deans LETTER Summarized results for study deans No POF template defined Morming POF report Introduction Morming POF report Letter POF Feport Header POF Feport Text for too little response profile line POF Report Text for too little response scaled questions Language English Higher Education Subject Results for instrucors Mail text SALUTATION TITLE SURNAME This email contains evaluation results for SURVEY QUESTIOCNARY The global indicators are listed first followed by the individual average values consisting of the following scales DINENS IONS In the second part of the analysis the average values of all individual questions are listed Save Cancel Figure 213 Text template Letter PDF report Evaluation to instructor 196 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions EvaSys 4 When comparing the sample PDF letter with the text template in the figure above you will noti
280. dow to four different levels In order to see the whole form after enlarging click on Below you can see examples of different zoom levels Select the one best for your screen resolution Cowie train_en Course Evaluation Questionnaire Editor Control a Course Evaluation Questionnaire Electric Paper ORGANIZATION AUTHOR SUBUNIT SURVEY LOGO hark as shown OMOO OC Please use a ball point pen or a thin felt tip This form will be processed automatically Correction OBORC Please follow the examples shown to help optimize the reading results ory i s Fir Fey Electric Paper COLEEGE Dear Participant Wie are very interested in your opinion about the course as well as about the university in general Therefore we would like to ask you ta take the time read the questionnaire thoroughly and complete it Only your own judgement is important you cannot give wrong Of course the data is completely anonymous Form Properties gt 1 Questions about you hich gender do you belong to Save form and exit What is your age editor Ahat is your age train_en Course Evaluation Questionnaire Course Evaluation Questionnaire ORGANIZATION AUTHOR SUBUNIT SURVEY Mark as shown OWOO OD Please use a ball point pen ora thin felt tip This form will be processed automatically Correction OBORO Please follow the examples shown to help optimize the reading results Save f
281. e main license key in the window License Management You can reach the window via the menu System Informa tion On the left hand you can see the button License This main license key contains the information about the use of EvaSys with a volume license If you have typed in the license key for the volume license and you activate the license by clicking on OK then the window changes You can now see a window with the information about the volume license which has not been li censed so far 424 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Scanstation licenses 4 Volume license 500 492 free Details Figure 549 License administration volume license You have to type in the second license key before the volume license is acti vated This is because only the second key actually contains the information about the volume license The volume for each period of time This data tells the system how many datasets you can use i e how many paper or online questionnaires you may read in Please note A questionnaire is read in as soon as one part of it has been scanned and read in even if some questions have not been answered or read in properly If there are technical problems whilst scanning please ask the support de partment of
282. e EvaSys website and the EvaSys support area 1 2 2 Email to the support department In the main menu System Information you will find the option Send email to support in the submenu on the left If you have a query addressing Electric Paper s support department click on this option The following page will open 13 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions T Send email to Support Organization Sender Electric Paper Sender name Sender email Recipient Request Type General question Module ArchitectureiPrivileges Subject Your message a Attachments Browse Next Cancel Figure 2 Email to the support department This function enables you to send an email to the EvaSys support department Enter your name as well as your email address in the field Sender The se lection list Request Type provides you with following options e General question You have a question regarding EvaSys e Support inquiry You have a problem with EvaSys and require assistance e Feature request You have a suggestion for improvement or an idea to de velop EvaSys Choose one of these query types and then choose the appropriate category under Module In the fields Subject
283. e option field at the bottom of the form Instructor Trainer e Module Dean Manager e Dean of Studies Program Manager Report Creator e Data Entry Assistant Verifier Subunit Administrator Definition of secondary instructors trainers If a course is held by more than one person but only one evaluation question naire is to be used then secondary instructors trainers are specified who will also receive a copy of the PDF reports Activate the control box Further report recipients secondary instructors trainers in this course in the relevant course and add the individuals from the list 54 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions Edit course of Jasmine Sadhi Name Spanish Program ofstudy Course ID 1 123 Evaluation period continuous Course Type JworkingGroup o Location FO Enrollment BO Participants data i ici P Anonymous survey participants Esl Gafa E C Non anonymous survey participants panel Language spanish Further report l existing recipients secondary instructors Department Training Donna Harwood Remove OK Cancel Figure 38 Definition of secondary instructors tal Browse Import Import instructors from CSW File Riesv file contains a column with information whethe
284. e Uploading files to the EvaSys server e Displaying documents e Updating documents e Deleting documents from the EvaSys server Save R PDF templates Description File name Browse Save Figure 567 Document administration The secure storage of documents in the EvaSys database means that they will be there when you need them e g email delivery Uploading documents Please enter the following information in order to upload documents Description Description of the document File name path to the document on your local system With a click on Save you can upload the document to the server In the table you can now see more information about the document columns 3 4 Size Size of the uploaded document in bytes Type File type of the document mime type 447 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys Automated Document Solutions 2 2 1 2 2 2 Updating documents Changes to documents must be first be done locally on a workplace com puter Then upload the modified document again to the server Displaying documents Display documents by clicking on the icon in the next to last column You will need to have the appropriate application software e g Microsoft Office for DOC files Deleting documents Delete documents
285. e VividForms Plus questionnaire 407 Inclined pole labels 370 Indicator 226 Activating the indicators in the configuration 230 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 479 Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Converting quality guidelines from Letter indicators 319 Designing an individually configured Creating the indicators fora letter for sending reports 223 questionnaire 20 Template for letter in PDF reports 440 Cronbachs Alpha 233 Library The principle of the indicator 226 Adding a group to the library 387 Indicators 203 Adding a question from the library 382 Individuality Adding a question to the library 386 Designing an individually configured Deleting a group from the library 387 letter for sending reports 223 Deleting a question from the libra Individually designed reports 221 J im Information on the questionnaire 73 Question library 86 Instant feedback 192 Undoing the connection between a Instructor question and the library 384 Working with the active instructor s License administration 423 data 164 License management 423 Instructor iine Active instructor 158 Dispatch of comparative profile lines Active instructor account 156 281 Creating active instructor 156 Log book 432 Log in as active instructor 158 Entries in the log book 431 Instructor account 19 20 466 Log File 434 Use
286. e a period and click on the button Delete PSWDs you delete all the PSWDs of the chosen period which have not been used by that time Please note You cannot delete PSWDs of open surveys here The deletion will only concern surveys that have already been closed 3S System cleaning Please select the period Delete PSVYDs Figure 558 System cleaning 430 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions 1 11 2 1 11 3 1 11 4 Deliveries As regards the deletion of PSWDs you can delete all deliveries for a chosen period The deliveries can be found in the menu System Information on the left hand in the menu Entries in the log book The log book records messages warnings and failures of the system for de tailed information see below When choosing a period you can also delete those elements here Delete compilations and subgroup reports You can delete the compilations and subgroup reports of the chosen periods here i e the data the system uses to create the reports of the report creator When clicking on the button Show reports a new window opens There you can define the reports you do not want to delete You cannot delete the data you have created in your surveys it is only possi ble to delete that of the report creator When the repo
287. e comparison o Here you can also define a base questionnaire at the end of the page 5 2 2 Creating summary reports The report creator has several options to process data One of them is the creation of summary reports This report creation is extremely flexible you can create reports according to all imaginable criteria summarizing these af terwards again and also taking the created reports apart again according to criteria defined by yourself You will see that in this way the report creator an swers many questions and accommodates numerous requirements It is important to know that the reports of the report creator have the same properties as the reports which you are familiar with from the automatically generated PDF reports e The analyses on the single questions of your questionnaire look the same for example a bar diagram for the single choice and multiple choice ques tions depending on the setting a histogram for the scaled questions the handwritten and or typed comments on the open questions and so forth Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 247 Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions e The elements which the administrator has set in the menu System Set tings PDF Report Settings Configuration also appear in these reports The exception is the letter which the report creat
288. e corresponding checkmark With one or both of the options selected the verification is initiated by click ing on the icon ol the relevant cases are then filtered out of the list of ele ments to be verified 187 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 188 Electric Paper Automat 4 3 6 4 3 7 EvaSys ed Document Solutions Responses to open questions Responses to open questions are only displayed in the WebVerifier when the option Handwriting recognition was activated on creating the open ques tion for information on handwriting recognition in open questions see chap ter C 3 4 3 Open question In this case the results of the ICR analysis can be controlled and if necessary corrected with the help of the WebVerifier Open questions without handwriting recognition are directly transferred to the database in form of an image and if desired can be further processed by the anonymizer Keyboard control in WebVerifier There are a number of keyboard shortcuts that allow you to use WebVerifiers without a mouse The shortcuts function in most current web browsers The actions are done by pressing the ALT key and a further key Please note that some keyboard shortcuts may be missing from some views ALT B Batch View ALT Y ALT N ALT U Search New Batch ALT Q Enlarge Image Box M
289. e created and activated him You as the administrator need to check that you have adapted the greet ing in your system that appears automatically when an active instruc tor trainer logs on You will find the text in the main menu System Set tings in the submenu on the left hand side under Text templates It is titled EvaSys Welcome text for the first login of instructor trainer Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany EvaSys 157 Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Editing of text templates Action Evasys Welcome text for the first login of instructor LETTER Form count below minimum LETTER Regulatory information LETTER Report for the president LETTER Results for instructors LETTER Summarized results for deans al LETTER Summarized results for study deans E Morming POF report Introduction Language English Higher Education Figure 164 Editing the welcome greeting for active instructors trainers Modify the text as you see fit and then click on Save A subunit administrator has no access to these texts therefore he can not check this setting Please consult your EvaSys administrator on this As soon as you have secured these details the instructor trainer can log on with the details that you have supplied him with 3 3 2 Log in
290. e deleted in the system Note One ore more dynamic subgroup reports exist for this report Also delete dynamic subgroup reports Keep dynamic subgroup reports Figure 180 Deleting a survey for which dynamic subgroups exist 166 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions 4 Phase 3 Capture and instant feedback When the first questionnaires have been returned the capture operations be gin Make sure that the personnel who will be capturing the questionnaires are well trained in every aspect of the capture operation The scanning procedure is a critical moment in the processing of the questionnaire If the paper has been put in improperly or if the settings of the scanner have been uninten tionally changed then further processing of the survey may be impossible EvaSys is set for maximum automation A number of manual checking and correction steps which are crucial for the processing of complex question naires like invoices have been automated for the processing of question naires used in teaching evaluation surveys which are relatively simple to read Before beginning a capture session we recommend testing that the operation is correct by scanning test questionnaires If everything is ok then provided that the paper and print image quality remain the same you c
291. e follow the link and use the PSUWD displayed as identification The PSUD reads PSWD Access under SERVER Save Run now Figure 130 Dispatch email to participants via time controlled online surveys After activating the procedure Close survey the option Send result access information to participants appears This way the dispatch of accessibility details is directly linked with the automated closure of the particular survey Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Upon entering their PSWD the authorized survey participants receive access to the HTML report EvaSys fj Education Survey Automation Sulte Survey German Basic Knowledge Jasmine Sadhi Number of evaluated questionnaires 16 survey Results Question Result 1 Questions about you Which gender do you belong to nae Da female M Figure 131 The HTML report The text templates main menu System Settings submenu on the left hand side Text Templates contains the text E mail Information about result ac cess to participants Here the standard text that is sent to the participants of a survey can be deposited as soon as the survey has been closed Automatic email attachment list Batch printed form for instructor hybrid survey Certifica
292. e gen erated during the Sphinx export Running the batch file allows Sphinx to dis play the report immediately Raw data export contains only the ID of non anonymous participants If activated the raw data export contains only the ID email address of the participant This option is only available for non anonymous surveys where the participants are known with names in the system If this option is deacti vated all available participant data will be exported Char encoding for CSV Export Defines the char encoding for the CSV export Use the option Unicode if non Latin characters are used Options ISO 8859 1 ISO 8859 2 Unicode ISO 8859 1 is a norm which defines the display of the western European font 459 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 460 Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions 2 5 9 2 5 6 ISO 8859 2 is a norm defining the east European character set Through ISO 8859 2 a CSV file with east European characters can be directly and correctly opened in Excel Unicode is a comprehensive standard for the presentation of characters through a computer which makes numerous characters presentable world wide for example Chinese fonts The EvaSys server displays its web pages in the unicode font UTF 8 Section Course User Data Fields Number additional fields Sets
293. e more important it is to be able to compare and summarize this data For these purposes there are several aids available in EvaSys One of these are the functionality s of the so called report creator which are presented in the following 5 2 1 The user role of the report creator The report creator is a user created by the EvaSys administrator in order to produce summary reports for the captured data and to send comparative pro file lines In practice the person in charge of the system s administration of ten also takes on the function of the report creator too In order to be able to separate these if required they are separate user roles in EvaSys The reports which the report creator produces are based on the data already captured That means that first you must implement and evaluate surveys be fore you can use the report creator 234 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Fundamental considerations and settings First of all it is important that you carefully consider what insight the report creator should be permitted to have or must have e ls the report creator supposed to summarize the data of the entire system In this case please note that he can then also view this data If you decide on this option you need a system wide report creator
294. e organizational advantages But the often lower number of returns poses a significant disadvantage which can only be partly compensated for through motivational measures aimed at the survey participants 132 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions Usage Form Reporting Options Online Design Activated Mirrored scale values M show the header of the survey i Allow Summary Reports Along with the participants obligation possibly entailing queries regarding the regulatory framework or the quality of resulting data quite often reward ing motivational procedures are also followed These in turn entail organiza tional effort EvaSys therefore offers the alternative of survey participants accessing the Survey results Of course access is granted only to those survey participants who have in fact participated in the survey Access to survey results is enabled in the questionnaire details so access is individually controlled per questionnaire You will find the area Evaluation for participants in the field Usage details of a questionnaire E Enable temporary save Survey Type Show print option Allow result access Design Complete Procedure p ALL r Display answers to open Certificate of hone l questions participation Figure
295. e questions To add them to the template the active instructor trainer clicks the paper and pencil icon in the column Edit The known VividForms Editor opens but due to the limitations of the template also indicated by the word Template in and above the header the active instructor trainer must not change the exist ing elements All the question groups questions and further elements show the annex T i e they are unchangeable But the instructor trainer may add additional elements as long as the maximum number of pages and ques tions is not exceeded LOGO Mark as shown Please use a ball point pen or a thin fe tip This form wil be processed automatically Comicon L L Please follow the examples shown to help ptimiz the mading meus Om T Dear Participant Ve are very interested in your opinion about the course as well as abod the university in general Therefore we would like to ask you to lake the time reac the questionnaire thoroughly and complete it Oniy your oven judgement is important you cannot give wrong OT course the data is completely anonymous 1 Questions about youfT Which gender do you belong to T Omalle Ctemale What is your age iT 018 29 D40 49 Liso s9 Lider than 69 Ahat is your age Figure 170 The template questionnaire 161 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germa
296. e reports give you an overview of your survey s results by means of different elements For feedback on the evaluation results a PDF report is usually sent by email to the relevant people In EvaSys you can also automate this dis patch You can of course as with any PDF file save the report in your file sys tem and send it yourself through your email account Saving the PDF report in your system however this entails that upon scanning of further data the PDF report in EvaSys and your saved version will differ Because only the report in EvaSys will be automatically updated Since the PDF report is clearly utilized much more often than the HTML report you are offered various configuration options with which to customize the re port according to your needs There are the following ways to configure e the menu PDF Report Settings in the main menu System Settings the questionnaire specific settings in the edit mode of the VividForms questionnaire such as diagram type of scaled questions indicators matrices Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions 4 5 1 e the questionnaire specific settings in the questionnaire s detailed view such as norms quality guidelines The configuration s respective elements and effects are described in the
297. e same name as an existent one and therefore the date was added automatically at the end Furthermore you have the possibility of deleting the report In the right part of the window under Survey data you can download the evaluation in HTML and PDF format If any user defined PDF report definitions are associated with this questionnaire and or if the questionnaire was trans lated you can download the user defined report or reports in other languages here In the following figure you can recognize for example that besides the stan dard PDF report a user defined report was produced automatically for the 277 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions computer center It contains for example only the questions which are im portant to the employees of the computer center ey Results in HTML format Results in POF forma Standard POF Report POF Report Definitions Survey on the quality of teaching POF Report Pingins g Raw data in Cow Tormat naa Profile Line a rz O Automatic Manual E Kiviat diagram r Show i Merge evaluations Evaluate subgroup Figure 334 Detailed view downloading user defined PDF reports If your questionnaire was translated you can decide here on the language in which to download th
298. e standard or the user defined report Here a selection is possible between English and German Results in POF format Standard POF Report English E Figure 335 Detailed view downloading multilingual reports So in this example you could download four different reports the English standard report the German standard report e the English report for the quality of teaching and the German report for the quality of teaching Below these options you have the possibility to export the raw data into the formats of SPHINX SPSS and CSV 278 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions Details for Compilation Survey LJ Study 4 Type Questionnaire Status ki Compilation Created an No of collected questionnaires Actions fH Rename Compilation J Move Compilation Delete Compilation lq Edit Show notes Figure 336 Detailed view export raw data EvaSys Geology 5508 Reports Compilation of surveys train O14 Data available report available 29 04 2009 at 14 55 11 fal Survey data wy Results in HTML format Results in POF format Standard PDF Repot D fro SCS Shog PI Raw data in SPHINX format wi Raw data in SPSS format d Raw data in CS format Profile Line Me Show C Autom
299. e surveys and in the header of the PDF report If activated the name of the survey consists not only of the name of the course but also of the course ID following the name in brack ets Additionally the course ID is displayed in the header of the PDF report again after the course name Section Email Functions amp Accounts Attach PDF report Attach PDF report to the report email Attach CSV file Attach CSV export to the report email Limit for file names in email attachments The amount of maximum characters for the file names in email attachments The value o deactivates the cutting of characters Subject Replace special characters If activated in the subject of every email special characters will be replaced to anticipate problems with some email clients Delivery method PSWDs central evaluation 1 PSWDs sent as batch mail by administrator 2 PDF lists of PSWDs is sent for printing and distribution to instruc tors trainers Conditional email report dispatch Send email report after scanning depending on the settings of the admin settings of the administrator at Process Defaults dep admin settings of the subunit administrator at Process Defaults user configuration of the respective user Survey according to the information on the cover sheet Instructor Trainer s optional questions group address Group address to which the questionnaires personalized with the Instruc tor Trainer s Optional Questions ar
300. e surveys with documents which have already been sent Figure 136 Select batch event The following processes may be selected in batch mode Print Cover Sheets Forms For a selection of surveys the personalized cover sheets or questionnaires will be generated as a single PDF file It is possible to generate either a master copy or complete sets of questionnaires based on enrolment figures You can define the maximum number of pages in a batch event under System Set tings EvaSys Settings VividForms Maximum amount of pages that can be printed through batch printing of forms The batch printing function enables you to create a large number of personal ized cover sheets or questionnaires as PDF files 139 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Select 1 the subunit 2 the survey period 3 the course type 4 the question naire as well as 5 a multiple choice of courses press Ctrl key Surveys in hard copy procedure have the option to include all the question naires needed in the PDF document and to number them serially When each questionnaire has its own number then the consistency of each data set dur ing scanning can be guaranteed This is especially important when your form has a number of pages Should the pages get mixed up when scanning a batch then the
301. e to be sent Sender name for all system emails Sender name that is used for all emails sent by EvaSys Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions 2 5 9 Sender email address for all system emails Sender address that is used for all emails sent by EvaSys Email address of the support department This address will be used when sending emails to the support department Dean manager s copy evaluation Dean manager s of the discipline Subunit receive a copy of the instant report Dean manager s copy open ended questions Dean manager s instant report contains responses to open ended questions Archive mailing of evaluation reports If activated a copy of each email concerning reports will be send to the con figured archive address compare configuration Email address of the ar chive This applies to the reports of the central and decentral evaluation as well as to the profile lines sent by the report creator Email address of the archive Defines the recipient address of the email archive function Maximum number of attachments The maximum number of email attachments Maximum size of attachments The maximum size of attachments in MB concerning the mailing of PDF re ports Section Color Settings Preset color scheme All colors will be replaced b
302. earch display or Select all search fields at the bottom of this view you can save time if you want to activate all of the above fields M Select all query result fields F Select all search fields Attention this might cause long quen time 4 Figure 403 Select all query result fields Defining the sequence of the fields After you have selected the fields you can change their sequence by using the option Sequence fields Highlight as shown in the figure a field name and then click on lt lt up or on gt gt down 326 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Order fields Survey Description scanned Forms Quality Index Survey ID Course Description Enrollment Program of Study Up gt D owm Figure 404 Order fields Saving your search settings Now you can save your current search setting Activate the option Save search Enter a name By highlighting Set as default the current search setting will be displayed every time you login Finally click on Save Search Filter Selection Dimension Search Field Options Max Standard i Save search fso Show Save current query configuration l Set as default my search Save search Figure 405 Saving your search settings D
303. easauasaoswnsbenessitoracens 426 1 9 2 List of all active users logged in esssessessssessceseesseesscsseesscesecsseesseesscesecsseeseeeseesseeseeesees 427 193 Display of Onine SUVEYS euiar E AAAA 428 1 9 4 More tips for avoiding system overload esssesseessesseessceseesseesecsseesscesecsseeseceseesseeseesseee 428 TO DCI OS a N E E AAS 429 1 11 E a E E E E E A E 430 Lre PWD a E E E R 430 dL DEVECSER 431 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ii Automated Document Solutions Tes Ene mielo OOK pace Seite tae as stich a e saunas ae 431 1 11 4 Delete compilations and subgroup reports cceeccesecccsscccescessccesccceeesceeccessceenseeeues 431 id Analysis o eNO eessen aaie eieaa ienaidnieki 432 a LEDOK ne EE E E E EE E 432 Po WORE NOS CS a EE E 434 2 A ONFCURATONSETUNGS caeosscazantacetnasosasaalaosecteosesacatacceisties secanan EE A AE AR 434 2 1 HE gt ik 4 E ae Cee en eee nen cena ene ee ne ee ene nee rer 434 2 1 1 Viewing Email texts and text templateS eeesesseessesseesseeseerscessceseessceseesscesseeseesseeseeesee 434 24 2 Templates or Cinall MOSSAS ES sgriniau E NE EET R 436 23 Templatelorleteria POF TENN reisroute EET SE 440 e E POF EPON NEIE a E 445 2 2 DO UNE 1S a OEE E EEE EEE N T 447 2a FEMI AC WN CN sereins E T 448 Je ep FPEF E a TE E E E A E 448 2 3
304. ease select Figure 71 Language selection in online survey Multiple language questionnaires in paper surveys TeleForm Paper forms in different language versions belonging to a survey can be scanned together in a single batch as long as the first 5 characters in the TeleForm form name are the same 85 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions 2 3 4 Question library The question library can be found under System Settings Question Library Here you can display and print the question library as well as exporting the contents of the question library CSV and importing as CSV or text file When importing the question library as a CSV file the following structure must be adhered to Question Question Number of Question Left Abstention Points for Exam Group Title type options text pole exam question questions EvaExam EvaExam KKKKKKK KKKKKK Table 4 Structure of the question library CSV file The question types are assigned numbers the following schema is valid o Scaled Question 2 Open Question 4 Grade Value Question 6 Single Choice Question 8 Multiple Choice Question 10 Single Choice Extended Question 14 Matrix Field Question Please note that when using exam questions only
305. ect all of the course types and subunits as well as the corresponding norm value basis valid for this sub norm Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions 6 1 2 Appearance of the norm data in the PDF report The norm profile line replaces the list of indicators at the beginning of the PDF report The color symbols allow the scores to be immediately given a qualitative in terpretation The following symbols are possible oS Positive score o Neutral score B Somewhat critical score B Critical score Global Values Dimension About the Course About the Professor Overall rating Quality of handouts Figure 386 Normed profile line for indicators In the PDF report you can see the detailed profile line below the detailed analysis of all the items The detailed profile line shows all the norm values of the questionnaire If the option System settings PDF Report Settings Configuration Show rec ommendation text has been activated then there will be a link at the end of the detailed profile line a link The report recipient can click on this link in or der to open a further PDF document with a compilation of the recommenda tion texts linked to the norm properties in the survey being viewed 6 1 3 Converting norms in quality guidelines When d
306. ect the placeholders which you wish to insert The following figure shows an example questionnaire header In the lower left hand side the text For has been inserted as well as variables for the first name and surname aac ape For PARTICIPANT FIRSTMAME PARTICI ANT LASTNAME Pen LOGO SUBUNIT SURVEY hark as shown OROO CO MARE Cormection OBORO CORRECTION Figure 155 Customization of a questionnaire here through the name in the header In the case of a survey data of specific participants is inserted here so that during implementation it is clearly visible which questionnaire was distrib uted to whom Implementing a non anonymous paper survey When you create a survey with a customized questionnaire for a course for which participant data was imported EvaSys assumes that it is a non anonymous Survey Therefore for paper surveys each questionnaire has to be personalized for example the participant s name has to appear in header This is why the cover sheet procedure is not suitable for non anonymous Surveys However you can also use the function Print Cover sheets Forms in batch procedures so as to produce personalized PDF questionnaires for all survey participants To do this select in the configuration of the batch procedures the option Create complete sets of questionnaires according to enrollment figures After a click on Download the respective PDF file is produced and displ
307. ectric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions By activating the answer box Activate Template mode the form is put at the active instructors trainers disposal The administrator can also determine that the new items which can be added by the active instructor trainer may only be added at the end of the questionnaire This means that the structure of the questionnaire provided by the administrator cannot be changed as the instructor trainer may only add his questions at the end To select this option activate the answer box New items may only be added at the end E Form Wizard Microsoft Internet Explorer i Form creation information Abbreviation CEMOFORM Course Evaluation Paper ad EditMode D Template M Activate deactivate template mode lt M New tems can only be added atthe end Max Pages Max Items Apply Cancel Figure 507 Activating the option New items can only be added at the end By clicking on the name or description of a questionnaire in the form list you can open a detail view of the questionnaire You can even choose under ac tion the command details Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Bi Available Questionnaires Show deactivated questionnaires at the end of the l
308. ed view Online surveys are symbolized with a globe You can create so called templates to customize online surveys to individual needs Hybrid questionnaires TeleForm Hybrid questionnaires allow parallel processing of online surveys together with paper surveys Respondents have the choice of completing either a pa per questionnaire or taking part by means of a web browser In order to guarantee that each respondent votes only once just as if the Survey where only online is secured using the PSWD procedure If the re Spondent chooses the online version then he or she must enter a PSWD on the start page of the questionnaire This makes voting twice impossible In order to assure the integrity of the questionnaire the questionnaires are numbered serially Central Evaluation Standard Procedure The Standard procedure has been developed together with the University of Applied Sciences for Technology and Economics in Berlin and further devel oped by numerous users for pre registered survey processes It offers every option from the use of pre produced questionnaires with cover sheets for sur veys cover sheet procedure expanded questionnaires personalized through the use of instructor trainer s Optional Questions hard copy procedure to online surveys using the PSWD procedure which can be supplemented by the use of PINs Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH
309. ed anony mously or non anonymously To do this click in the area Participants data either on Anonymous Survey participants for anonymous surveys or Non anonymous Survey participant panel for non anonymous surveys 146 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Edit course of Prof Dr Wiliam Stanley Name iWeb Design HTML 000 Program of study DEMO Course ID DEMO171 Evaluation period continous S Course Type Lecture Location auditorium Enrollment Booo Participants data G ici H Anonymous survey participants i devs av acne ae C Non anonymous survey participant panel Language english Information for Students Handouts Further report F existing recipients secondary Computer Science Dr Erika Ergner instructors Remove Cancel Figure 144 Anonymous non anonymous participants After you have activated the option Non anonymous survey participant panel click on the button Edit data of participants In the following win dow you have the now familiar option of importing the data of your partici pants via CSV x CSV import of survey participant data Import survey participant data Browse Import Figure 145 CSV import of participant data The newly imported participants are
310. ed ar row el Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 355 Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 3 4 3 Open question Select the question type open question and click on Next You can now enter the text of the open question Question Wizard Microsoft Internet Explorer Question text Your comments Apply Cancel Figure 442 Creation of an open question enter the question text Now click on Next and choose the size of the comment box depending on the number of lines needed For paper based surveys any number of lines up to the whole remaining page area may be selected Box Size The maxi mum number of characters allowed for the answer can also be defined for online surveys Maximum number of characters If you enter the value o the participants in online surveys can enter text of any length Please note The option Handwriting recognition is only available when this feature is licensed For further information on licenses consult the License Management menu System Information License For further information on ICR see the following paragraph Handwriting Recognition in EvaSys 356 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg German
311. ed by gray text Make this option subunit available to subunit administrators meaning that they can be activated for the use by subunit administrators Minimum percentage for display Defines the 0 01 Please also M Wake this onton available to Subunit Administrators Figure 571 Option activated for sub unit administrator With this function activated the sub unit administrators are able to imple ment settings which deviate from central settings Please note changes made by the sub unit administrator overwrite the changes made by the administrator in the relevant sub units If any particular released configuration options are to be removed from con trol by subunit administrators the marking can be removed Microsoft Internet Explorer a 72 Removing authorization will remove all existing settings made by Subunit Administrators For this option cancel_ Figure 572 Warning during the deactivation of the sub unit administrator release Please bear in mind that the settings created by the subunit administrators will be lost 453 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 454 Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions 2 0 1 Section General Title login window Text of the title line on the start page System language Sets the default language of the EvaSys int
312. ed marked multiple choice questions have more options selected than allowed Please reduce the num ber of selected options accordingly Please note here we are talking about elements that do not directly originate from the questionnaire because you can directly translate all elements of a questionnaire To do this select the option Languages in the respective questionnaire s details The internationalization of online surveys is achieved by language sets Be cause for online surveys particularly those with an international approach many more languages need to be translated than is possible with linked sys tem languages the language sets enable internationalization beyond inte grated system languages The expedient use of language sets requires two steps e Step 1 General definition of a language set Via the language sets you can define text elements for online surveys and thus include them in your EvaSys system Step 2 Linking a language set with a questionnaire If you wish to use a particular questionnaire for online surveys and addi tional languages are relevant specify the relevant language sets for this particular questionnaire Of course you can link a language set with any number of questionnaires Step 1 General definition of a language set You will find the language sets in the submenu of the main menu System Settings on the left hand side After clicking on the menu point Language sets
313. ee Abstention pd Apply Cancel Figure 463 Enter and edit of the vertical pole labels Click Apply to close the dialog and create the vertical pole labels on the form Now scaled questions can be added The system will assign the left and right pole labels to each defined scaled question below the vertical pole labels 2 Second Chapter 2 1 2 2 felt free to ask questions and make comments l believe that have learnt a great deal through this course O Rather Disagree O Totally Disagree mi a g i af p c Fa td H oO O go g Neutral O O O O Figure 464 Vertical pole labels in the editor preview Please note that those labels between the two poles are not linked to the scaled question and will not be visible in the PDF report or exports 369 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions 3 6 3 Inclined pole labels In addition to horizontal and vertical pole labels you can also use inclined pole texts for paper surveys You can define the degree of inclination under Extended Pole labels Extended Pole Labels Microsoft Internet Explore Ioj x Extended Pole Labels Option Completely disagree Rather disagree neutral Rather agree Completely agree Abstention Degree of inclination
314. eecccseeaseecceseees PHASE 1 PREPARATION OF A SURVEY PERIOD cccoacagccessicndianacesensdusadeneseaaencoeseaaaiacd gosgandacoanvadeadensedsaseoraseaace 2 1 Menu U erae EEA EEEa 2 1 1 Defining organizational data wsbiccecksadaiiwsesccnsboicntasbaidndssbodausechosdutousaddiavbescesnal sidereaBeideensads 2 1 2 Course types evaluation periods custom titleS eessesssesseeseeesseesserseesseesecsseesserseesseess Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ii Automated Document Solutions 213 SOUS WD WPS SUOMI S seccare a a 41 2 1 4 Generating and managing user accounts ssessesseeseeseessesseoseoseoseeseeseeseeseeseceseoseeseoseesee 44 2i Credne COU CS scszsdacccsunseckanieatocnidahecsaseteedatedabe lt sbandeshonniatoonnss focdabetnsdededade lt shunseceonmiateesbess 57 2 2 MO WLC ia COS EEE E E E EEE 67 2 2 1 CSV Import within subunits eesseesseessesseessceseessccsecssecssesseesscosecsseesseeseesscesecsseesseeseesseese 67 2 2 2 XML Import structural data surveys and scheduled online SUrVeYS ssceccceeseesseeceees 71 2 2 3 Import of course participants email AdUArESSES cccscccseccesececeescceescesccenssceeesceeeeeeees 71 2 3 Administration ol GUCSHON Mal ercas ea EN E OE 72 2 3 1 Essential information on the questionnaire e sesssessssessesseesecesecsseess
315. eeeenseses 189 4 5 Instant feedback The PDF report ccsseccsseccssccsssccesscccnscceescceccescsenseceecceescseseneuscs 192 Tet GOMMMOMEMS Ol UNCP DE TODO eea a E E 193 ee Pl POI Ol OMINOUS setccnnceasecaecc sedate EE E E 217 4 5 3 Individually designed reports PDF Report PIUQINS cccceeeceseeceseccessccensceeseceeeseees 221 4 5 4 Designing an individually configured letter for Sending reports cscccessceeeseceeeeees 223 4 5 5 Download and Sending Of rePorts ssccccseccsssccsesccnsccesescceescesccccccenscsenscssaecsenseses 224 De PHASE 4 ADVANCED REPORTIN Ge recestintoanseenentecttscenaarceucacentaseteatanenepoaaesatacaieeeapaceesaleseacweeateeeeadeoenceenetes 226 5 1 AC ON aaee a E E E E E 226 Bade TmMepnnciple Of the Indicato seen a 226 5 1 2 Activating the indicators in the CONFISUrATION ccecceseccseccesccssceecccssccesceesceesceeesees 230 5 1 3 Creating the indicators for a questionnaire ssesssesseesseeseesseesecrseessceseesseeseesseeseeeseesseee 231 5 1 4 Internal consistency of the question group Cronbach s Alpha essessesssesssessessseeseessee 233 5 2 Creating reports and comparative profile LINES cceseccesecceesccsecccseccensccensceeesceeceeaseeen 234 5 2 1 The user role of the report Creator cccssccesesccseccesccccsscccnscceesccseccensccensceeeseesecceseses 234 Pa Cie UV SU ly TIS et a ceeses sages cate nes SE EEEE 247 5 2 3 Dispatch Of
316. eesscuatas 476 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions Table of contents PREPARATION AND GENERAL NOTES sco cxssdsvonwancsicssspousaceoassteusauseveseacatecinsasiaerencenesusetenseneistieesaxeeens WERO CTION ace roereartiate cade once taeseere E E E 1 1 Manuals and documentation sccccssssscccssssccccnssecccessscccessecceusececeassccseasseceseusseceseaess ss Oy a 02 C18 6 eee nn eee ee Ree T eee ee ee ee ee ere tios TCS ANS cae oenes ssc crcasnnecsaacaconssatesacnas E 1 2 Support and remote MAINTENANCE sssscccccceesscecccceesssecccseeseeeccesseaseeccsseeaeeecceseaeaeseseess 1 2 1 EvaSys Website and support ar a esssesseesseeseesseesecessersecssceseessceseerseesseeseessceseesseeseeesee 1 2 2 Email to the support CepartMent sssmimacsisrsririr an enen NEE AERE E E ERNEA 1 2 3 Remote maintenance Netviewer Ad hoc desktop sharing cccseccsseccesscceseeceseeceees IREBE O a E E sees eee nesesaeee ees 2 1 UMUC TEN COI Eva oy S Sy Neee EEEE I Central evaluation and active instructor trainer ACCOUNTS cecceccescescescescesccscceccsseesees 2 2 1 Central evaluation a central office controls the evaluation ccccccssssecceesescceeeeeeeees 2 2 2 Active instructors trainers ACCOUNTS csscssccsccsscsc
317. efining quality guidelines abbreviated QR it is often difficult to de cide where to set the threshold for good and poor quality A common ap proach is to use the results themselves to define the thresholds You can simplify this step by using the function Convert quality guidelines from norms Conversion A quality guideline is created for each dimension question group of the norm All items within a dimension are given the same weight in the QR 313 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Statistical approach The norm values norm averages and norm standard deviations are the basis for the individual questions items The advantage is that the norm values are part of an extensive database and the poling of the items questions is already set up The point of conversion is link the upper and lower thresholds of the quality guideline to the norm averages and norm standard deviations Whether the threshold is exactly the average value or a higher or lower value can be de fined by using a multiple of the norm standard deviation dev This multi ple is known as granularity and can be between 3x sigma and 3x sigma i e whether the threshold is above or below the norm average value The granu larity for the upper and lower threshold is defined for
318. ege gives the students o superior reng i2 Chverall this col the studerds n superior Str 0O ooo vaie for thee buon Disagroe 00 value for their Rn Dis od 4 2 could sian over would stil choose to attend 13 2 could stant over would stil choose io atiend Srogh O BF OF OF OB amp college here Diese college here Ciesgres 4 The placement mio for undergraduates ia relatively 14 The placement mio for undergraduates is relatively Strongly oof a 0 o rugh Disagroe high Dikagro The placement mie for graduates is natively high 1 5 The placensent mio for graduates is redatheely high Srog O0 O O O Disagree Ae Oieagres Agra A This college is well respected in the business 1 1 6 This college is well respected in tha business Sirorghy Sir omer iar comriunity Ditagrine a rere y How would you rate the sprakar respons ie J 2 1 How wed you ate the spoakor responsiveness io Very poor o oo O l Bsoosierd questions questions Za Heew weld you aie the nelewancy of the bopo z Za Heew wkd you raie the nelenancy of the topic Wey Peor O O 44 O Ol Enmiori 23 Comments 23 Cam zi ia m Figure 191 Barcode and OMR recognition Barcode recognition On the cover sheet as well as the pages of the questionnaire there is a proc ess number in the form of a 2D barcode The barcode also contains informa tion about the type of form being used OMR recognition Check box fields as well as open questions are processed using so called
319. eleting your search settings Using the option Delete search brings you to a selection list in which you can select the search settings to be deleted Then click on Delete You can only delete settings you have defined yourself Filter Selection Dimension Search Field Options E Standard F Delete search 50 Show Delete saved queries my search Delete Figure 406 Deleting your search settings 327 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions T Module evaluation The functionality Module Evaluation was developed to allow multiple sepa rate surveys to be combined into a single questionnaire EvaSys generates a module questionnaire which contains multiple areas be longing to the individual courses in a module After processing the module survey EvaSys generates a report for the module but also separate results for each module element This allows separate reporting based on each part of the module survey 7 1 Activation of module surveys The module evaluation is activated by default You can change the activation of the module evaluation by logging in as ad ministrator and opening System Settings EvaSys Settings Now select the area Central Evaluation and scroll down You will find the option Module Evalua
320. emlog j Th Verifier G _Systemlogins 3 _VividForm G _Verifier Demo Subunit ai Central Evaluation _VividForms Demos a Jenny Jerry 6 Generate Surveys a Display Surveys wo Delete Surveys w y Create new subunit B Instructor s Optional Figure 14 Subunit homepage 36 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 2 1 1 Defining organizational data The profile data of the organization used by EvaSys for evaluation can be changed here A Organization profile 7 Name EvaSys Akademie 00 Logo File jevasysgif ss Phone TEN Fax F300 Street Address Konrad Zuse Alee13 000 ZIP City a337 limeburg Email Po OK Cancel Figure 15 Defining organizational data 2 1 2 Course types evaluation periods custom titles These menu items enable the creation of settings for course types evaluation periods and forms of address They are located in the left context menu Con figuration in the main area System Settings This basic data is very important and should be permanently defined before beginning operations Contiguration T EvaSys Settings g Course Types cA Feriods iB Custom Titles E Process Defaults g Web Service Settings L POF Report Settings a Online Survey Templates a Language sets Figure 16 Course T
321. end the login information once again Optionally more than just one reminder email can be sent In this case select the Multiple reminders every x days The system will then keep re sending reminders until the survey is closed After activating this operation the fields sender email sender name subject line and email text can be edited The recipients are automatically read out of the system so that all partici pants who have not responded receive an email After defining the start date you have to save the settings of the operation In general it is possible to assign the date time and status for all selected surveys using the Apply button Operation close survey This operation serves to close the online survey When the survey is closed then no more returns are possible Unused PSWDs are then invalid and cannot be used anymore Survey participants are not in formed of this operation The evaluation report can be sent directly to the survey owner When this is the case then the owner of the survey i e the user allocated to the survey in Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions the system receives an email of the results of the online survey automati cally This operation is terminated by a start date and saved with Save I
322. ening this type of file Figure 520 File download You can get to the export function in the questionnaire detail dialog Set tings Questionnaire Details The import of VividForms questionnaires is done in the questionnaire admini stration Settings Questionnaire Activate the checkbox VividForms Then select an efd file using search and upload it E O 8s now torm Ie Figure 521 Questionnaire import You can also import and export VividForms questionnaires using active in structor trainer accounts The active instructor trainer will find a form import function in the questionnaire administration area Imported forms are subse quently only available to the instructor trainer account owner In the list of personal questionnaires you will see an export function which can create a vfd file Form Management oe 05 Demo2 Demo Form Template By ED ithe ie Form Import Browse l Switch to Edit Mode Upload Figure 522 Import and export of questionnaires for active users 405 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 406 Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions 10 10 1 EvaSys Active users have limited access to the import and export of secondary data Only the following form attributes can be imported or exported with the ques tionnaire e F
323. eplace Undo Replace automatically Text shows when validating handwriting fields sorted by frequency in the table The instructor was well prepared 2 Mentions E Cancel Information provided 1 Mention E Figure 206 Data entry assistant detail view After each text has been entered the next image will appear and a table of comments will be built up Next to each comment there is the response fre quency If a comment is essentially repeated then instead of entering it again it can be highlighted which will increase the response frequency 190 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions If a text has been entered with a typing error then each line can be corrected by clicking on green pencil To significantly speed up the data entry process shortcuts are available The following shortcuts can be used Alt S to save Alt C to cancel and Alt R to replace If the data entry assistant has already entered answers to open questions the system will only display those answers again that are relevant to the question currently being displayed For this reason not all of the answers already en tered are displayed To avoid having to type often recurring words such as for example course or lab course you can create a list of placeholders and
324. eport a T Deutsch Shor Email PI Raw data in SPHINX format it Raw data in SPSS format Jd Raw data in CSW format Ar Reload Hack Figure 90 Survey details data available If your questionnaire is multilingual then you have the option in this view to display the form in the various languages Survey data oy Results in AT ML format Results in POF format PI Raw data in SPHINX format SE Raw data in SPSS format JO Raw data in CSW format JD Figure 91 Select report language After scanning the questionnaires you can display the PDF report in the lan guage of the questionnaire 103 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions In the PDF report you will see the text of the letter or the legend in the linked system language All of the questionnaire texts are produced in the selected language Delete function for responses to open questions As Administrator you have the option to delete responses to open questions This is especially helpful when empty images with only the edges visible have been saved or when the empty field has been crossed out In order to use the delete function you must activate it in the settings EvaSys Settings Functions Deletion of Responses to Open Questions With a click on the icon you
325. eport can be edited under System Set tings PDF Report Settings Please click on the configuration icon in the col umn Configuration The PDF report configuration of the corresponding ques tionnaire opens automatically Further more you can edit copy and delete the existing PDF reports in the menu System Settings PDF Report Settings Please note with regard to the standard default PDF report Standard PDF Report present in the system you are only able to change the configuration This PDF report can neither be edited nor deleted You can copy this PDF report so as to create a new PDF re port PDF Report Settings Description Administrator Configuration Edit Copy Delete standard POF Report John Barker i Ei standard POF Repot Copy ohn Barker cad z a0 s Individual POF Report Henry Darcy Figure 237 PDF Report Settings To copy a PDF report click in the column Copy on the copy icon A new PDF report is created You can recognize the copy of the PDF report by the name extension Copy To edit a PDF report click in the column Edit on the edit icon A window automatically opens in which in the area Description you can enter a new name for the PDF report In the area Questionnaires you can allocate for which questionnaires the PDF report is to be valid A multiple selection can be made by pressing the Ctrl button In the details of each questionnaire you define the PDF report w
326. er GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions 6 6 1 EvaSys Filter settings validation required questions and matrices General information If you open the menu Form Properties on the left hand in the VividForms Editor you will find the option Filters Validation Matrices Required Ques tions Click on this option and the dialog for editing these elements will open up These options are also available in the details of a questionnaire in the area Advanced Settings In System Settings Questionnaires please click on the name of the questionnaire you like to activate the filter settings vali dation required questions or matrices for The details of this questionnaire open automatically Open the drop down list in the area Advanced Settings and choose the desired option Thus click on Edit to edit the option Filter settings This is where you define whether certain answers will cause other questions to be suppressed In an online survey suppressed questions will not appear or will be inactive For paper surveys filter settings apply after processing i e retrospectively Validation By defining validations you can test entries to open questions and matrix fields in online surveys with value ranges and regular expressions before a survey participant can send the questio
327. er clicking on the link the Instructor Trainer s Optional Questions a new window appears where the instructor trainer can change some settings con cerning the course At the top the instructor trainer can supplement or if necessary correct infor mation concerning the course Use of a TeleForm questionnaire Below questions from the item library can be selected or new questions can be entered After clicking Complete the data will be adopted It is NOT pos sible to make further changes after completing the questionnaire Use of a VividForms questionnaire When using a VividForms questionnaire the recipient will receive a template with options to extend the existing questionnaire using the VividForms De signer The administrator can limit the size of the questionnaire by defining a maximum number of pages when creating the form template Remind The instructor trainer is reminded of the Instructor Trainer s Optional Ques tions Again the link is entered in the email Optionally the dispatch of emails can be prevented by activating the option No email submission In this case the instructor trainer will not receive in formation on activation or deactivation of the instructor trainer s optional questions Deactivate The Instructor Trainer s Optional Questions are deactivated and can no longer be accessed Optionally the dispatch of emails can also here be prevented by activating the option No email submission Copy
328. er of participants for a survey Server address for online evaluations This address is used on the PSWD cards and in the PSWD emails Instruction text for PSWD cards Defines the instruction text on the PSWD cards for online surveys Default value PSWD per survey central evaluation Online surveys created in central evaluation use as the number of partici pants the number of students that can be admitted to a particular course If this number is missing then the value defined in this constant is used Design template for online surveys File with design templates for online surveys Default file is sim ple_html_template inc The images and colors of the online survey are de fined in the file Alternative forwarding for online surveys This option activates the forwarding of participants to online surveys After dispatch the participants are forwarded according to the settings under Sys 457 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 458 Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions 2 5 4 tem Settings EvaSys Settings Survey online Alternative forwarding ad dress for online surveys Alternative web address for forwarding the participants of online surveys The participants of online surveys are after dispatch of the results forwarded to the Email address given here The add
329. erface as well as all generated re port documents Users instructors trainers report creators etc can change the language in their settings Options German Higher Education German Seminar Providers English Higher Education English Seminar Providers Date Format Here you can define the date format The following characters are recognized notice upper and lower case d Day of the month 2 digits with leading zeros m Numeric representation of a month with leading zeros M A short textual representation of a month three letters Y A full numeric representation of a year 4 digits y A two digit representation of a year Time Format Here you can define the format for time h Hour 12 hour format beginning with zero H Hour 24 hour format beginning with zero i Minutes beginning with zero s Seconds beginning with zero a Lower case ante meridian and post Meriden A Upper case ante meridian and post meridian Number of images for menu The number of images that can be displayed alternatively in the screen Please note that the images must be named and in the subfolder Bilder The image name begins with customer and ends with a number The file ending must be jpg The first image is named customero jpg and the last image customerxx jpg with xx being the number given in this setting Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electri
330. ermany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions The group number refers to the number of bars that will represent the analysis of this question in the PDF report A group number of 10 corresponds to the value areas of 1 9 10 19 20 29 90 99 that is ten groups The survey participant checks the tens place and the ones place The advantage of this method is that the high accuracy of checkboxes makes it unnecessary to use ICR for handprint recognition which would mean a con siderable amount of review and correction 1 5 Please input your Age 1 OOOOOOOOOO O OOOOOOOOOOLO m COP Pee eee Mh OO O O O O O O UO OOOOOOOOO00 xO x1 x2 xo x4 x5 xB xf xo xg Figure 453 Matrix field in the editor preview 3 4 6 Vertical matrix question The vertical matrix question enables you to display ten digit numbers for ex ample to question matriculation numbers Choose Matrix field as the question type and click on Next Now you can en ter the text of the question Subsequently click on Next Question Wizard Microsoft Internet Explorer Ioj x E Flease enter your matriculation number Apply Cancel Figure 454 Question text of a vertical matrix question 363 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solut
331. es tions too Subunits Select a subunit for which the questionnaire should be available Course Type Select one or more different types of course for which the questionnaire is permitted Period Give the periods for which the questionnaire can be used Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys a Automated Document Solutions 2 3 3 Multiple languages You can assign several languages to one form in EvaSys By this means EvaSys allows you to create forms conduct surveys and present results in re ports in a number of languages A questionnaire already integrated into EvaSys can be adapted to a new lan guage any time you like The language of the first version is automatically de fined as the main language To define a language click the button Languages in the Details view of a questionnaire See the main menu System Settings in the submenu click Questionnaires and choose Details in the drop down menu on the right For the main language and any subsequent language you can make the fol lowing settings Properties You have to define the properties of the existing language main language first Language English Current logo a Please choose aflag hoose Language Picture C Upload the file Browse Linked System Langua
332. es for interpretation PDF Reports Here you can define the default PDF report with which the questionnaire will be evaluated Furthermore sub variations of the standard report can be cre ated by suppressing parts of the questionnaire for a given feedback recipient Additionally subgroup reports for single choice or matrix questions can be created Quality Guidelines This is where you can set the quality standards for the questionnaire These Standards are found again when using the QM views QM views can for ex ample be given to deans at the end of a survey period so that they have a clear overview of the results of their department The quality guidelines Should give an impression of the quality of a course so that if necessary a detailed report can be consulted Sphinx report Here you can link a report template for Sphinx in HYP file format with the questionnaire This report template will later during the creation of Sphinx exports be integrated into the generated ZIP file so that when opening the evaluation in Sphinx the report template is automatically used to create the report Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Report for comparison Here you can define the number of previous periods and comparative reports of the report creator
333. es have to adhere to particular design settings that you will find in chapter D 2 2 2 PDF templates 198 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Here for instance you can deposit your company s letter head as a PDF tem plate After doing this please remember to link this template with the text of the letter To do this you return to the field Text templates where the text of the letter is defined There you add your PDF template by selecting the respec tive letter on the right hand side and then clicking on OK Editing of text templates Action PDF template LETTER Report tor the present LETTER Results for instructors LETTER Summarized resus for deans LETTER Summarized results for study deans Morming POF report Introduction Morming POF report Letter E xl Mo POF template defined PDOF Feport Header PDF Feport Text tor too little response profile line Language English Higher Education Figure 216 Selecting the PDF template in the field Text templates The selected PDF template is then assigned to the letter text PDF template LETTER Regulatory information LETTER Report tor the president LETTER Results for instructors LETTER Summarized results for deans LETTER Summarized results for s
334. es not quite fit on two pages Decrease the line height and you will be able to make do with two pages Line Height Font Size Figure 475 Accommodate the line height On the other hand a questionnaire that is not quite filled can be made to look better by increasing the line height The font size affects all question objects with the exception of chapter head ings These should not be made too large The following font types are available e Arial e Georgia Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions 3 7 6 D e Tahoma e Times New Roman e Verdana Please examine the PDF sample issue after changing the font type using T to make sure that all texts appear correctly If not you may have to reduce the font size Filtering of HTML Tags Please note that this feature should only be used by users with technical knowledge You should be aware of the implications of your changes and always check them Only then you can ensure that your online surveys appear with the de sired layout and functions With online surveys in addition to highlighting you have other formatting op tions with bold and italic fonts and underlining You can use HTML tags for the formatting for online surveys only For this purpose activate in the EvaSys Settings in the VividForm
335. es of the scales specified above are specified In the second part of the analysis report the average values of all individual questions are listed The value 1 marks a minimum meeting quality the value 7 a maximum meeting quality from view of the studying Figure 561 Standard letter For using a letter you must have activated the function System Settings PDF Report Settings Configuration Generate letter A one page default letter can be used or a PDF template attachment for a one or more page letter A letter can contain a maximum of one page of text The contents can be per sonalized with a series of placeholders which are described at the end of this section Reports not created and not sent to instructors trainers The minimum number as defined at System Settings EvaSys Set tings Survey Minimum number of returns for reporting of completed ques tionnaires was not reached and so a report is not created and sent 440 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions Mr Dock as private an confidential Report Course Evaluation to the Teachers Dear Dock This email contains the results of the automated evaluation of the training meeting evaluation for meeting Example survey A to questionnaire type A The global indicator indicate
336. essage box should be displayed after clicking on Scan Tab General Settings Standard setting for job processing Select the default job This job ID is transmitted to TeleForm and allows the processing of batches that are not EvaSys jobs such as the analysis of multi ple choice exams with EvaExam Show extended batch status Activates the display of batch information This message allows you to follow your batch as it is processed on the server Abbreviated name for scanstation A three character short name for identifying the scanstation This short name is integrated into the data transmitted to the EvaSys server and registered in the log files This allows every batch processed by the server to be identified with a scanstation 171 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions S Settings Scan Destination Scanner General Settings VWividForms Reader Activation URL for activating the scanstation https localhost evasys Check Use proxy Configure Application S0 Abbreviated name for Scanstation When using several Scanstations the name has to be unique a Always show dialog with scanning advices before scanning If Check available local disk space O MB Minimum Language of the Scanstation English Password for the
337. ession in each field select one or a number of options Depending on what you have chosen and the resulting restrictions you will then see only the valid selection options Select A subunit a survey period Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions one or more types of courses a questionnaire one or more courses a survey type You can select more than one option by pressing down the left mouse button and pulling the mouse down You can also hold the Ctrl button and select any number of individual courses Finally you must select the survey method You have the choice of Hard copy procedure Each questionnaire for each course is downloaded automatically personal ized and printed Cover sheet procedure A cover sheet is printed for each course while the questionnaires are prepro duced Afterwards the cover letter is scanned together with the completed questionnaires and serves to identify the survey Online surveys For each course the appropriate number of PSWDs will be produced The number of PSWDs is taken from the data field number participants in the course data If this information is missing then there is a default setting at EvaSys Settings Survey Online Default value PSWD per survey central evaluation
338. et of the VividForms Reader To be precise this becomes a necessity as soon as the directory forms which contains the recognition set is moved By default this direc tory is in Programs Electric Paper VividForms The reason for this is that the XML files contain file paths to servers which after moving may no longer be correct For this reason you have the possibility of reloading the form definition files created by clicking on Refresh in the survey details under In the recogni tion set of the VividForms Reader see figure above You also have the possibility of refreshing the entire recognition set To do this click in the questionnaire list in the area VividForms Recognition Set the Refresh button By doing so all existing questionnaires in the recogni tion set of the VividForms reader will be refreshed Browse VividForms s new form gt OK Refresh Activated _ Activated with restrictions see details iw Deactivated E i Questionnaire is notin use and can be edited 4 The questionnaire isin use and allowe restricted editing only The form contains versions created by instructors Instructors Optional Questions forms Figure 63 Refreshing the recognition set of the VividForms Reader in the list of questionnaires An active instructor trainer can also refresh his forms by clicking on the icon in the column Recognition set Jasmine Sadhi Surveys ErstSem anoles 18 By B
339. etailed information about the form You will see the Same window when clicking on Edit Form in the detailed view e By choosing Action Details in the drop down list on the right you can see the Details for questionnaire as you are used to Bi Details for questionnaire Demol E Optional Questions wW FDF Sample Show wW POF Paper Survey Show 22 PDF Online 22 In the recognition set of the VividForms Reader Add Advanced Settings Questionnaire Edit Form Languages Text Templates Edit Export E Delete Figure 526 Details for a questionnaire Click on Edit Form and you can see further information about the question naire 408 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions 10 3 Information about a VividForms Plus question naire When you click on Edit in the list of the questionnaires or on Edit Form in the window Details for questionnaire you get to a window with further in formation about the VividForms Plus questionnaire Metadata thtw2_vfp 2 o Filter settings 1_A 1 Location of course i Add Required questions Questions for the students 1 Location of course 2 Course type 3 Beginn of course 4 Day of the week 5 Sex 6 Age 7 Semester Environment rating 8 D
340. ete batch Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions The following figure shows you the current batches in the WebVerifier Tew Et 2 E Batch SUWEYS Forms Sf Current batches in WebVerifier Batch Scan OMA In Time Duration NonForms Sheets Status ID station Errors progress 2009 04 24 16 43 34 1 s01 0 4 a o B 2006 02 12 6 10 31 35 Pia a2 S01 0 102 ud 2008 02 12 55 09 51 16 30 34 S01 0 BE F Figure 196 Batch view 4 3 2 Survey view In this view you will see all of the surveys that still need to be verified Be Cause Surveys can be scanned in a number of batches and a VividForms batch can have a number of surveys in it the number of surveys is rarely identical with the number of batches The table is made up out of the following columns e Survey Name of the survey Form Short name of form Sheets Number of recognized forms e In progress shows whether other users are already processing the batch To verify Number of corrections Wile ED Batch SUWEYS Forms Jf Current surveys in Verifier Survey Form Sheets In progress To verify Verifier sample Survey train 0l 7 Verifier sample Survey train 0l 5 Verifier sample Survey train 01 ob Selection for automatic verification No
341. etimale Btifemaie Revision Single Choice Which gender do you belong to male E female Figure 201 Correction of a single choise question By clicking on Next at the bottom of the view the correction is adopted and you are taken automatically to the next question By clicking on Back you can move backwards within a verification batch so as to edit a verified question again In addition the following buttons are available Sheet Displays the complete sheet in a new window The question being processed is circled in red This view can be helpful for seeing the whole con text Cancel The correction is cancelled Please note that all corrections made since the last save will be lost Save The current corrections including the open view are saved Then you will be automatically taken back to the view you were in before going to the correction view The verification can be continued immediately or at a later date Saving the verification is necessary for example when you interrupt your work When you have finished verifying a batch the results are automatically saved and the overview is displayed 186 Figure 202 Navigation of the verificator The verification is however completed when the NonForms in a batch have been deleted You can do this by using the NonForms view or the button De lete NonForms When the NonForms are deleted after completing the manual Copyright 20
342. events for the mass production and sending of reports For further information please consult the chapter B 3 2 8 Batch events 225 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions 5 Phase 4 Advanced reporting As soon as you have implemented surveys and scanned data you receive the automatically generated reports If you wish to process this data further for example to summarize and or compare it there are extensive and flexible op tions in EvaSys available to you as well as the export facilities into other pro grams In the phase model this is the fourth of the five phases In this chapter you initially learn what indicators are and how you can create them in EvaSys since they form the basis for a certain type of summary re ports You will then receive a comprehensive introduction to the options in produc ing summary reports The creation of reports does not occur via the adminis trator access but rather you must be logged in as a report creator Often this role however is carried out jointly with that of the EvaSys administrator For expanded evaluations you can export the captured data from EvaSys For this purpose the CSV format as well as a specific format for import into the statistics program SPSS are available to you The explanations of the
343. extend it as needed Edit Placeholder Print wersion Lecture Seminar Tutorial Working Group Figure 207 Data entry assistant placeholder If a statement that has already been classified is entered along with a new statement then the existing statement can be marked with a checkmark and only the new statement need be entered Both statements will be registered and counted After the last image has been entered the report which is now completely anonymized can be sent to the instructors trainers by a click on Notify You have processed all pictures and may now change to another survey You can notify the owner of the survey by clicking the button Motity List of Surveys Figure 208 Data entry assistant close a survey Any single survey whose answers to open questions have already been en tered by a data entry assistant is protected and cannot be simultaneously ed ited by others In this way disruptions caused by the unseen concurrent edit ing of data are avoided Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 191 192 Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions 4 5 D EvaSys Instant feedback The PDF report After scanning the questionnaires during which you may have verified un clear fields and entered open questions you can immediately view the evaluation results As
344. ey participants be required for example for address reasons as well as later for the processing of survey results relevant participant data can be imported and used Please observe the following legal references when using non anonymous surveys 143 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 144 Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions EvaSys Legal references in non anonymous surveys Please note that when conducting non anonymous surveys you are process ing the personal data of the participants The processing of personal data is subject to special stipulations of the data protection act as well as possible regulations of other laws i e campus or labor legislation As a rule elements of these regulations state that when surveying by means of questionnaires forms survey participants are informed of the data proc essing in particular e of the intended purpose of the data processing e of whether the details are voluntary or an obligation exists together with the consequences of a refusal as the case may be e and of the possible recipients of the data The extent of the duty to inform as well as the admissibility of the data proc ess itself depends significantly on the legal requirements under which your particular case is positioned This assessment depends on a number of fac tors which
345. eys the EvaSys administrator either sends the PSWDs by batch email to the survey participants or sends emails with PDF files containing the PSWDs to the instructors trainers so that they can distribute the PSWDs to the participants directly Participation Tracking Participation tracking enables you to create a CSV file where all of the used and non utilized PSWDs of your online surveys are listed In online surveys whose PSWDs have been sent by email to the respondents the participation tracking allows for easier identification of those participants who haven t taken part in a survey Whilst preserving the anonymity of survey participants who have already completed their questionnaire participants who in spite of their invitation have not yet used their PSWD can be identi fied by their email address In the menu System Settings EvaSys Set tings Survey Online Participation tracking online surveys Protection of anonymity you can define the minimum return The minimal return defined here must be reached in order for specific survey information on participation and non participation to be released To access participation tracking click in the menu Subunits on Participa tion Tracking A window opens automatically in which you can select any number of subunits survey periods course types questionnaires and courses Subsequently click on Request to trigger the participation tracking A Save as dialog appea
346. fSampit 18 05 2007 l how PSWDs Send emails with PSWDs to survey Display questionnaire Delete survey Download PWDs participants as PDF Send email with PSWD document to instructors Settings email functions delivery method PSWDs group Figure 80 Online survey Hybrid survey Surveys related to Prof Sunny Narrow Type Hame Status O we Lock Form Created Processed Forms RS Del Report Export Rep Data Analysis E023 In Progress AO gh MFHTW2 20 06 2007 4 Details Send emails with PWDs and personal Display questionnaire as Delete survey Show survey details ized form to survey participants PDF Send email with PSWD document to instructors Settings email functions delivery method PSWDs group Settings email functions delivery method PSWDs instructor Figure 81 Hybrid survey Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions Survey status Data available Delete comments Display questionnaire as Download export files Send analysis to instruc PDF tors d surveys related to Prof Sunny mm ADNa Type Hame att Created Processed Forms RS Del Repo Data Analysis 023 Data available GO A Asame 16052007 16052007 Aoo S HT
347. fiers the average the standard de via tion and the total response percentages will appear as well Create profile line Activates the display of the profile line in the PDF report Show normed profile line When normed data exists for the questionnaire the normed profile line will be shown in the PDF report Create Profile Line for indicators Activates the display of the profile line for indicators in the PDF report 211 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Create matrix Activates the display of matrices in the PDF report The matrices are defined in the details of a questionnaire Advanced Settings Matrices Create presentation template Once the indicators for a questionnaire have been defined they can be dis played together with a short descriptive text at the end of a PDF report as a presentation template The presentation slide can serve as a discussion aid to discuss the results with the course participants Show notes in the PDF Report This option activates the display of survey notes in the PDF report For exam ple the notes of a survey of the Instructor the dean or the administrator are displayed in the PDF report Left Right Top Bottom margin Left Right Top Bottom margin for all pages on the PDF report Font size questi
348. following window under Define report for comparison you can define which report should be used for the comparison Define report for comparison Available reports Engneming Report 5507 Figure 367 Define report for comparison in the details of a questionnaire Administrator 299 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 300 Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions EvaSys 4 Under Available reports you will find all reports which are based on the cur rent questionnaire and which you have already created in the Report Creator window In order to display the profile lines of a comparative report in the standard PDF report you must have previously created reports for this questionnaire in the Report Creator Let us assume for example you have created period reports of your individ ual subunits as report creator for example Engineering Report SSo7 or Physics SSo7 In addition you have perhaps created instructor trainer re ports like Prof Dr James Hutton SSo7 or Prof Sunny Narrow So7 These reports created in the report creator can be defined here as comparative re ports for special periods and subunits In the following example the comparative report Engineering Report SSo7 was selected This subunit report which was created by a report creator co
349. formation about whether the question naire contains variable fields which can be adapted by instructors trainers for their surveys In the recognition set of the VividForms Reader The VividForms Reader must know the forms that you are using so it knows where to look for answer box areas Only with the aid of this information can it evaluate the graphics of scanned questionnaires In this way it checks during the evaluation that in those areas where crosses could lie areas are actually blackened For this reason the VividForms Reader has at its disposal a file in XML format for every questionnaire which defines this form definition file XML is a de scription language The pool of these definition files is know as Recognition Set However EvaSys first makes such a definition file available to the VividForms reader when you have created the first survey with a new questionnaire re gardless of whether a paper or online survey Only then at this moment is the VividForms Reader informed of your form and the answer box areas on it This means precisely that the pool of XML files available to the VividForms Reader is only then complemented with the new XML file This then defines your new form With each new creation of a survey this XML file is refreshed As soon as you create a survey for a VividForms questionnaire a correspond ing form definition file in XML format is added to the recognition set of the VividForms Rea
350. from Subunit Report 1 28 09 2007 16 1 Note Data compilation may take a moment Include answers to open questions Please click the button only once Figure 314 Selection of several criteria questions for subgroup reports In this window for example you can select all male interviewees as the first criteria To do this click in the area Available questions on the criteria Gender Choose on the right hand side the value of the criterion i e the desired answer for this question In this example you would choose male Selection of several criteria for subgroup reports 1 tale x learned a lot in this course Saat aaa are est learned more in this course than in others 2 Female This course was extremely valuable to my education would recommend this course to my friends This course has had a profound impact on me Students who go to the instructor for help get the assistance they need The instructor has a comprehensive understanding of the subject This instructor knows this subject very well About you Grade Level Defaut criteria combination x Add new criteria combination The criterion will be added to the chosen criteria combination Add criterion Figure 315 Selecting the first criterion male for the subgroup report Finally click on the button Add criterion The criterion then appears in your Default criteria combination In this case the cri
351. g Germany Electric Paper EvaSys Automated Document Solutions tE Users currently logged into the system User User type Last action Henry Darcy subunit Administrator 17 03 2009 at 09 40 10 Maria Report Report Creator 17 03 2009 at 09 39 37 Ad min Administrator 17 03 2009 at 09 35 15 Mumber of participants in online surveys of the last 5 minutes 428 Figure 556 Detailed information of all active users 1 9 3 1 9 4 You can sort the active users according to name user type and last action by clicking on the relevant column head Display of Online Surveys To optimize system performance it is recommended that the display of online surveys especially for questionnaires with several chapters question groups is set to Complete In this way for a questionnaire of 35 chapters with re gard to page views in online surveys the system load can be reduced in the range of 97 This option is set as default for all questionnaires To change the display of online surveys in the menu System Settings Questionnaires select De tails in the drop down menu As these settings are stored in the details of a questionnaire it is possible to set an individual display setting for every questionnaire More tips for avoiding system overload e Dispatching email If you send your email invitations to online surveys Spread over a few days instead of all at once the feedback phase is also Spread over a wi
352. g Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions Distributing multi language questionnaires If you are using the cover sheet procedure you can print your PDF question naires and distribute them yourself In the hard copy procedure you have the option of downloading personalized questionnaires in the survey detail win dow Show cover sheettorm in browser English SHOW Email Figure 70 Translated questionnaire Language options in online surveys The languages defined in the configuration can be displayed in the HTML online surveys The questionnaire always appears in the main language after authentification through the PSWD procedure Beneath the header data you will see the logos that have been defined as questionnaire languages By clicking the logo you change languages It is not necessary fora new authen tification EvaSys Educotion Survey Automation Sulte Management strategies Philipp Belmore Professional Development Electric Paper A a ee ee a a E Dear Participant We are very interested in your opinion about the course as well as about the university in general Therefore we would like to ask you to take the time read the questionnaire thoroughly and complete it Only your own judgement is important you cannot give wrong OF course the data is anonymous 1 Questions about you Which gender do you belong to Please select What is your age Pl
353. g 2907 leamed a bot in thls course leamed more in ils course than In others This course Was Extremely valuable to my education wouk recommend this course to my friends This course has Nad a profound impact on me Students who go to ihe Imstnuctor for help get ihe assistance they need The insidor has a comprehensive understanding of the subject Figure 345 Comparative profile line Data Analysis Engineering SSo7 Demo2 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Prof Sunny Nanrow Data Analysls Disagree Disagree Disagree Disagree Disagree Disagree Disagree Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 Luneburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions In the header you first see all of the information on the selected courses and or reports followed by the list of questions on the left which are com plemented on the right by the two overlaid profile lines as well as averages As usual with the profile lines only questions regarding the standard value and scaled questions are displayed here Example 2 In addition to the course Data Analysis by Prof Sunny Narrow you also mark the course Economy of Prof Dr Michel White and again choose as com parative profile line Engineering SSo7 Demo2 You leave all other options at their default value 5 Courses Reports Data Analysis E
354. g CO internet L recommendation of friends O informative meeting of the O miscellaneous university Figure 450 Multiple choice question in the preview Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 361 Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 3 4 5 Horizontal matrix question The horizontal matrix question enables you to display five digit numbers Select the matrix field question type and click on Next You can now enter the text of the question Then click on Next Question Wizard Microsoft Internet Explorer l Please input your agel Apply Cancel Figure 451 Matrix field enter of the question text In the following window select the matrix type horizontal or vertical the minimal and maximum value as well as the number of groups in the PDF re port A Question Wizard Microsoft Internet Explorer l Define Options Orientation Harizontal up to 5 digit numbers erical up to 10 digit numbers Minimum Walde Maximum Yalue MUeEStiOn group count Apply Cancel Figure 452 Matrix field enter of the value and the question group count In this example the minimum value is set at 1 the maximum value at 99 362 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg G
355. g on the report For the dy namic part there are three different fields available address This field is filled with data about the instructor trainer e g name address etc A placeholder determines which data appears The types of placehold ers are described in Section 2 1 3 Template for letter in PDF reports In Adobe Acrobat placeholders are defined in the text field at Options Default Value For example To GENDER TITLE FIRSTNAME SURNAME confidential subject This field is filled with a heading or the subject line of the letter The subject line can be defined in the EvaSys menu item Text Template see Section 6 7 text This field contains the personalized text of the letter for the PDF report The text can be defined in the EvaSys menu item Text Template see Section In Adobe Acrobat the templates must be saved by Save As so that the inter nal PDF structure is clean Process Defaults In the menu System Settings Process Defaults you can set the defaults for the configuration of user accounts The configuration of EvaSys user ac counts allows you to customize the surveys to your requirements The follow ing points are available When creating surveys automatically send emails with cover sheet ques tionnaire PSWDs only activated instructor trainer accounts This option sends the cover sheet or personalized form for your new survey immediately after creation of the sur
356. gain receive detailed informa Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions tion on the report that you create you can again exclude single questions from the report and create the report via Create Request report on a program of study Your choice Program of study Evaluation Compilation name Program of study evalu Ciuestionnaire Demo Period SSO 2007 03 01 to 2007 08 31 Mo of Surveys 1 No of completed questionnaires 4 The report creation may take a moment Please wait until an acknowledgment has been sent back from the serwer Create The speed of the course was adequate agree disagree Figure 286 Creating a program of study report overview of the selection made and the questionnaire Then the report is added to the report list Figure 287 The program of study report in the list of reports Instructor Trainer Profile The option Instructor Trainer Profile allows all surveys of an instruc tor trainer to be periodically summarized into reports For the creation of an instructor trainer profile click on the button Instructor Profile Trainer Profile in the report selection Create reports subunit Program Of Study Instructor Profile See eee Any Compilation Create Profile Line Emails Figure 288 Creat
357. ge English Higher Education Linked language set English system Enable Language Iw Please note that VividForms only supports multiple languages tor online sunreys cack Figure 68 Attributes of a language Name of the language Enter the name of the language Language picture Here you can specify the logo of a language set that can be used for switch ing the language in online surveys You should choose the size of the logo in such a way that the display is fitting i e for flags 40x27 pixels Either click on Upload the file and then on Browse and choose a graphic file The file formats JPG GIF and PNG are supported 83 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions Or you use the logos supplied Here from version 3 1 EvaSys offers you the country flags of the world to choose from Click on Please choose a flag and then on the button Choose In the window that then opens you can choose the flag that fits the language Linked system language The language set selected here is used for the system dialogue for online sur veys Language sets are defined in System Settings EvaSys Settings Langu age sets Use Activate Deactivate the language Configuring languages in EvaSys Click in the detail window of the question
358. ght 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Please keep in mind that this cannot be undeleted and that the deleted data is lost forever F In order to save the raw data before deleting surveys use the archiving func tion 3 2 5 Conducting a paper survey Production of questionnaires When using the cover sheet procedure questionnaires are given to a printing company for production and are then used as needed for surveys The cover sheets can be centrally produced and distributed to the instructors trainers Alternatively the cover sheets can be sent to the instructor trainer by email In the hard copy procedure the questionnaires adapted for specific surveys are either produced centrally or by email delivery to instructors trainers Document quality The quality of the paper and the print image is critical for the scanning and processing stages We discourage the use of gray recycled paper due to the gray shadows which can appear Note that when producing questionnaires using private printers or copiers the printer driver is set up for A4 size paper and the copies should vary due to tilting or enlargement reduction only marginally from the original The toler ance range for such image discrepancies is about 10 of an edge length The general rule is that cle
359. ginning of the questionnaire The other display options which are presented in the following are not affected by it Here in the EvaSys Settings you can also find some further settings which in fluence the display of the indicators in the PDF report s The setting Create profile Line for indicators some lines above Calcu late indicators subsequently adds to the usual profile line for individ ual questions a profile line for the indicators defined in the question naire About the Course About the Professor Overall rating Quality of handouts Figure 251 Profile line for indicators in the PDF report 230 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions Here you see the profile line for the four indicators evaluation of the course evaluation of the professor overall rating and evaluation of the hand outs In addition to the display of the indicators that you chose you can add the overall indicator of the survey Deactivate the setting Hide overall indicator in the configuration of the PDF report In addition to the other indicators the overall indicator is displayed at the beginning of the re port Global Values S Global Index Se dev i4 About the Course p NN dev 15 About the Professor i
360. gly agree Your comments Figure 513 Added question by the instructor trainer 400 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions 9 Editing and passing on questionnaires To show the content of a questionnaire click Editing in the Drop Down Menu on the right hand in the list of questionnaires Please note You can edit a questionnaire only as long as you have not acti vated them When surveys are created for a questionnaire the questionnaire is automatically protected against modifications This is done in order to guarantee processing of a form being used No changes of any sort to the lay out or contents can be made to protected forms 9 1 Write protect mode As soon as you generate a survey with a certain questionnaire it is automati cally protected against further changes Write protected forms in the VividForms Designer have a yellow lock in the area form information see figure Figure 514 Write protect mode The following points have no effect on the display of the questionnaire and can so be modified in the write protect mode e Building indicators for question groups e Display of single choice questions in the HTML survey Options available include Checkbox List and Drop Down List e For matrix fields number of
361. ground colors Display range 000099 fea Form CCCCFF Ga i O Font color for form CQUOOOLULLUOULLULUDLUE Ree BHSOSSSOOOUSBROOOOOOOoOoOoO Font color for form COUUUO RE Eee ee ERE SOOOUDOOULUUOE Element colors BEERS OOSBSOOULOOOOUOOO Background color for survey information and chapter titles FFFF66 EEEE a a a a Font color for survey information and chapter titles 000099 K3 Logo Preview Image file Browse Alignment right aligned Background color Additionally display header with logo of organization ves Apply Back Figure 120 Customizing an online survey template 125 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 126 Electric Paper EvaSys a Automated Document Solutions Name the template that you are defining new and define the various color values After clicking on the color palette symbol kad a color selection dialogue becomes available In the lower area of the configuration dialogue you can upload an image file as well as define its positioning Click on Apply to create the customized online survey template The tem plate just created now appears in the overview It can be edited at any time by clicking on the green pencil symbol or deleted by clicking on the red cross After having created the template link it to the subunit in question When you open an
362. groups in the evaluation report e Limiting the maximum responses for multiple choice questions e Selection of the diagram type for scaled questions in the PDF report e Definition of filter rules required questions and matrices In particularly exceptional cases for example for typos the write protect mode can be circumnavigated You can alter the write protected mode in the form creation information of a questionnaire as shown in the following graphic 401 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions El Form Wizard Microsoft Internet Explorer Form creation information Abbreviation DEMOFORM sample Paper fd EditMode D Template IT sctivaterdeactivate template mode I ew tems can only be added atthe end Wax Pages Wax tems Apply Cancel Figure 515 Write protect mode d Please note that by editing the form the questions check boxes can change their position whereby surveys in circulation can become impossible to evalu ate This warning is to be strictly observed It is generally not recommended to make changes to forms with surveys We recommend that before activating the editing mode you make contact with our support team 9 2 Automatic recognition set management As soon as a survey has been created using a
363. gure 399 a and b QM views In the example the results are shown for the survey of the course Concepts Introduction into EvaSys with a quality calculated at 46 9 The green red circles each represent a quality guideline in this example teaching structure practical application interest interaction The more red area the more questions in this quality guideline are below the targeted value In order to receive a more precise view click on Details You will then see a detailed list of all the quality guidelines of the question naire as well as those questions which did not reach the target value Quality details for survey No 26568 _ Back to list view choose pdf report sr Overall course quality 56 1 Question learned a lot in this course learned more in this course than in others This course was extremely valuable to my education would recommend this course to my friends This course has had a profound impact on me Figure 400 Quality details Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions If a value is marked in red the quality guideline has not been met at all if the color is yellow the value is within the range of tolerance Other colors are not applied In order to open the complete report of the survey click on To
364. he deletion of all correlative instructors and surveys You re about to delete 14 surveys and 7 users OK Cancel Figure 23 Delete subunit 43 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys Ti Automated Document Solutions Take extreme care when using this function Deleting a whole subunit has far reaching consequences ALL existing profiles of instructors trainers in this department TOGETHER with their folder and the surveys contained in them will be irrevocably deleted Be fore deletion we strongly urge you making a copy of such valuable survey data by having the individual instructor trainer make a copy of the PDF report files or the raw data on their own hard drive 2 1 4 Generating and managing user accounts As a user you will login to EvaSys with the respective username and pass word specified by the administrator You can change both your username and your password in your user profile Should a single person wish to login as multiple EvaSys users he can open different browser windows and log himself in at the same time as those users This means you can simultaneously be logged in as Instructor Trainer James Hutton as Report Creator Maria Report and as the administrator Admin switching between the open browser windows EvaSys users 23 Instructor EvaSys Mi
365. he op eration You can learn more about using Sphinx with EvaSys in the relevant chapter Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions Export of Time Stamps in Online surveys all data types For online surveys the export data includes a time stamp showing the comple tion time of every record 5 3 2 Definition of the export values and names for variables In export EvaSys assigns the names of the variables questions automati cally In CSV export this is unproblematic because the question text is adopted With export to Sphinx or SPSS however no meaningful variable name appears but an alpha numerical combination for example V2_A for the first variable as question in the second question group You can specify new names for all variables These are then displayed in the CSV file thus in Excel as well as in Sphinx and SPSS instead of the auto matically assigned names This function is intended to support you in the evaluation with statistic tools To rename the variables go to the details of a questionnaire and in the area Advanced Settings select the option Data export configuration Click on Edit Advanced Settings Text Templates z Text Templates Morming POF Reports Ciuvality Guidelines Sphinx Report Report for comparison
366. he owner has e User since Date the account was set up e Last online Date of the last login 420 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys Ti Automated Document Solutions 1 6 Evaluation statistics You can find the evaluation statistics in the details of a paper survey where you have scanned in data Details for Survey D Survey Introduction into EvaSys Instructor Or John Smith CJ Course Introduction into EvaSys 7 Survey Period s507 Ca Type Paper Survey Hard Copy Procedure TE Questionnaire Demol Status Data available report available T Survey Created on 31 05 2007 at 14 49 57 T Last data collection On 01 06 2007 at 11 33 21 E No of collected questionnaires Show cover sheetform in browser a evaluation statistics Figure 544 Survey evaluation statistics Therein the header data of all scanned batches from a survey are disQplayed in a table This data allows you to see the time and size of the scanning op eration Survey evaluation statistics 31 05 2007 01 06 2007 Reload Back Figure 545 Details of survey evaluation statistics The specifications e Name of Scanstation which captured the batch e Number of Pages of the batch For Duplex scanners 1 sheet 2 pages e Number of non recognized pages NonForms these can also be empty page
367. he questionnaires System Settings EvaSys Settings Survey Instructor s Trainer s Optional Questions questionnaire direct delivery or System Settings EvaSys Set tings Email Functions amp Accounts Instructor s Trainers Optional Optional Questions group address To configure the Instructor s Optional Questions proceed as follows Select 1 the subunit 2 the survey period 3 the course type 4 the question naire and 5 the course s Select now activate Activate Remind Deactivate No email submission Figure 134 Activate instructor trainer s optional questions Personalized emails are sent to all instructor trainer accounts for all selected courses These emails contain a link to the webpage of Instructor Trainer s Optional Questions Such an email could read as follows 137 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Dear Mr Example The Instructor s Trainer s Optional Questions has been activated for you You can enter questions for the survey or course Time Management by clicking on the link given below Alternatively you can copy the complete link and enter it into the address line of your Internet browser Link http localhost evasys mask php mode show amp tan C7XES Your EvaSys Administrator Aft
368. he subunit report Engineering SSo7 in the overview Program of study report In the same way you can produce a summary for a program of study a particu lar semester and selected course types and questionnaires Just a little reminder A program of study differs from the usual structure of the subunits and interviewer and or instructors trainers Because it is posi tioned perpendicular to the subunits and allows you to assign courses that are created in a subunit additionally to a program of study So you could for example assign courses of the departments of chemistry and physics addi tional to the program of study nuclear physics To produce a program of study report click on the button Program of Study in the selection of the reports Create reports subunit Program Of Study Instructor Frofile Any Compilation Create Profile Line Emails 252 Figure 285 Creating a program of study report Choose the program of study the period the course type as well as the ques tionnaire in the window that appears Also the usual options questionnaire comparison display of open questions creation of an unweighted report are available to you Except for the selection of the program of study this window largely corre sponds to what is presented to you during the creation of a subunit report In the same way the information windows resemble one another prior to the actual generation of the report Here you once a
369. he survey name You also have access here too all the functions of this survey Details for Survey D Survey Introduction into EvaSys A Instructor Donna Harwood J Course Introduction into Evasys C Survey Period S507 F Type Paper Survey Hard Copy Procedure TJ Questionnaire train U1 Status In progress ready for data C Survey Created on 1108 2007 at 16 58 47 Actions Show cover sheet form in browser T Deutsch Show Email dP Finish Data Collection Close SUEY amp Delete Survey f Assign survey to substitute instructor i Edit Show notes Reload Hack Figure 86 Survey details in progress Some functions can only be accessed using this detail window Depending on the status of the survey e g ready data available the survey type and fur ther attributes specific to the questionnaire or survey e g language PSWD status a variety of survey data and functions will be made available At the top of the Detail Window you can see the header data for the survey In the lower left hand corner you can see a number of options relating to the Survey and in the lower right hand corner you can select the evaluation report and export format In addition in the area of maintenance you can change the survey ID as long as the changing of the survey ID in Settings EvaSys Settings Mainte nance is activated This can become necessary for example if you have distributed question naires in the self
370. he user data have changed for example the email address or title The changes are made in the existing user profile The identity is determined us ing first and last name combination since a personal number code is un known Course names are assigned using an ID number If there is already a course with the same ID number then all the data fields of the CSV file are adopted ms The course or the user account is no longer found in the new CSV file The orphaned entries in the database are deleted along with all surveys and their data related to the course or the user account th The user account is no longer in the new CSV file but should be kept so that data related to the surveys is not deleted and remains in the system The user account is given the status archived and can no longer be reactivated The courses contained in the CSV import file must be assigned to an evalua tion period Select a corresponding period from the selection list above Here you are also offered the option Continuous instead of an individual period 70 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys Automated Document Solutions 2 2 2 2 2 3 In addition to the general determination of an evaluation period for all courses contained in the CSV import files you can individually assign a devi ating per
371. header the course list can be sorted ascending and descending Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Edit course of Prof Dr William Stanley Name lWebDesigwXHTML Program of study IDEMOCT Course ID DEM na Evaluation period continuos sis Ewent Type etre o i Location P Enrollment BRO Participants data Anonymous survey participants STC one nnene Non anonymous survey participant panel Language english Location auditorium Further report recipients secondary M existing instructors Computer Science Prof Dr Tony Black Adi Remove OK Cancel Figure 43 Course details Expanding the course data with user specific fields You can expand the existing course information by a number of fields in order to describe them better These fields can be defined at EvaSys Set tings Course User Data Fields Select at Number of additional fields how many information fields you would like to use You may add from o zero to 5 Then indicate the headings of these fields at Titles e g languages as well as the possible values of the field at contents eg Eng lish German Spanish These additional information fields reappear for selection in the following ar eas CSV import of instructor
372. her the number of eligible courses is unlimited But then the profile lines will not be shown in one and the same diagram Minimum maximum values The worst or the best value within a comparison group determines the margin of the presentation area If the option Minimum Maximum Values is acti vated the space between these worst or best values and the scale edges is grayed in 286 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Subunit Engineering T Name of the instructor Prof Sunny Narrow Name of the course Data Analysis Name of the survey Comparative line Prof Dr Michel White Comparative line Engineering SS07 Name of the course Economy I amp Name of the survey h Min Max values of Data Analysis Economy Engineering SS07 learned a lot in this course Disagree learned more in this course than in others Disagree This course was extremely valuable to my education Disagree Figure 349 Create profile line emails options minimum maximum values Overall average Prof Sunny Narrow Data Analysis In addition to the profile lines of the courses reports you selected you can have their overall average displayed as a thick black line For this activate the option Overall Average in the comparison options
373. here LDAP password If it s not allowed to search anonymously in the LDAP or Active Directory server you have to enter the password of the search account here Maximum document size Maximum size in bytes of an attachment or PDF template document Please note that changing this value requires resetting the database configuration max_allowed_packet Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions 2 5 14 Section System Security Use CAPTCHAs This function protects EvaSys against automated attacks CAPTCHAs are pic tures where characters numbers or letters are displayed in a way only recog nisable by humans They are used to distinguish betweeen humans and ma chines If CAPTCHAs are activated the user will be prompted to type in a CAPTCHA after several failed logins Number of failed logins before a CAPTCHA will be shown Number of failed logins a user can have befora a CAPTCHA will be shown to be typed in Observed period of time and blocking time If a user has several failed logins during the period of time defined here he she will be prompted to type in a CAPTCHA At the same time the login screen will be blocked for the network address of the potential attacker for the period in minutes defined here The blocking can be unlocked ahead of time
374. hermore EvaSys can add a further profile line which you can select in the drop down menu g Raw data in CSW format MProtile Line Program of study eva Surveys Enginee Prof Sunny Marrow S Surveys Enginee Report of allEngine Surveys Enginee Prof Dr Michel Whi surveys Enginee Prof Sunny MarrowP Surveys Enginee Male from Prof Dr Surveys Enginee Engineering S507 unv surveys Enginee Figure 338 Detailed view selection of a comparative profile line 280 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Via the option Merge evaluations the report can be combined with further reports and via the option Evaluate subgroup it can be filtered according to a specific aspect You can obtain further information on this topic in the chapter on combinations and subgroups Please note The options Merge evaluations and Evaluate subgroup as well as the raw data exports are not available for reports with unweighted av erages Further possibilities of comparison are described in the following chapter 5 2 3 Dispatch of comparative profile lines You are already familiar with profile lines from the automatically generated PDF reports They give a graphic overview on the results of
375. hich is a Summary of all surveys that have been conducted so far The ques tionnaires Demo2 and Demo2A do not differ considerably from one an other and are therefore suitable for such a compilation 256 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions Create Any Compilation Report 1 Subunit 2 Survey Period 3 Course Type 4 Questionnaire Computer Science i Lecture Working Group Lab l Select program of study Template forms Show extended filter options 5 Course s Prof Sunny Narrow Description Report of all Engineerin Data Analysis E023 Mathematics E045 Dr Stivia Thomas accountancy E324 Automatic with text comparison Statistics E055 Prof Dr Michel White C Manual Economy E933 Electrotechnology E005 Prof Dr Michel White Web Services E099 Question mapping of different questionnaires Il Include answers to open questions l Combine surveys unweighted Please note that this combination does not calculate average values sock Figure 293 Any compilation selection of elements If you wish to additionally filter the courses according to programs of study activate the option Select program of study In addition to the existing se lection fields Subunit survey period course type questionnaire an
376. hinx are also possible Figure 377 CSV export of the raw data with changed names of variables and export values The variables changed by you and the export values are displayed In the third column for example instead of the usual variable description V2_B the newly defined variable name Age is displayed Also the newly defined export values o 1 in the area V2_A are displayed here instead of the usual export values 1 2 5 4 The Evasys report module Sphinx Plus The statistics solution Sphinx Plus2 is available as an expansion for EvaSys When this export interface is enabled you can see this in the license admini stration you can create all surveys summaries filtering and archiving Type Name Status D Lock Form Created Processed Forms RS Del Report Export Rep HTML CSV J Data Analysis E023 Data available QO MiSamph 16 05 2007 16 05 2007 010 S roose patrepot z EPHND Figure 378 Export in sphinx Just click on the text SPHINX in the column Export in the survey window In a few moments a download window will appear Save the ZIP file to a folder on your local hard drive The data are transmitted as ZIP file because three separate files have to be transmitted Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 307 Electric Paper EvaSys Ti Automated
377. his field remains empty x k Points for exam questions EvaExam Enter the points for every re sponse option here Please note the order of the points must correspond to order of the response options The different points must also be separated by a vertical line Pipe xxxxxxx Ex m questions EvaExam A o entry denotes no exam question i e a study course question exists A 1 entry stands for an exam question i e a question for the examination tool EvaExam exists The following example should clarify the structure of a CSV file for you Personal Details Grade of Your last graduation seH Personal Details 14 5 Age Personal Details bo o Ce o r Gender EENE Course Plan The course provides a good Agree p ning and Pres overview of the topic entation Course Plan 2 Your comment on the course ning and Pres content entation General 10 3 What is a NiMh battery made Cadmium ilal l1 Knowledge of Selenium 1 5 Nickel metal hydride Uranium lron alloy Table 5 An example of the CSV file structure when importing and exporting the question library This structure is also valid for the export of the question library as a CSV file To import a question library click on Browse and select an EvaSys question library file To start the import process click on Import To export click on Export A Save as dialog appears Select a folder and click on Save To in
378. hoice question Multiple choice m of n A multiple choice question can have unlimited options unlimited means as many options as fit on one page The options are considered yes no ques tions i e not marking an option is interpreted as a no The number of selec tions per response option is for this reason the same as the number of re turns 350 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions 8 visited the course because of interest in the subject E because of the instructor E Figure 433 Illustration of a multiple choice question Matrix field The matrix field allows the capturing and evaluation of five digit numbers horizontal matrix question or 10 digit numbers vertical matrix question Analysis of matrix fields can portray numbers in any dimension A Your age Figure 434 Illustration of a matrix field question 3 4 2 Scaled question 4 Question Wizard Microsoft Internet Explorer Question text Overall this college is very effective in achieving its educational goals and objectives ppl Cancel Figure 435 Example of a scaled question Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany
379. id license Browse Upload license Back Clicking on the button Upload license activates the volume license and dis plays a message about the successful activation as well as the details of the license W Information New license was added Volume Used license volume __ 2 Mane License time frame yer of cycles 25 05 2007 23 05 2008 Activated 500 0 Unlimited 1 Figure 552 Volume license added successfully When you click on the button Back you can see the window License Man agement again Now the license is activated Volume license 500 500 free Details Figure 553 Activated volume license in the license administration 1 9 1 9 1 In case of questions or obscurities please ask your system administrator or the support department of Electric Paper Performance Considerations The following paragraphs offer several references with regard to optimizing system performance Performance Statistic In the menu System Information System status you will find details to the current system utilization The performance statistic shows the time needed to execute an internal function which is called up every minute Thus it represents an indicator for the workload of the system at the respective time of measurement When a Series of measurements are located in the red zone for a longer period of time this indicates a state of overload which can impair system performance for users or participants i
380. ilable eng Subunit j smith localdomain coam i available th Sikia Thomas usen localserver de i available ngineering 22 05 2007 at 10 06 32 4 Prof Sunny Narrow Engineering 22 05 2007 at x usen localserver de 10 01 02 Figure 540 Search query under delivery With the button Print Version a printer friendly version will be displayed 1 4 Batch export With the batch export Subunits Batch Export you can download the entire raw data from all surveys of different subunits The name of this menu point was formerly known as Archiving Select the export format Then select the subunit s the survey period the questionnaire and the course s survey s in order to limit the data to be ex ported from EvaSys x Batch Export CSV C Sphinx SPSS 1 Subunit 2 Survey Period 3 Course Type 4 Questionnaire YSOB 07 Lecture SSso7 Working Group Samplt Select program of study 5 Course s Dr Stivi2a Thomas ar 4 Figure 541 Batch Export For the batch export three export formats are available 418 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions CSV A text file with the raw data of all selected surveys is exported including the course data Sphinx A ZIP file with the questionnaire contents the raw d
381. ilter settings e Validation e Required questions e Matrices If the administrator exports a questionnaire with secondary data such as lan guages text templates norms etc these are automatically filtered out when the questionnaire is imported into an active user account Implementation of specific design require ments VividForms Plus Implementation of questionnaires with VividForms Plus The layout of the VividForms Editor allows the user to create questionnaires very quickly and easily To guarantee easy handling and to avoid overloading the editor specific design requirements are realized outside of the Vivid Forms Editor Thus Electric Paper offers a service providing the implementation of any questionnaire which corresponds exactly to your ideas and at the same time is as simple to use as possible You tell Electric Paper your wishes or provide an existing questionnaire Electric Paper implements the question naire and delivers the so called fbd2 file and the corresponding PDF file of the questionnaire to you The fbd2 file contains the information about the content and the layout of the questionnaire It can be imported and used in EvaSys and then later read in with the VividForms Reader You therefore do not need any experience in programming Thus a VividForms Plus questionnaire combines the advantage of easy handling and scanning as you know from VividForms with comprehensive design features Please note You can
382. image files of the open questions 32 Responses to open questions 188 Optional question 136 P Paging 394 Paper survey 110 Participant data Edit 61 Editing participant data 148 Participants email addresses Import of course participants email addresses 71 Passing Editing on questionnaires 401 PDF PDF report header 445 Template for letter in PDF reports 440 PDF online 74 PDF paper survey 74 PDF report 192 Appearance of the norm data in the PDF report 313 Components of the PDF report 193 Cronbach s Alpha 233 Designing an individually configured letter for sending reports 223 Individually designed reports 221 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 481 482 Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions PDF report definitions 217 PDF report header 202 Sending of reports 224 PDF sample 74 PDF templates 448 PDF A 1b 192 Performance considerations 426 Performance statistic 426 Period of evaluation 37 Phase 3 Capture and instant feedback 167 Phase 4 Advanced reporting 226 Phase model 33 Phase 3 Capture and instant feedback 167 Phase 4 Advanced reporting 226 Phase 5 Quality Management 309 Phase Model Phase 1 Preparation of a survey period 36 Phase 2 Implementation of surveys 88 Picture Adding pictures to a questionnaire 376 Place holder Editing the place holders on the q
383. inder to respondents per email with TAC e Closing the online survey and if necessary sending an email with evaluation report to the instructors trainers These actions are managed separately in the so called Scheduled Tasks The activation and settings of the time triggered control system are depend ent on each survey That means that the process of each online survey can be separately controlled An overview of all planned operations can be found in the menu Subunits Scheduled Tasks Tip Because you can set the time triggered control at any time you can send emails at a time when there is relatively little traffic usually at night Activate time triggered control To activate the time triggered control when generating an online survey put a checkmark in the box You can always activate the time triggered control at a later date by using the menu item in te survey detail view J Paper Survey C Hard Copy Procedure C Cover Sheet Procedure Web Verification wa Online Online Survey W Use Time Control Generate Surveys Figure 104 Time trigger After generating the survey you can define the planned operations for the sur vey in the following view In the header is the name and number of the survey By clicking Next and Back you can navigate between the surveys In the view beneath the header there are three actions which can be activated and controlled separately Clicking on the button Edit will take
384. indi vidual arrangements and to give you hints on how to use the texts and letter templates for adaptation of your reports If you do not need an accompanying letter you can switch it off For this pur pose just deactivate the option Generate Letter in the configuration of the corresponding PDF report in the menu System Settings PDF Report Set tings Configuration PDF report header The evaluation report is introduced by the header of the PDF report The head contains some identification data on the current survey The contents of the PDF report header can be adapted individually under System Settings Text Templates PDF Report Header Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Prof Sunny Narrow Data Analysis E023 No of responses 10 Figure 221 The PDF report header Indicators The indicators are an average made up out of the averages of scaled ques tions belonging to the indicator As an aggregate value a general indicator for all indicators is supplied About the Course Figure 222 Indicators The calculation of the indicators is activated or deactivated at System Set tings PDF Report Settings Configuration Calculate indicators In addition these indicators must be defined in the questionnaire editor for the
385. iner on the subsequent results of the PDF report If you wish to add a letter to the evaluation results please activate it in the settings of the corresponding PDF report in the main menu System Set tings PDF Report Settings Please click on the configuration icon in the col 193 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions umn Configuration The PDF report configuration opens automatically The option Generate letter activates deactivates the letter Please note that you have to activate deactivate the letter for each PDF re port separately CA PDF Report Settings Description Administrator Configuration Edit Copy Delete Standard POF Report Ad min eu Ei Individual POF Report Henry Darcy oH Ei Dd Figure 209 PDF report configuration The following figure shows a sample letter Electric Paper iz Konrad use Allee 13 21327 L neburg Electic Paper Ronrad 2iee Ales 13 27237 Loneburg Ms Dr Silvia Thomas as private and confidential University Av 3 5 12345 Democity Results for instructors Dear Ms Dr Thomas This email contains evaluation results for accountancy Sampl1 The global indicators are listed first followed by the individual average values consisting of the following scales About the Course
386. ing TeleForm these must be based on questionnaires that provide for optional questions VividForms questionnaires can always be used with templates 136 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Activate instructor trainer s optional questions administrator ac count After the creation of surveys the administrator can activate the Instruc tor Trainers Optional Questions System Settings EvaSys Set tings Survey Instructor s Trainer s Optional Questions activation status which offers access to a website On this webpage instructors trainers can enter their questions The EvaSys item library can be made use of as it offers a collection of valid items Sys tem Settings EvaSys Settings Survey Instructors Trainer s Optional Ques tions question library gt activated Changes to the course data can be either authorized or blocked System Set tings EvaSys Settings Survey Instructor s Trainer s Optional Questions modify course data gt Activated This procedure offers the opportunity to send instructors trainers the person alized PDF questionnaire for printing once they have completed the Instruc tor Trainer s Optional Questions Alternatively these emails can be sent to the addresses of those responsible for the production of t
387. ing a instructor profile From the instructor trainer list sorted according to subunits select an instruc tor trainer and a Survey period as well as the required course types and ques tionnaires Then you should enter a relevant name in the example Prof 253 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Sunny Narrow SSo7 activate the usual options as per your wishes and click on Verify Create Instructor Report 1 Instructors 2 survey Period 4 Questionnaire Linguistics ES Working Group SST ee Professional Devefopsrert Philipp Belmore _Data Entry Demo SHONN Dennis Data Template forme Description lInstructor Profile 1 Liuestion mapping of diferent questionnaires Automatic with text comparison Manual F Include answers to open questions Combine surveys unweighted Please note For this combination the mean values of the single surveys are averaged sack _ Figure 289 Creating an instructor profile selection of elements The window known from other report types opens for the overview of the re port that you create 254 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4
388. ing the indicators in the configuration 230 Color 28 Cronbach s Alpha 233 Definition of special search configurations 325 Definition of special table configurations 325 Document 28 Text 28 Configuration settings 434 Connection Connection between question and library 384 Controlling Controlling view functions 393 Controlling zoom functions 393 Convert questionnaire 381 Correction view 185 Course Creating courses 57 Editing courses 57 Search for courses 414 Course types 37 Cover sheet procedure 88 Creating courses 57 Creating indicator Creating the indicators for a questionnaire 231 EvaSys Cronbachs Alpha 233 CSV Import CSV Import within subunits 67 D Data Working with the active instructors data 164 Data entry Manual entry of handwritten comments 189 Data export 458 Data export to Excel 304 Data export to Sphinx 304 Data export to SPSS 304 Data import 458 Database Backing up the database 32 Dean Report for the dean 293 Dean of studies Report for the dean of studies 293 Decentral evaluation Instructor accounts 466 Defining Defining a template by the administrator 396 Defining general templates 396 Delete Delete compilations and subgroup reports 431 Delete survey 109 Deleting Deleting a group from the library 387 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 477 Ele
389. inimum quality standards to be met in a particular or ganization By using such an overview executives within an organization such as a dean Or a manager are able to put together and assess a number of evaluated courses and access detailed reports if desired The administrator defines the quality guidelines for each questionnaire Each individual question or question group receives its own weighting along with a threshold value which is used to make a quality index The computed quality of an evaluated course can therefore vary between 0 und 100 6 2 1 Setting quality guidelines Click in the detail window of a questionnaire on the button Quality Guide lines A list of the defined quality guidelines will appear and if quality guide lines have already been defined question blocks will appear Question blocks are one or more questions which have been given an individual weighting as a group weighting as quality guidelines Existing quality guide lines can be edited or deleted New quality guidelines can be created by using the button New Edit Quality Guideline Save Cancel Figure 389 Edit quality guideline Enter a name a description text and a weighting related to the total quality index The weighting defines the maximum deduction in percent that this guideline can affect on the course quality index Now you can add questions to the quality guideline you have just created In general questions which are thematical
390. innen langer zusammen Weiterbildungs Seminare Evaluationsinstrument f r selbsteingesch tzte Kompetenzen Dr Edith Braun Freie Universitat Benin iim nicht zu 0 Eitte beantworten Sie die folgenden Unf Fragen nur wenn Sle In einer Arbeitsgruppe zusammengearbenet haben Durch die Telnahme an der ArbeRsgruppe im Ranmen dieses Seminares gelingt es mir elcnter mich an der Aufgabenveriellung Innerhalb einer Gruppe zu Detelligen Durch die Telinahme an der ruppe im Ranmen dieses Seminares fallt es mir leichter meine eigenen Vorschl ge auch mal Zurdcazunehmen Durch die Telnahme an Ger Arbemsgruppe im Ranmen dieses Seminares kann ich micn besser fur eline konstruktive Arbeltsatmospnare Innerhalb von Teams elnsetzen Durch die Telnahme an der Arbefsgruppe im Rahmen dieses Seminares nalte ich mich nun besser an die Absprachen Innerha einer Gruppe Mit dem Ergebnis der Arbeitsgruppe Im Rahmen dieses Seminares kann ich mich voll und ganz identifizieren Personalkompetenz Das Seminar nat mich darin bestarat meine Qualifizierung fortzusetzen Autgrund dieses Seminares habe ich Spat daran entwickelt die an mich gestellten Aufgaben zu lOsen In diesem Seminar habe ich Sachen gelernt die mich begelstern Autgrund dieses Seminares Descnaftige ich mich aus Spa auch auSernald der beruflichen Qualifizierung mit dem Gegenstandsbereicn Jetzt finde ich das Thema Interessanter als zu Beginn des Seminares Planung und Dar
391. instructor account 19 20 Ad hoc Desktop Sharing 15 Adding Adding a group to the library 387 Adding a question to the library 386 Adding a question Adding a question from the library 382 Adding pictures to a questionnaire 376 Adjustment to your organization 25 Administrator Defining a template by the administrator 396 Adress form 37 Advanced reporting 226 Advanced Reporting Aggregated Reports 247 EvaSys Analysis of errors 432 Attachment Email attachments 448 Automatic recognition set management 402 B Backup 32 Backing up the database 32 Backing up the form definitions 32 Backing up the image files of the open questions 32 Backing up the original image files from scan station 32 Barcode 179 Basic terminology 22 Batch export 418 Batch view 182 Canon DR 3060 3080 175 Central evaluation 19 20 92 Checkboxes Correction of checkboxes not clearly read 182 Recognition of the checked boxes 179 Client operations 475 Combining multiple criteria 268 Comment Handwritten comments 189 Comparative profile lines Dispatch of comparative profile lines 281 Comparison of profile lines 296 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions Compilation Delete compilations 431 Components of the PDF report 193 Configuration 452 Activat
392. iod to each course However please bear in mind that by selecting the comprehensive definition of periods all period settings of individual courses will be overwritten At the bottom of the list click on Continue to complete the import proce dure XML Import structural data surveys and scheduled online surveys Information about the XSDs of the XML import XML schema definition and further details can be found in the additional manual about the XML import Import of course participants email addresses In online surveys access codes PSWD are usually sent directly to the re spondents by email The import interface prevents the user from having to copy a new list of email addresses into the entry field for every survey before the PSWDs can be sent The participants addresses for all courses are imported into EvaSys by the import interface before the survey is compiled Once the PSWDs have been imported the email addresses are available and no longer have to be entered manually This applies to both manual dispatch ing and email by Scheduled Tasks A CSV file with two columns is created for the import of addresses with the specification of the course id in the first column and the email address of the participant in the second column If someone participates in several courses then the email address also has to appear multiple times in the CSV file Example for 2 courses MAo5Wiw2 persono1 localserver com
393. ion Settings acan Destination Scanner General Settings VividForms Reader Scan destination f Directo The scanned files will be written to a local or remote directory FTP Transmit files with FTP to the server Web serve HTTPS Secured transmition to the web server which needs specific scripts Directory Target directory C Program Files sE lactic Paper widF onme scanstationabe 7 Archiving MW Store a backup copy of the batch in the archive directory Archive directory C Program Files E lectie Papers vaSys Scanstation archive ie Figure 182 Tab Scan Destination The following options can be set Target directory ABC directory This is the ABC directory of the EvaSys server ABC Automatic Batch Conver sion and serves as the target directory for the transmission of scan files The VividForms Reader uses these files for further processing Archive directory Backup copies of all scanned questionnaires are kept in this directory Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 169 Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Store a backup copy of the batch in the archive directory Activates the creation of backup copies of all scanned batches Tab Scanner Settings e x Scan Destination Scanner General Settings VividF orms Reader
394. ion Norming click on the button Edit A sub window appears in which the norm value can be entered If there is not yet a norming for the questionnaire then a message will display with the but ton Add Norming 310 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions Text for above average scores About the Course Here i a recommendation text Figure 384 Norming In the table displayed you can now set for all the dimensions indicators as well as items only scaled items are permissible norm values and analysis rules Whether results are to be seen as positive must be set for each dimension e g for methodology and structure above average for redundancy average for anomie lack of discipline below average At the right hand side of the screen you will see the average as well as the standard deviation of the comparative group This is repeated for the com plete contents of the questionnaire In the column recommendation text three text building blocks can be placed which should be displayed depending on whether the results are above average average or below average At the left using checkboxes you determine whether in addition to the dimen sions there should also be text building blocks for individual items Example Atmosphere Dimension
395. ion you can build your own online template The easiest way is to copy the file onlinesurvey css you find in C Apache htdocs evasys templates system onlinedefault Zip this file go to the menu System Settings Online Survey Templates and upload the ZIP file you created Online Survey Templates ID Name Owner Delete 3 Evasys Online Survey Template Peter Brown og Template IP file for online surveys CADocuments and SettingsAdministrator Browse Mame of Online Survey Template My Template Import Figure 122 Upload ZIP files for online surveys After this use a CSS editor to modify the file that is now in a folder named like your template in this case My Template in C Apache htdocs evasys templates customer To see the modifications you have made in the style sheet you need to re move the content of this folder C Apache htdocs evasys tmp Here is an example of what can be changed by simply editing the styles in CSS Ca EvaSys fj Education Survey Automation Suite AR Electric Paper AK A D EMIT Dear Participant VWe are very interested in your opinion about the course as well as about the university in general Therefore we would like to ask you to take the time read the questionnaire thoroughly and complete it Only your own judgement is important you cannot give wrong Of course the data is completely anonymous 1 Questions about you G which gender do you belo
396. ionnaire In order to create a Survey you have to select an existing questionnaire in the system and which you utilize for the survey As a consequence a personalized copy of the questionnaire template is cre ated and linked to this particular survey hard copy procedure or respec tively a cover sheet for the survey is created which supplements the standard questionnaire with survey details cover sheet procedure The related survey is identified through a distinct mark in the case of VividForms for example a barcode on the personalized questionnaires or on the cover sheet respec tively This distinct mark is read during processing Only the correct identifica tion of a survey by means of this number enables the correct assignment of generated data to a particular survey in EvaSys Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions 3 3 1 1 System start up and security The initial operation of your EvaSys server was carried out during installation and test runs by our technicians This includes the installation and configura tion of the required software programs including the connection and testing of collection devices production level scanners Finally the system is inte grated into the local network so that the users have access to the system with their Web browser
397. ions In this example a matrix question with a minimal value of 100000 and a maximum value of 999999 has been selected e Question Wizard Microsoft Internet Explorer Define Options Orientation omen up to 5 digit numbers ertical up to 10 digit numbers Minimum Value 4 00000 Maximum Value 799999 Question group count Apply Cancel Figure 455 Options of the vertical matrix question The PDF preview of this vertical matrix question looks as follows 1 Question group demo 1 1 Please enter your matriculation number nee OOO OOOO 20OOOOOOU sSOOOOUOOUO 4QOOOOO0 SLIDE 6OOOOOOO TOOOOOOO sOQOOOOOO sOOOUOOOO COOOOOOO Figure 456 PDF preview of the created vertical matrix question When filled out such a matrix question could for example look like this 364 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ii Automated Document Solutions 1 Question group demo 1 1 Please enter your matriculation number OO SOOO 2 OOO OOOO sO OIOOOOAO sQOOOOOOO sOOOOOOOO sOORDOROOO 7VMOOOOOOOO sIOOOOOOF sOOOOOOOO OR ADOOROO Figure 457 Completed vertical matrix question Important Please note that the handwritten numbers only serve for clarity so the student participant or if necessary the verifier can check the entry They will not be read in
398. ions with the Or operator Default criteria combination Gender fi Male 2 And Grade Level fi Freshman fo Z Criteria combination 1 x l would recommend this course to my friends 2 D4 And Gender fi Male x4 Figure 323 Two criteria combinations linked with Or Finally as you are now familiar allocate a descriptive name decide for or against including open questions in the subgroup report and click on the Create button The subgroup report now appears in the list of reports When you have created several criteria combinations using the drop down menu you can select the criteria combination to which the criteria combina tion of the chosen question is to be added In the following graphic you can see the results of the criteria I learned a lot in this course which is rated with a 1 applies in full and linked with crite ria combination 3 In the drop down menu of the criteria combinations select the criteria combination 3 and click subsequently on Add criterion About tho Course learned a lot in this course learned more in this course than in others This course was extremely valuable to my education would recommend this course to my friends This course has had a profound impact on me Students who go to the instructor for help get the assistance they need The instructor has a comprehensive understanding of the subject This ins
399. is function emails the personalized cover sheets or questionnaires to the people who are linked to the respective surveys Both the text of the email Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions message and that of the attached documents can be configured in Settings Text Templates After selecting the batch event type Send Cover Sheets Forms The option boxes are completed automatically Choose a subunit and the corresponding options In 5 a list of courses which correspond to the selection will be dis played Only those courses which have survey processes without response data linked to them will appear 1 Subunit 2 survey Period 3 Course Type 4 Questionnaire Department Training S506 _VividForms Demos Select program of study 5 Courses Figure 138 Send cover sheets forms Click on Request to start batch emailing A progress bar shows the status of the email submission process send e mail to usern localserver com Cancel Figure 139 Email submission To abort the email submission click on cancel After the mailing process is complete the system will show a listing of suc cessful and unsuccessful submissions All outgoing email will be logged un der Deliveries This function can only be used on online surveys which ha
400. is own surveys you as the Subunit administrator have to ensure three things The instructor trainer with sensible log in data must exist in the struc ture which you as the administrator have created By creating instructors trainers you decide on the rights which an ac tive instructor trainer is granted Of course you can change these rights again at any time o Is an active instructor trainer authorized to create new question naires edit the administrators templates or can he only use central templates with which to create his surveys For this purpose you set the respective rights in the mask for Crea tion Modify user data option Form editor You have the options of Unrestricted access Extension of templates only No access Form Editor Extension of templates only Unrestricted access Extension of templates only Mo access Figure 161 A user s access to the VividForms Editor 156 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions The names are relevant and describe the above mentioned rights o Is an active instructor trainer upon completion of processing au thorized to view to which degree his surveys meet the quality guide lines or even those of his subunit possibly those of additional subunits or even those of the entire system
401. is then ready The questionnaire and the PSWD document can be downloaded and printed or distributed The batch mailing of emails to online survey participants is also possible 3 3 6 Working with the active instructor trainer s data If data already exists for a survey of an active instructor trainer he just like the report creator does with his reports can create the survey subgroup re ports This means that single reports for example one report each on male and female students are created for the individual options single choice multiple choice or scaled questions These types of single reports are also known as filtering The survey does not have to be closed when the subgroup reports are cre ated meaning that more data can yet be captured In this case the subgroup reports of an active instructor trainer can be updated automatically unlike those of the report creator An active instructor trainer can decide whether he wants to create a dynamic subgroup Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions Dynamic subgroup reports are updated automatically upon receipt of new data This way repeating the creation of subgroups is prevented This func tion is particularly interesting when long term surveys are running and if over the course of the
402. isting including module questionnaires I Newest Sample Questionnaire 08 05 2009 VividForms P Select Quest_01 Evaluation Questionnaire 05 05 2009 VividForms P select v train 01 Course Evaluation Questionnaire 05 05 2009 VividForms GQ 3 Select x train02 Course Evaluation Questionnaire 05 05 2009 VividForms OQ 3 Select trainen Course Evaluation Questionnaire 28 08 2007 VividForms 3 Select elect Details Edit Copy Browse Iv YividForms 4s new form OK Delete Refresh QD Activated L Activated with restrictions see details w Deactivated gt Questionnaire is notin use and can be edited 4 The questionnaire is in use and allows restricted editing o The form contains versions created by instructors Instructors Optional Questions only forms Figure 508 Available questionnaires detail view In the detail view you can define how the questionnaire will be used These settings are equally valid for both TeleForm as well as for VividForms ques tionnaires 2 Details for questionnaire train_en train_en Course Evaluation Questionnaire 88 Optional Questions PDF Sample Show PDF Paper Survey Show 38 PDF Online In the recognition set of the VividForms Reader Refresh Preview online survey Advanced Settings Questionnaire a Edit Form Languages Text Templates Edit Export J Delete Form Reporting Options Online Design V Allow Summary Reports J
403. istrator active users cannot change this set ting Certificate of participants If the survey participants need to receive a certificate of participation this op tion can be activated The options allow the display of a PDF document the submission of an email only available if the PSWDs were sent by email or both The certificates will be generated as soon as a participant has com pleted a survey The text of the email can be edited via the menu Text Templates option E Mail Certificate of participation for online surveys If you want to display a PDF certificate in the browser directly after the participants have submitted the questionnaire you first have to take the following steps e Create a PDF template resp choose the sample template Certificate for participation in online surveys from the menu System Informa tion Sample files e Upload the PDF template in the menu Documents area PDF templates Attach the PDF template to the text template PDF Certificate for participation in online surveys in the menu System Settings Text Templates global resp in the details of a questionnaire menu Advanced Settings Text Tem plates per questionnaire In case of using online surveys you have the possibility to permit your partici pants after closing an online survey to look at the results report with their PSWD HTML Report You can decide if you permit the access to open qu
404. isturbing traffic noise Matrices Figure 527 Further information of the questionnaire The metadata will provide you with general information about the form the name the description etc The filter settings define specific rules for filling in the form See chapter Fil ter Settings The required questions only affect the online surveys You can define all those questions as required questions which must have been filled in by the interviewees In the crosstabs Matrices you can see coherences between questions If you have defined some you can see them in the evaluation reports Below the crosstabs you gain an overview of the questions on the form Contents of Questionnaire Dri Type Options Questions for the students No Indicator v Figure 528 Contents of questionnaire 409 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 410 Electric Paper 10 4 Ts etcnic paper services Automated Document Solutions EvaSys Please note You can change the question texts here though this does not in fluence the PDF file of the questionnaire you have already put into the direc tory forms Thus each change in this window is taken into consideration only for the online questionnaires and the evaluation reports For this reason we do not recommend changing the form here The dependency bet
405. it 2 survey Period Computer Science Mew Subunit Working Group 4 Courses Reports Prof SHENEY Narrow 6 Data Analysis E023 Mathematics E045 Dy Silvia Thomas accountancy E324 Statistics E055 Prof Or Michel White Economy E933 Flectrotechnology E005 Figure 340 Create Profile Line emails selection of criteria You can mark several courses reports in the list of courses Additionally you have the option to select the profile lines that every event should be compared with under First Comparison Line and as required Second Comparison Line First Comparison Line Deactivated Please Choose a Selection Deactivated Please Choose 4 Selection Second Comparison Line Survey of same course in period YYWS05 06 Survey of same course in period SS06 Survey of same course in period WWSO06 07 ig Compare selected cq Vey of same Course in period S507 Engineering S307 Demo2 Comparison options Engineering S307 unweighted Demo fia sa Minimum amp hdaay Male trom Prot Dr Michel White SSO Demoz Demaz Prof Dr Michel Write 5507 Demo2 Demo2 i l Comparison linegprot Sunny Narrow S307 Demo Prof Sunny Marray Prot Dr Michel White S9507 Demo bema2 M Check ifthe number of completed forms exceeds the minimum level defined in para Instead of the profile line Figure 341 Detailed view selection of a comparative profile line Instead of a report the option Survey of s
406. it allen Frageb gen einem beliebigen Studierenden aus dieser Lehrveranstaltung aii ore than 11 pplied Informatics Nach abgeschlossener Bef ere e ausgef llten Frageb gen durchgez hit und die Anzahl hemistry auf dem blatt vermerkt Das Deckblatt wird zusammen mit den Fr ogen in das Couvert und verschlossen Der die Studierende wird gebeten das Couvert in der Poststelle des Fachbereiches geben Cover Sheet The instructor is always well prepared structor explains even complex topics in a s the technical equipment projector etc without any problems instructor for this por O0 OF O O O veygood O abst e ive us your feedback about the instructor as well as suggestions for improvement ct Figure 72 Cover sheet procedure The alternative would be to allow survey participants to enter in the name of the course on the questionnaire but this would involve significant amounts of correction in later processing In addition it would at any rate be necessary to collect the returns simultaneously in order to set an end to collection so as that a report could be generated 88 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 3 1 2 Hard copy procedure The hard copy procedure involves identifying the questionnaire for every course The operation num
407. it makes sense to completely separate Single systems e g e The departments of a university company would like to use their own sub systems with their own settings and user space and prevent other depart ments from accessing their data e Asmall college or university is considering sharing an existing EvaSys in Stallation at a large neighboring university Both situations can be solved by using client operations Clients are subsys tems that are completely separate from each other and yet use the same Tele Form and computer environment In principle this means a number of EvaSys installations in ONE system Electric Paper offers as a service the setting up of clients Since for each client it is only necessary to have the necessary number of user licenses especially small colleges and universities will find it affordable to participate in teaching evaluations 475 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 476 Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions Index _A Access right 338 Authorizing access rights to QM views 322 Access rights 31 Account Active instructor account 19 20 156 Use of templates in instructor accounts 399 User account 44 Activating indicators Activating the indicators in the configuration 230 Active instructor 156 158 Working with the active instructors data 164 Active
408. it not the dark blue header with the information about the course disappears and the survey appears as follows EvaSys i Edvcotion Survey Automation Sulte Electric Paper C L L EG E Dear Participant We are very interested in your opinion about the course as well as about the university in general Therefore we would like to ask VOU to take the time read the questionnaire thoroughly and complete it Only your own judgement is important you cannot give wrong Of course the data is anonymous 1 Questions about you Which gender do you belong to Please select 7 What is your age Please select 7 Figure 67 Online survey with a deactivated survey header You can also choose to enable the temporary save and print options 81 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Design Here you can define whether the questionnaire is displayed in online surveys as one page i e to scroll down option Complete to browse option Per Chapter or according to the page display in the VividForms Editor option Per Page With the option Per Chapter each question group is displayed in online Surveys as one page Please note that for online surveys the complete display one page has been set as default Unlike the admin
409. ith Dr Mary Mr DEMOIZ stccdemos server com Harrison Paul Mr The field Course ID forms the link to the courses existing in EvaSys One im port file may contain participant data for any number of courses If on a large scale survey participant data is to be imported into EvaSys it makes sense to create and import the CSV import file for survey participant data and CSV XML files for subunits user accounts and courses simultaneously Please note As soon as you have imported participant data for a course using this method EvaSys assumes that the course is processed through non anonymous Surveys Please additionally note that when importing participant data the number of participants noted in the details of a course will be ignored and the number of imported participants automatically saved There is also the possibility for you to import participant data in the details of a course To do this click on the green pencil in the course list Courses of Prof Dr William Stanley 38 Web Design amp HTML DEMOC1 DEMO 1 continuous Lecture auditorium O 39 Web Design CSS DEMOC Dermal 72 continuous Lecture english auditorium F amp english auditorium F J A1 Network Test continuous Lecture Create new course Back Figure 143 Course list with the edit button column ED A window with the properties of the course opens automatically Here you can define also afterwards whether this course should be conduct
410. ith which the corresponding ques tionnaire will be displayed later also see the following paragraphs Save your changes by clicking the OK button Clicking the Cancel button closes the window without saving any changes You can delete the respective PDF report by clicking on the red cross in the delete column The second way is by restricting the content of the PDF report as well as defin ing the subreports and special report recipients If you have a questionnaire built up out of modules you can use report defini tions to automatically create PDF reports for each module These partial re ports can also then be sent automatically to one or more recipients by email PDF report definitions are always defined for each questionnaire and then are valid for every survey created with this questionnaire Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 217 218 Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Just choose the option PDF Reports in the drop down list in the details of the corresponding questionnaire area Advanced Settings Subsequently click on Edit The following window opens automatically PDF report for questionnaire train_01 Standard PDF Report Standard POF Report Save Custom PDF definition Options Mew POF Report Definition Figure 238 PDF report setti
411. ividForms Editor dual scale Please note moving cutting out or deleting the scaled questions cancels the link Display in the PDF Report In the menu System Settings PDF Report Settings you can change the con figuration settings for every PDF report by clicking on the icon in the column Configuration With the configuration setting Dual scale profile line you can activate the display of the dual scale in the PDF report By selecting o the display of the dual scale is deactivated By selecting 1 you define that the critical values appear on the left side of the scale with 2 the critical values appear on the right side of the scale The critical values are calculated by subtracting the result of the quality ques tion a from the result of the importance question b On a 6 point scale the values range between 5 and 5 Values of 1 to 5 are considered critical as soon as the positive pole agree very important in the questionnaire ap pears on the left side Values from 1 to 5 are considered critical as soon as the positive pole agree very important in the questionnaire appears on the right side The technical equipment is 1 2 excellent O OJ poor a very important O very unimportant i noncritical area Critical area Figure 440 Explanation of the dual scale calculation 354 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH
412. lable over several survey periods The trend graphic shows you a course of time of the averages for indicators determined over several survey periods Trend graph of the indicators WS05 06 SS06 WS06 07 SS07 Figure 356 Create profile lt A profile Section gt line emails Trend graph Prerequisite for this is the availability of indicators on the selected question naire as well as captured data from several survey periods The trend graphics each show groups of up to five indicators with a maximum of five survey peri ods in one graphic If data is available from more than five survey periods the graphics are divided up correspondingly Assignment of the questions in the case of different questionnaires As you are familiar from the report creation with profile line comparison you have the option to compare surveys that are based on different but compa rable questionnaires To do so there both options are available the auto matic and the manual questionnaire comparison Please activate one of the two options here if you use surveys with several questionnaires With these options you have diverse possibilities to use the batch profile lines for comparison purposes In conjunction with the summary reports this is a powerful tool for processing your data at hand 292 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Ge
413. lation is based on Created Here you can see when this report was produced Processed This column informs you of the number of returns filled in questionnaires in this case 131 Del Red cross By clicking on the trash can you can delete the report HTML o Engineering SS07 unweighted Data available Demo2 05 06 2007 007 amp choose pdf report Figure 328 The subunit report Engineering SSo7 unweighted in overview Delete Please observe the following details e EvaSys does not hold any completed reports in memory The automatically generated PDF reports for single surveys are also produced on the fly when you click on PDF in the column Report e The report creator combines this data according to your reports and keeps it ready When you click on PDF EvaSys produces the summarized report and displays it e This means that here you only delete the compiled data however you can reproduce the compilation again from your surveys at any time In the following figure you can see the confirmation if you like to delete a re port Delete Compilation Compilation to delete Engineering S507 unweighted The function Delete in two steps is activated in your system Only the survey results will be deleted in the system 274 OK Cancel Figure 329 Delete report Confirmation Report Here you can download the HTML and the PDF report Either you only see the lettering PDF
414. lay When this option is activated the handprint fields will not appear in either the HTML or PDF reports This option is only recom mended for blocking access Using logo files You can link a graphic file with a subunit This file appears in the EvaSys inter face as well as in the PDF report of the subunit You will need a 60x60 pixel size version of the logo in JPG format Please note The logo in the 60x60 pixel size will only appear with the correct dimensions on the printed questionnaire when the resolution is 72x72 dpi Create subunit Subunit Name Dept No Logo File system logo Edit T i Phone Figure 21 Logo File Copy this logo file in the directory C Apache htdocs evasys logos on the EvaSys server Give the file a unique name and be careful not to overwrite any of the data already in this directory In the window of the subunit details you can select a logo in a drop down menu from the logos available in the system If the logo you would like is not yet in the system then you can add it by clicking on the button Process In the window that appears select a logo file with a click on search and enter it into the system with Upload Uploading copies the logo automatically in the logo directory C Apache htdocs evasys logos on the EvaSys server 42 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L
415. le fast access to the explanations relating to these two editors you will find one chapter on VividForms after the illustration of the manual s workflow Following that you will find notes on the system administration and consoli dated settings some of which are mentioned in related chapters in the man ual Explanations are visualized through illustrations In more complex windows red eclipses rectangles usually show which elements the comments in the text relate to Menu names are Set in quotation marks menu name Buttons are set in angular brackets button Three symbols alert you to important elements in the manual A warning triangle alerts you to important information and notes Hints can be recognized by a light bulb Examples which illustrate explanations are marked with a book and a magnify ing glass Now its time to get an overview of the manuals available for EvaSys and the related components as well as some hints for working with PDF documents 1 1 Manuals and documentation 1 1 1 User Guide You now have the User Guide at hand There are several options of open ing reading it e As PDF format via the administrator s access in the main menu System Information on the left hand side in the submenu When clicking the op tion Manual a new window opens automatically where you will find all EvaSys manuals Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without
416. lease continue only if you are really sure Figure 87 Confirmation of the changing of the survey ID After confirming this prompt your survey receives a new Survey ID Please note that as a rule you should only change the survey ID after careful a consideration Should you have any questions please direct them to our sup port team The option Show recognized form originals as PDF in the survey details allows the originally scanned forms to be displayed The forms are dis played as a PDF file and can be opened as a whole or for each single ques tionnaire After selecting whether you view the entirely or only one question naire simply click on Show The original scanned forms are displayed Green boxes show which checkmarks were recognized by the VividForms Reader and therefore provides a quick overview of the recognition process This op tion is available for paper based surveys 1 Questions about you os ee en Which gender do you belona to Pl male Figure 88 Show recognized form originals as PDF 100 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ti Automated Document Solutions The following table gives you an overview on the actions concerning surveys Survey Survey Action Description om Status Delete survey Survey Deletes Deletes the survey Survey Ae I Biss Ll A
417. lect a group With the check field you can select whether the group will be transferred to the questionnaire the marked checkbox in the screenshot In the next selection the elements of this group will appear A Question Library Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 x Question Group Selection GIUESTON College Evaluation Group Course Evaluation Instructor Evaluation Excellent Very Poor Instructor Evaluation Poor OQutstanding Instructor Evaluation Strongly Disagree Strom speaker Evaluation ei Cancel Figure 487 Selection of a question group of the library 382 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions You can select one or more questions with the Ctrl key With the check field you can determine whether the question will be trans ferred to the questionnaire In this case they are assigned to a new question group you can recognize that by the green tick mark in the window If the checkbox Create in the window before is not activated you will see a red cross instead of the tick mark In this case no question group will be created You can choose between two possibilities regarding the order of the ele ments e The order of the elements as it was on the original questionnaire from whence the question group comes from and from that to
418. lected courses of reports to each other Activate this option if you wish to compare the selected courses reports not only with the respective comparative lines but also with one another Though in this case a profile line comparison is created for each course report the profile lines of ALL selected courses reports are contained in each graphic Example 2 continuation gt In the upper example 2 this would mean that in the graphic for Prof Sunny Narrow Data Analysis additionally the profile for Prof Dr Michel White Economy is included and the other way round as you can see in the figure below Prof Sunny Narrow Data Analysis Subunit Engineering T Name of the instructor Prof Sunny Narrow Name of the course Data Analysis Name of the survey H Comparative line Prof Dr Michel White H Comparative line Engineering SS07 i Name of the course Economy I amp Name of the survey bh ee V 23 learned a lot in this course Agree i Disagree i av 2 8 N learned more in this course than in others Agree Disagree ee p av 2 8 1 l av 2 6 This course was extremely valuable to my education Agree Disagree AET av 2 9 i Figure 348 Comparative profile line Data Analysis Economy Engineering SSo7 Please note You can compare a maximum of eight courses reports If you do not activate the option Comparison of the selected courses of re ports to each ot
419. lectric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions If you create a survey for a non anonymous course here Web De sign XHTML it will be indicated as such in the survey details that this sur vey is taking place with non anonymous participants Details for Survey D Survey Web Design XHTML a instructor Prof Or William Stanley J Course Web Design XHTML Suney Period T Questionnaire Status In progress ready for data Suney Created on 28 09 2007 at 14 54 06 Figure 152 Reference of non anonymous participants With non anonymous online surveys you also have the possibility of indicat ing the status of anonymity in the footnote of the email For this you can use existing standard texts from System Settings Text Templates Es Editing of text templates Action E MAIL Batch printed farm far instructorchybrid survey E MAIL Certificate of participation for online surveys E MAIL Cover sheet for instructor E MAIL Footnote tor anonymous online Surveys E MAIL Footnote for non anonymous online surveys Form tor instructor E MAIL Information about result access to participants E MAIL Instructor s Optional Questions activated Language English Higher Education Figure 153 Reference for anonymous or non anonymous online surveys Text Templa
420. left hand side you will find the option EvaSys Website EvaSys fj Eduecotion Survey Automation Suite Peter Brown Administrator information T Search a Send Email 2 Utilization Statistics Subunits System Settings System Information system Summary Organization EvaSys Akademie Street address and house number Fontad use Allee 13 ZIP City 21337 L neburg Phone Fax 04131 Email System Information Status of Surveys Number of Surveys Number of Forms In progress ara Evaluated 19 363 Data entry 2738 Summary 32r 34 System Summary To view detailed statistics please select course types periods and questionnaires In the default selection all information for the actual period can be viewed For direct comparison you can enable unused course types and questionnaires Please note that this can cause the table size to increase significantly License In the table the figures are shown as Amount Surveys Amount Questionnaires f there are surveys of actwe accounts available they will be shown separately below the course types Click on a subunit to get directly into the subunit view Maintenance J Send email to Support 3 System cleaning d System status Lecture Eval Evasys Website Seminar train_01 Course Type survey Period Working Group Figure 1 Link to the support area when logged in as an administrator When clicking the option EvaSys Website you are granted access to th
421. lines are placed next to each other The following conditions are neces sary in order to create these documents e You have already collected data e As a Report Creator you can manually recall or send documents for the existing data e The documents are independent of a specific PDF report and are not in tegrated as such You also have the possibility of displaying other comparison lines together in addition to the current profile lines in the automatically generated PDF report Whereby the following comparison lines are possible Comparison lines from up to five previous periods as well as A comparison line originating from a report of a report creator If the relevant data is already available in the system the relevant compari son lines will be displayed together with the profile lines of the survey in the profile line of the automatically generated PDF reports Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper _ EvaSys li Automated Document Solutions y KA a You specify which profile lines you would like to see in a PDF report in the de tails of the questionnaire Main menu System Settings gt questionnaire list gt click on the name of the relevant questionnaire Please note You should login under the EvaSys user role which created the questionnaire Administrator Subunit administ
422. ll existing participants of the course and e import all participant data directly for this course via CSV Import The participant data differentiates itself depending on whether you are con ducting the course anonymously or non anonymously In anonymous Surveys the participants data only contains only the participants email address which you require to send PSWDs in online surveys In non anonymous surveys you can specify further details The default in EvaSys is that courses are evaluated anonymously If you wish to conduct non anonymous surveys specify this in the details of the course Name Course ID Evaluation period Event Type Location Enrollment Language Location instructors Edit course of Prof Dr William Stanley Program of study Participants data Further report recipients secondary I existing Web Design XHTML Bemor DEMOA lt sSS continuous sst i sSY Lecture v Anonymous survey participants gt con Edit data of participants C Non anonymous survey participant panel english gt auditorium OK Cancel Figure 46 Editing participants data in the details of a course Specifying participant data in non anonymous surveys In non anonymous surveys in addition to the email address you can also deposit other information such as forename surname address title and user defined options Further information rega
423. llee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions 4 Convert and repair questionnaire 4 1 Convert questionnaire Due to major changes in the VividForms Editor previous questionnaires from older EvaSys versions can still be displayed but can no longer be modified without being converted The example below shows a red 1 in the meta in formation box next to the questionnaire version icon Form Properties 22 1B A Letter 33 ek 12 Yo e 1 E 13 Figure 483 Form properties questionnaire version 1 In order to edit the form it must first be converted Open the menu Form Properties in the Editor control and select 22IConvert Form Form Properties ia Zil Convert form R Form Properties Figure 484 Convert form A conversion is only possible when the form is not protected by existing sur veys This precaution is required since the conversion will change the object positions slightly on the PDF questionnaire This would make the processing of existing paper forms which are based on this form impossible If surveys have been created but the form is to be used for new surveys the questionnaire can be duplicated in the Settings Questionnaires table Then disable the old version in the questionnaire details Open the copied form de tails and click on Edit Now the conversion is available Form Properties B 2819 Letter 72 e 1252 ELE
424. lor report heading All font sizes as well as a large number of further parameters are defined in System Settings PDF Report Settings Configuration Please bear in mind that the configuration has to be defined for each PDF report Letter of the PDF report You can automatically create a letter for the PDF report of your course evaluation There you can see a sender whom you can define in the menu System Settings PDF Report Settings Configuration There you will find the option Sender part 1 to Sender part 3 as well as Sender above re cipient address PSWD cards for online surveys For online surveys you mostly need a number of so called PSWDs trans action authorization code A PSWD is a number character combination that serves for the unique identification and the login of the stu dents participants When generating an online survey a PDF file with the necessary number of PSWD is created The PDF contains the PSWDs as cards that can be cut out and distributed to the students participants On the cards you will find an explanation text that can be changed at System Settings EvaSys Set tings page Survey Online There you will find the option Instruction text for PSWD cards The default text is This PSWD allows you to partici pate in an online survey Please use a web browser to open the following web address Cover Sheets When conducting paper cover sheet surveys i
425. lors in the PDF report is valid for the worst result 318 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions As a disadvantage it is to be mentioned that here as opposed to the aver age based quality guidelines no tolerance zone exists and thus full deduc tion takes effect immediately for not reaching the demanded value The application of the guidelines takes place through the granting of access rights to the QM views which are used in phase 5 of a Survey period 6 2 2 Converting quality guidelines from indicators If you have already defined indicators for your questionnaire you can use these to save yourself some work while defining the quality guidelines EvaSys can automatically convert the question groups for which you have de fined indicators into quality guidelines and assign the questions of the ques tion group according to these quality guidelines This function enables the structure of a questionnaire with its question groups and associated ques tions to be carried over directly into the quality guidelines In the details of a questionnaire select the option Quality guidelines in the area Advanced Settings and click on Edit The dialogue for the definition of quality guidelines appears Now click on Convert quality guidelines from in
426. ls of the report Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ti Automated Document Solutions y or Information on a report detailed view If you click on the name of a report the detailed view is displayed to you Details for Compilation D Survey Geology S08 J Study Reports Type Compilation of surveys Questionnaire train O14 g Status Data available report available Compilation Created on No of collected questionnaires Actions J Rename Compilation LJ Move Compilation 29 04 2009 at 14 55 11 fal Survey data S3 Results in HTML format Results in POF format amp Delete Compilation Stancard PDF Report r li Edit Show notes Ti CoE Show Email P Raw data in SPHINX format SE Raw data in SPSS format d Raw data in CSW format g Profile Line r Ie Show Automatic Manual E Kiviat diagram g Show Figure 333 Detailed view of a report Here you receive information on the name the folder Study and the type of the report created and just like in the overview you can call up the ques tionnaire template The status the creation date and the number of returns are also indicated here In the left part of the window in the area Actions you can rename the report if for example you realize that you have produced a report bearing th
427. lso consider the set ting Show notice for suppressed report Procedure to calculate the mean value The procedures to compute the mean value for the PDF report are defined here 1 standard procedure 2 trimmed mean Decimal point precision average standard deviation Number of digits after the decimal point for averages and standard deviation Sender part 1 2 and 3 Organization name part1 mail address part2 and footer part3 below the mail address Sender above recipient address Sender name on cover letter in PDF report Background color report heading Color setting in order to adjust logo background color Alignment of subunit logo Defines whether the subunit logo will be at the left or right in the PDF report Hide overall indicator If this option is activated the overall indicator will not be displayed Left pole for indicators Text for the left pole of the indicators Default value of the left pole is The pole is also displayed in the presentation template Right pole for indicators Text for the right pole of the indicators Default value of the right pole is The pole is also displayed in the presentation template Display Cronbach s Alpha Activates deactivates the computation of Cronbach s Alpha internal consis tency for indicators Please note that Calculate indicators must be acti vated Show legend Display legend in PDF report 213 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric P
428. luence on the indicator than questions with a higher number of valid answers Example Your questionnaire contains for example a question group Instructor trainer 5 with the following three scaled questions for clarity reasons fewer questions than displayed above are used 227 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Question 1 The instructor masters his field Question 2 The instructor openly takes on board questions and comments Question 3 The instructor knows how to present the topic interestingly You hereby use a scale with six response options with the bad values lying to the left and the best values to the right To question 1 the following five valid responses are given here for clarity reasons also an unusually small number 3 4 2 5 4 Average of this question 3 4 2 5 4 5 3 60 For question 2 a respondent put two crosses this answer is therefore inva lid The following four valid responses remain 1 4 2 4 Average of this question 1 4 2 4 4 2 75 Question 3 was ticked only three times the other two respondents did not give a response These three answers are valid and read 5 6 5 Average of this question 5 6 5 3 5 33 Now an indicator is calculated for this question group EvaSys needs the re spon
429. luestion mapping of different questionnaires Automatic with text comparison C Manual F Include answers to open questions i Combine surveys unweighted Please note that this combination does not calculate average values Figure 326 Create unweighted report e The report that is then created shows a symbol with paper and a warning triangle HTML uy Engineering SSO unweighted Data available f2 Demo2 05 06 2007 A 007 xs choose pdf report Figure 327 Unweighted report Engineering SSo7 unweighted e Hint Here the date was added automatically to the name of the report be cause within this report creator access a report with exactly the same name already exists This is determined not by the folder level but rather by the report creator as a whole Name The name of the report corresponds to the name which you assigned during creation 273 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Status The status here always says Data available since in the report crea tor you can only summarize surveys for which data already exist and there fore only produce surveys meaning report with the status Data available Form In the column Form you can call up the questionnaire sample and thus gain information as to which questionnaire this compi
430. ly related are brought together in qual ity guidelines 316 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions Edit Quality Guideline Uality ofthe professor Save Cancel learned a lot in this course 1 5 gt greater than O Back Figure 390 Definition of the quality guideline You can for example define the question The content of the course is struc tured logically comprehensibly with a weighting of 25 as well as a mini mum threshold of 2 5 and an upper limit of gt 3 In this case we are dealing with a scaled question which has values from 1 strongly disagree to 5 strongly agree If the average for this question is below 2 5 then 50 will be deducted If another question is weighted with 50 then there can be a maximum deduction of 100 which would mean that the 20 deduction from the overall quality index set for this guideline would be fully applied If in the questionnaire you have defined questions where the best worst evaluation result can be found exactly in the middle level questions you can choose them twice when defining a quality guideline A possible level question is Do you think the number of presentations was adequate In answer to this the interviewees can select one of seven pos sible opti
431. mbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions e Reports that you can put together as you like Any Compilation You see these options as soon as you click on the folder and thus open it Create reports Subunit Program Of Study instructor Profile Any Compilation Create Profile Line Emails Figure 278 Create reports The batch profile line dispatch is dealt with in the chapter on summary re ports It is not a type of report For the creation of the different reports you must make a selection in several fields This affects report specific fields also for all of them the type of course and the questionnaire must be selected multiple selection is possible Please note that for reasons of search comfort only the values for which sur veys exist in the system are displayed For example the subunit Business Studies is only then offered for selection if you have already created a survey in this subunit and have scanned data Subunit report A subunit report is the summary of the survey results for a specific subunit and a specific semester Create reports Program Of study Instructor Profile Any Compilation Create Profile Line Emails Figure 279 Create subunit report If you click on the button Subunit four fields are presented to you in which you can select a subunit a survey period a course type or eve
432. mbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 302 Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Prof Sunny Narrow Data Analysis Profile Subunit Engineering Name of the instructor Prof Sunny Narrow Name of the course Data Analysis Name of the survey lt Comparative line Engineering Report SSO7 teamed a lot in this course Agree Disagree 2 learned more in this course than in others Agree 4 Disagree 3 This course was extremely valuable to my education Agree Disagree would recommend this course to my friends Agree Disagree 5 This course has had a profound impact on me Agree Disagree 5 ae who go to the instructor for help get the assistance they Agree __ _ _ Disagree nee Figure 371 PDF report with the profile line of the report for comparison In the questionnaire details you can define as many comparative reports as you may require In doing so please note that you can only define one com parative report per survey period and subunit This means that you cannot define any more comparative reports for the subunit Engineering in SSo7 if you have defined the comparative report Engineering Report SSo7 for your subunit Engineering in SSo7 If for ex ample you select Prof Sunny Narrow SSo7 together with the period SS 07 you can no longer select under Subunit the subunit Engineering be
433. mbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany EvaSys 133 134 Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions a send result access Information to participants 3 Unlock data collection amp Restore Survey E Delete Survey ol Edit answers to open questions fa Assign survey to substitute instructor i Eqit Show notes Figure 129 Manually send an email on the accessibility of the report Upon confirmation of the recipient list the email is sent Please note that this function is only available after an online survey has been closed The automated dispatch of the access information is accomplished through the time control The time control can be reached either through the survey details provided that the survey is still running or via the check mark box User Time control straight after the generation of online surveys Scheduled Tasks 30 09 2007 at 11 00 00 29 10 2007 at 11 00 00 07 11 2007 at 11 00 00 Edit Edit Edit Finish survey Deactivate Start date 107 11 2007 at 11 00 00 pi Please note Time settings can only be selected as top of the hour M Automatic report dispatch PDF to the instructor s after closing the survey V Dispatch email to participants with access to online results Sender email Sender name admin evasys edu EvaSys Admin Subject JResult view online survey Mail text This email entitles you to view the results of an online survey Pleas
434. memchinet evfesat Bitte tragen Sie In die obere Zelle die Zehnerstelle und in die untere mOOOOo00do0aogo Beachten Ste bite im imeresse ener cpti elen Cetmrerfessury de Zeile die Einersteile cin Wenn Sie also Z B bei 4 Veranstaltungen ter chen gagebenan Hinweise beim Aus lien haben kreuzen Sie oben x0 wnd unten x4 an FOr 12 Fehistunden oo0o00000000 Sie oben die x1 und unten die x2 an xO xi x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 Po ts S 24 Wie viel Zeit in Minuten wenden Sie im Durchschnitt pro Woche auGerhalb der Veranstaltung fUr die o Bitte beurteilen Sie inwieweit die folgenden Aussagen Erarbeitung des Stoffes der Veranstaltung auf aus Ihrer Sicht auf die Veranstaltung zutreffen gt a 2 2 zz ae EEP as 12 0 000000000 E amp EF E zon are Hipreegehecae wre s F fF F amp die Zehnerstelle und ta die untere Zeile die Einerstete ein wep o00000o000 yawrmoOoooogoogoooaogao an 1 Das Seminar verlauft nach einer klaren Gliederung o o o o l o xO xl x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 2 Der Dozentin Dem Dozenten scheint der Lernerfolg der Studierenden i gleichg ltig zu sein Oo Oo Oo m i o 3 Der Die Dozent in gestaltet das Seminar interessant o o oOo O i o f g j 4 Der Die Dozent in verhalt sich den Studierenden gegen ber freundiich und o o o o o 2 gt amp ci so respektvoll i ae pS s gS od 5 Das Seminar ist vermutlich f r die sp tere Berufspraxis sehr n tzlich o o o o i o 6 Das Semi
435. mple with the grade level In this way you can create a subgroup report for all male interviewees who have the grade level freshman As described above first select the criterion Gender with the value male In a second step select the criterion Grade Level with the value Fresh man Your Default criteria combination now contains two criteria Default criteria combination Gender E Male x oy And Grade Level fi Freshman 3 Figure 318 Criteria combination of al male interviewees with the grade level freshman In this example you wanted to consolidate all male students with the grade level freshman in your subgroup report This means that both conditions must be met at the same time i e the student is male AND his grade level is freshman For this reason both of the selected criteria are connected with the logical operator And for computer scientists amongst you you can se lect the Booleschen operators here On the other hand if you want to create a subgroup report containing the re sults of all interviewees who are either male OR having the grade level freshman select here the Or operator Your subgroup report would then 270 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions c
436. n in the column send the documents via email to the instructors trainers so that they can print them themselves and carry out the survey For mass production of cover sheets use the batch print option Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 3 2 2 Display survey Display Surveys 1 Subunit 2 Survey Period Department Training Professional Development _Data Entry Demo Subunit _Yerifier Demo Subunit _ ividForms Demos 3 Instructor Peter Huddle Eval Jasmine Sachi train 01 Figure 76 Select surveys for display In order to display a number of surveys select in the box Central Evaluation the option display surveys Then select a subunit a survey period the in structors trainers as well as the relevant forms and click Show In the content window of a subunit there is a column with the heading Sur veys For each instructor trainer dean manager there are two numbers sepa rated by a backslash e g 1 3 This represents number of processed surveys number of created surveys EvaS sz coo Subunits System Settings System Information Education oy Automation ae 8 Users in subunit Department Training Name CO Surveys Created Edit Del Mov 2 fT a fT Select All T Move selected to Computer Sciences
437. n tains all survey results of the summer period 07 for the subunit Engineering Define report for comparison Available reports d Enginering Report S507 gt Figure 368 Define report for comparison Once you have selected the comparative report define in the area Survey Pe riod which period it should be used for You can only mark one single pe riod If for example you define here the period WSo7 08 in all PDF reports of the surveys which were created with this questionnaire in WSo7 08 here Sampl1 the profile line will be supplemented they contain additionally the profile line of the subunit report Engineering Report SSo7 Additionally you define for which subunits the comparative report should be used for AS opposed to the survey period whereby only one period can be selected in the area of Subunits you can define several subunits To do this press and hold down the Crtl button and click on the desired subunits Please note that a subunit administrator only has access to his subunit You can allocate subunits to a subunit administrator in his user profile In the following screenshot you can see that the comparative report Engi neering Report SSo7 was selected This comparative report is to be used for Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4
438. n addition to the question naire a cover sheet is generated It serves for the unique identification of the survey in the scanning process At System Settings EvaSys Set tings page VividForms the text of the VividForms cover sheet can be modified default text empty Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany EvaSys 29 Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Certificate of participation A certificate of participation is available only for users of activated ac counts after analysis of the survey The certificate can be retrieved in the details of the survey after evaluation The footer can be changed at EvaSys Settings Instructor Trainer Ac counts decentral There you will find the option Footnote certificate of participation The logo must be c apache htdocs evasys logos certifi cate jpg You can replace this graphic file the resolution must be 375X152 pixel Certificate of results In contrast to the certificate of participation this document gives the score for each of the dimensions given in the survey Its description is identical to the Certificate of Participation 3 1 4 Adjustments in the text templates At any case you should check the text template that serve as templates for letters emails and welcome texts at different occasio
439. n general it is possible to assign the report delivery date time activation status and setting for all selected surveys using the Apply button Use of calendar The calendar is used for selecting the date and time for a planned operation Select date Figure 106 Use of calendar D All changes in the calendar are adopted by the enter templates behind the calendar The calendar does not need a Save button as it can be closed by x after selecting the date and time With a click on a help function for the calendar is displayed Using the arrow you can change the year and month Then select a day and in the line beneath a time The time is increased by 1 hour minute with each mouse click By pressing Shift and making a click the time is decreased by 1 hour minute Please note that the email operation can only be executed once an hour The minute entry is ignored by the system 115 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Display of time scheduled online surveys Q Scheduled Tasks 1 Subunit 2 Survey Period 3 Questionnaire Data Analysis 22 05 2007 at 11 00 00 PSWD to respondents Open i Prof Sunny Narrow Online survey reminder Deactivated Sampl1 WS07 08 Finish survey Deactivated Web Services 19 06 2007 at 15 00 00 PSWD to
440. n judgement is Important What is the grade of your last school graduation Please enter your customer number OOOOOoOo000 oOooooooooo OOOOOO0O000 oooooooooo oOooooooooo ooooooooo00 3 Questions about the course attend the course check as many as apply O because am imerested In the O because need to eam the credit O because the Instructor is really o because t is Important for my O for the preparation of my exam O for oher reasons The lead time of the course Is adequate Sirongydis O OF OF O O O Sromgyapee O abst agree How do need for the aration and O I do not spend O one to two O more than two Mawa aL eaer T any time hours hours The course focuses on the current professional Stony sage OF OF OF O O Strongly agree F2ssuor SPLOWO EED Page 0S L DRAFT Unknown Zone 7 Figure 504 PDF preview of questionnaire A new window opens with a PDF example of your questionnaire This PDF document is generated in real time on the server Check to make sure you like your layout Close the window in order to continue editing the questionnaire Please note that this preview is not suitable for implementing a survey In or der to create a survey on the basis of a new questionnaire you must first cre ate a folder and then create a survey In order to display a preview of the future online survey click on the online symbol a 394 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Elect
441. n modify the template directly in the folder where it has been created in C Apache evasys htdocs templates customers Please if you make modifications to the CSS file onlinesurvey css do not forget to remove the content of C Apache evasys htdocs tmp As a general concept the form is available as an object the methods of which will provide you with all information you need in order to choose the way you wish to display each element on the page Here are some of the functions that you might regard as useful when starting to work with EvaSys advanced template editing You will find examples of other functions methods and classes used to get information about items you are editing and willing to modify in the files that are available in this folder this getLabel returns the label of the current question this getValueQ returns the value of the current question very useful if you wish to create javascript reaction to a value for ex ample this getCSSClassQ returns the whole class attribute of the element multiple classes get separated by space it will also give you some information about where you are in the code even or odd item for example which you might use to create action according to this information this adds an additional class to the current element you addCSSClass sClass might decide that you won t display a question in the same way if the label is short or very long so you could define
442. n online surveys From these Statistics Subunit administrators can make decisions regarding optimiza tion of peak access times Access peaks can be optimized by the following points For example the ac cess time for online surveys can be optimized by starting the surveys on dif ferent days Apart from that the participants of online surveys can receive in formation on off peak times with the instruction that participation should take place at these times In addition Subunit administrators can move heavy tasks such as verification creating questionnaires and reports to off peak periods Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Performance values ofthe system of the last 15 minutes tf Ww i oO uy mar chy pm tf oo T T iw ra T T a 17 03 2009 09715 17 03 2009 09 13 7 03 2009 09 15 17 03 2009 09 13 17 03 2009 O97 14 17 03 2009 097214 17 03 2009 O9 14 17 03 2009 09 14 i7 03 2009 09 15 17 03 2009 09 15 17 03 2009 09 15 i7 03 2009 09 15 17 03 2009 09 16 17 03 2009 09 16 17 03 2009 09 16 17 03 2009 09716 17 03 2009 09 17 1 03 2009 O9 17 17 03 2009 09 17 17 03 2009 09 17 17 03 2009 09 15 17 03 2009 09 15 17 03 2009 09 16 17 03 2009 09 15 17 03 2009 09 19 17 03 2009 09 19 17 03 2009 09 1
443. n or as an alternative raw data as Excel readable CSV files can be at tached see System Settings EvaSys Settings Email Functions amp Accounts Cover sheet to instructor trainer Trigger The instructor trainer has used an activated user account to create a survey according to the cover sheet procedure decentral or the administrator is sending the instructor trainer a cover sheet CE Content Personalized text with an attached cover sheet for a paper survey in the cover sheet procedure a PDF file Batch printed form for instructors trainers Hybrid surveys Trigger The administrator sends an email with personalized questionnaire to the in structors trainers Central Evaluation for a hybrid survey The setting EvaSys Settings Email Functions amp Accounts Delivery Method PSWDs Central Evaluation must be at Lecturer Content Personalized texts with attached PDF document containing personalized forms The PSWD makes each form unique Form to instructor trainer Trigger The instructor trainer has used an activated user account to create a survey according to the hard copy procedure decentral or the administrator has sent the instructor trainer a questionnaire CE Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Content Pers
444. n several types and a questionnaire or several questionnaires 249 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Create Subunit Report 1 Subunit 2 survey Period 4 Questionnaire Department Training Lecture Vorking Group Professional Development _Data Entry Demo Subunit Template forms Description Subunit Report 1 Liluestion mapping of different questionnaires Automatic with text comparison C Manual F Include answers to open questions Combine surveys unweighted Please note For this combination the mean values of the single surveys are averaged cack Figure 280 Creating a subunit report selection of elements and properties In the figure the subunit report is created based on one questionnaire If sev eral questionnaires are displayed for the selection in the list you can mark these then however you must decide to either go with the automatic text comparison or with the manual assignment in order to combine the reports Give the report a relevant name so that later you are able to relate to what was summarized and make a Selection regarding the open questions and the weighting of the surveys that you compile As soon as you Click on Verify EvaSys calculates how many surveys suit your selection In another window
445. naire on the button Languages in order to change the language settings First enter the name of the main lan guage a logo and a system language Options Current Language English Properties Delete Language Add Language Back Chapter About the Course About the Course Right learned a lot in this course Disagree I learned a lot in this c Disacr learned more in this course than in others Disagree I learned more in this course than in others e Disagree Figure 69 Defining language texts Then you can define a new language Click the button Add Language On the page that now opens you must define the parameters of the language as you did for the main language After clicking on Save you will see the complete contents of the questionnaire section headings question texts pole texts and value texts If you have already translated the form and created a FBD file with TeleForm you can Select the FBD file in Import Text from FBD File Make sure that you then add the pole texts and the section texts Click Save in order to save the changes You can also make changes in language texts and in the language attributes at a later point in time by selecting a language in the drop down Current Language editing the text and then saving the changes 84 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L nebur
446. nar gibt einen guten berblick Uber das Themengebiet o o Lie O o 7 7 Der Die Dozentin geht auf Fragen und Anregungen der Studierenden o o o o i o 25 Die Schwierigkeit der Veranstaltung ist o oO o Oo o ausreichend ein i 7 l 6 toffurnf d l ist 8 Der Die Dozent in gibt zu wenig erkl rende und weiterf hrende Information zu o oO o o i C 29 Der SiofumAng Cer VaraniaRung It O m O m m den behandelten Themen i 27 Das Tempo der Veranstaltung ist Lie O SLS O BU 9 Der Die Dozent in verdeutiicht zu wenig die Verwendbarkeit und o o o o i o den Nutzen des behandelten Stoffes l 28 Mein Interesse an der Veranstaltung ist 10 Das Seminar ist eine gute Mischung aus Wissensvermittlung und Diskussion Le O0 gos Oo i o O sehr gering C gering C mittel O oros C sehr gros 11 In dem Seminar herrscht eine gute Arbeltsatmosphare o o Oo oOo S0 12 Der Die Dozent in f rdert mein Interesse am Themenbereich o o o o i Li 29 Ich habe in der VeraastaRtung gelernt 13 Die Hilfsmittel zur Unterst tzung des Lernens z B Arbeitsanweisungen o o o o t o D sehr wenia C wenia O einiges D viet D sehr viel Literatur Skript sind ausreichend und in guter Qualit t vorhanden l L wil 1 2 3 4 5 6 Folgende Fragen gelten f r Seminare in denen Referate gehalten werden 3o jaian Schunote wirden Sie dar Veranetaktung insgesamt o o o o o o 14 Die Referent inn en sind auf Fragen und Diskussionen meist gut vorbereitet o o os oa i o 31 Welche Schulnote
447. nd select the file Finally click on import All users as well as their courses will be generated unless they already exist Instructors Trainers already present will not be set up a second time so that you can always import the current list in order to keep the system updated A EvaSys G H Instructor Instructor Instructor Instructor Instructor Instructor Instructor Instructor Instructor Instructor Instructor Instructor Instructor Instructor Instructor Instructor Instructor Instructor Instructor Carlos Carlos Carlos Carlos Carlos Donna Jasmine Jasmine Jasmine Jasmine Jasmine Jasmine Grace Grace Grace Noah Richelle Richelle Richelle Hernandez demo localserver com Hernandez demo localserver com Hernandez demo localserver com Hernandez demo localserver com Hernandez demo localserver com Harwood Sadhi Sadhi Sadhi Sadhi Sadhi Sadhi Huddle Huddle Huddle Peterson Meyer Meyer Meyer demo localserver com demo localserver com demo localserver com demo localserver com demo localserver com demo localserver com demo localserver com demo localserver com demo localserver com demo localserver com demo localserver com demo localserver com demo localserver com demo localserver com How to Survive College Study Skills Figure 56 Example of a CSV file in Excel Introduction to the New Economy Legal environments sociology 101 Organizational Ethics Personal financial planni
448. ndation of employer O Recommendation of friends O other Figure 512 Editing of a template If the administrator has given the authorization a click on the symbol t al lows the user to begin editing the questionnaire Questions from the adminis trator s template appear in the Web editor with a T Template and cannot be deleted or edited The user can add as many question groups and questions as needed as long as he does not exceed the maximum number of pages or the maximum num ber of questions defined by the administrator see form properties of the questionnaire Before adding a question to the questionnaire the user first has to create a new question group Questions cannot be added to groups al ready created by the administrator When setting the form properties the administrator can define that new elements added by users Such as question groups questions or design elements may only be inserted at the end of the questionnaire 1 General questions T Which gender do you belong to T Cmale Clfemale T How did you learn about our course offer T O Catalogue O information on the internet O information in the newspaper O Recommendation of employer O Recommendation of friends O other 2 Questions about the course The course focuses on the current professional discussion Strongly disagree O 0O O O O Strongly agree The course perfectly prepares me for my professional lite Strongly disagree J O O O OI Stron
449. nderstanding of the subject 1 2 The instructor knows his subject well Figure 468 Inclined pole labels 65 in the PDF preview O S O 3 S o 3 gt gt A U w 4n D Q Q M a GQ s 7 lt sab w M pe Cc Q F 0 o o o 2 oOo oO 1 1 The instructor has a comprehensive understanding of 0 O O O the subject 1 2 The instructor knows his subject well OO O O O Figure 469 Inclined pole labels 90 in the PDF preview 371 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 3 7 Adding graphical elements 3 7 1 Line space Using the line space gives extra room between single objects Open the menu Add and select Line Space An empty line will be added below the active object Totally Agree Totally Disagree The instructor appeared to be well prepared Oooo vo for the course The instructor had organised the course Oo OF OF OU well Comment box Figure 470 Line space in the editor preview The line space can be selected moved and modified using the clipboard functions Cut Copy and U Paste 3 2 Separator The separator allows the optical separation of questionnaire content and can be added freely inside question groups Open the menu Add in
450. ne survey participants The PSWDs and server addresses for response returns are entered here simi lar to the initial delivery of PSWDs Information concerning validation for the instructor trainer Trigger A survey has been validated i e the manual data entry of the handwritten comments has been completed decentral CE The administrator sends the instructor trainer the reports from the survey CE 437 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Content Personalized text accompanying the processed survey The PDF report is nor mally sent with this text In addition or as an alternative the raw data can be sent as a Excel readable CSV file see EvaSys settings email functions The message of a paper survey after the handwritten comments to open ques tions have been manually entered by a data entry assistant This is the case for those subunits working with manual data entry Information concerning deactivating the instructor trainer s optional ques tions Trigger The administrator has again deactivated the instructor trainer s optional questions for the relevant survey Content Personalized text with the name of the instructor trainer as well as the course name Form to instructor trainer instructor trainer s optional questio
451. neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions In the first drop down menu you can define the kind of characters to be read You can choose between the following four options Alphabetical letters only Alphanumeric letters and numbers o Numeric numbers only Numeric numbers and special characters lt Handwriting recognition i Characters Alphabetical Mumeric Figure 445 Selection of value types By clicking the button Apply the open question is inserted into the ques tionnaire Please note Only clear and neat entries written in block letters can be read d automatically As the available length of entries is limited handwriting recog nition is not apt for capturing elaborate comments It is designed as a means to capture data in form of single words Possible fields of applications could be the following e Alphabetical names of persons or places e Alphanumeric license numbers e Numeric measurements G Numeric prices dates To ensure a high reliability of results we also strongly recommend the use of verification when working with open questions and ICR for the use of verifica tion see chapter B 4 3 The VividForms WebVerifier Taking into account the additional expenditure of work and time caused by the process of verification you should always check if the data cannot be collected by means of closed question t
452. nformatics O Automaton Engineering Isness ies O Chemisiry O Computational Linguistics mg O Geophysics O Logistics O Computer Science in Media 7 O Nuclear Physics O Optics hysics O Environmental Geology O Political Economics iness j O Romance Studies O Chemical Engineering Com ive O Industial Engineering and Management Do you already have a university degree or O no a degree of another institute in tertiary education 2 Questions about the instructor The instructor is always well prepared The instructor explains even complex topics in a oom m way The instructor handles the technical equipment oO video projector etc without any problems Please grade the instructor for this mor OO O O O O O vey good O abst GOUrSE Please give us your feedback about the instructor as well as suggestions for improvement F4SUSESS7 PTPLOWO TA Page ie L F Figure 73 Hard copy procedure Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 89 90 Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 3 1 3 Online survey PSWD procedure The online surveys are done with the so called PSWD procedure When an online survey is created EvaSys generates a number of PSWD codes PSWD codes ensure that a participant takes part in a survey only once as without them it would be impossible to prevent an individual from completi
453. ng The name must begin with a letter reason variables in SPSS must begin with a letter may only consist of letters numbers and the underscore This means that other special characters also the space bar are not allowed Capi tal and small letters are however not important e May be a maximum of 32 characters long Must contain at least one character The field therefore cannot be empty In the fourth column the export values are displayed to which you can allo cate new numerical values Please note that you can only use numerical val ues for the export value no alphabetical characters After completing your changes click at the end of the dialogue on Save EvaSys informs you whether the saving of your changes was successful 4 Information E configuration successtully M Figure 376 Export configuration successfully saved 306 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions Should the variables not comply with the above mentioned rules an error message will appear After your changes have been successfully adopted click at the end of the window on Close to exit the export configuration The example questionnaire just processed Sampl1 shows for example in the raw data export via CSV the following result SPSS and Sp
454. ng Web Design lt HTML 1 Managing and Maintaining a Healthy Lifestyle Psychology 101 Windows Server 2005 Yukon Interior Design security Essentials Firewalls and Access Control Lists Leadership Development Organization and Management Human Resource Management Introduction of Marine Science Starting your Own Business Time Mangement DEMO100 DEMO110 DEMO105 PHIL140 DEMO120 DEMO1 1 DEMO146 DEMO161 DEMO172 DEMO204 DEMO230 DEMO240 LDRSHP140 DEMO100 DEMO104 DEMO100 LDRSHP140 DEMO100 DEMO104 DEMO DEMO DEMO DEMO PHIL DEMO DEMOC DEMO DEMO DEMO DEMO DEMO DEMO LDRSHP MS MS MSCI DEMO MS MS Using these text files which are independent of software applications and operating systems and are easy to generate you can import the relevant data directly into the EvaSys database system The file is created in cooperation with the administration as well as the IT support team of the subunit concerned The following structure is necessary for CSV import files Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 67 Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions Func Title Title 2 First Last Email Course Course Course Program Course Number tion 1 Name Name Name ID Loca of Stud Type Partici tion ies pants Mr Prof Ned Overend over Math 10554 V 02 105 Econom 1 Dr end u
455. ng a ques tionnaire more than once In addition to PSWD protected questionnaires activated instructor trainer accounts can be used to generate PSWD free questionnaires using a semi public password entered on the online survey start page to allow survey par ticipants access to the questionnaire In the following figure you can see an example of an online survey EvaSys Edvcotion Survey Automation Sulte Management strategies Philipp Belmore Professional Development Electric Paper A K ADEMI E Dear Participant We are very interested in your opinion about the course as well as about the university in general Therefore we would like to ask you to take the time read the questionnaire thoroughly and complete it Only your own judgement is important you cannot give wrong OF course the data is anonymous 1 Questions about you Which gender do you belong to Please select What is your age Please select Figure 74 Online survey An online survey can appear as either a complete questionnaire or in sec tions in which case the respondent can navigate back and forth between sec tions Also in PSWD based surveys participants can save their entries and re turn to the questionnaire at a later point in time to complete it A print button may be activated in order to print the completed questionnaire The questionnaire must be saved temporarily before printing Another feature is the filter tool which
456. ng subgroup reports for all summarized reports based on this questionnaire subgroup report Geology subgroup report Chemis try and so forth This way you can structure courses that are attended by students of various disciplines according to subjects and make the results meaning the subgroup reports available to those in charge of each disci pline It could for example be that the dean of Chemistry is not interested how the course Nuclear Physics was generally assessed as it belongs to the field of Physics How the Chemistry students assess the course could how ever be of great interest to him If your questionnaire contains a single choice question regarding the grade level you can then evaluate subgroups regarding the grade level 2 About you 21 Grade Level O Freshman O Sophomore O Junior O senior O Graduate O other 22 Gender Owale OFemale Figure 309 Single choice question regarding a respondent s grade level In order to produce a subgroup report click in the details of a report on Evaluate subgroup the last option on the bottom right Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions wy Results in ATMIL format Results in POF format TE Standard POF Report Show Ermiail PI Raw data in SP
457. ng to Please select Figure 123 Example CSS Editing 127 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Advanced Template Editing The way online templates are programmed in EvaSys allows you to modify many aspects such as colors and location but also each detail of how the single elements will be displayed You can for example include flash interaction into your survey create a picture based survey e g displaying pictures as multiple choice options and so on Working at this level of cus tomization requires advanced object oriented PHP programming and ex tended knowledge of accessibility requirements To access these functionalities start by copying the whole online default template you find in folder C Apache htdocs evasys templates system onlinedefault Here are the objects in this folder files and subfolders di element di images di partial _ formecontent phtml __ languageselector phtml _ layout phtrml _ login phtml a onlinesurvey css _ organizationheader phtml _ pagination phtml __ submitted phtml _ surveyheader phtml Figure 124 Content of the folder onlinedefault Each part of your online survey is available for you to modify it the login screen the way pagination is dealt with the header
458. nge without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 283 284 Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions 1 Subunit 2 survey Period Computer Science Mew Subunit 4 Courses Reports Prof SUNNY Narrow Data Analysis E023 Mathematics E045 Dr Silvia Thomas accountancy E324 Statistics E055 Prof Or Michel White Economy E933 Electrotechnology E005 First Comparison Line Deactivated Please Choose a Selection Deactivated Please Choose a Selection Second Comparison Ling Survey of same course in period WWS05 06 Survey of same course in period S306 Survey of same course in period YWSOB 07 Compare selected c jaurvey of same course in period ss07 Comparison options Engineering SSO unweighted Demo L Minimum lt WlaxiMale from Prof Dr Michel Yyhite SSO Demoz Demoz ane Prof Or Michel White S507 Demo2 Demo2 F l Comparison linegprot Sunny Narrow S207 Demo Prof Sunny MarrayvProat Or Michel White S507 Demoz Demoz EvaSys i 4 Questionnaire Figure 344 Selection of the profile line for Data Analysis SS 07 compared to the subunit report Engi neering SSo7 Demo2 When you download with this selection the batch the following profile line appears Profile Subunit Engineering Name of the insbuctor Prof Sunny Narrow Name of the course Data Analyses Name of the survey Comparative line Engineerin
459. ngs for a specific questionnaire here train_o1 In the area Standard PDF Report you can define the PDF report with which the corresponding questionnaire will be displayed by default Select the cor responding PDF report in the drop down list and save your changes by click ing on Save Please note that the Standard PDF Report is selected by de fault To create a new custom PDF definition click on New PDF Report Definition If required you can create more than one report definition for one question naire In the window now open you have the following settings e name of the report selection of the basic report The configuration settings are adopted from the basic report description of the report e recipient list for automatic email delivery e activate recalculation of indicators only available if you have defined indicators for the corresponding questionnaire Entering course lecturer means that the evaluated lecturer will receive the report defined here by email If a special report has been defined then this will always have priority over the default report You can now enter further re cipients in this report definition Further recipients could include for exam ple the dean of studies program manager or a head of technical services if a Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Ele
460. nistrator Instructor Trainer accounts should be activated when internal clients need a tool for carrying out a number of surveys e g an instructor trainer the library or the administration EvaSys fj Educotion Survey Automation Suite H Listing of folders Date of Contents creation Jasmine Sadhi Instructor Create new Folder Surveys g Folders Additional Reports Reports central evaluation Figure 26 Activated instructor account mode Dean Manager Decentral system mode Linguistics Rename Delete The only difference between the user type Dean Manager and the user type Instructor Trainer is that for the Dean Manager a complete user statistic for the relevant subunit is created Central evaluation mode In Central Evaluation the dean manager can be labeled as active or passive An active dean manager similarly to an active instructor trainer can create questions form questionnaires and for example access the activated QM views stage 5 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 Luneburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions A passive dean manager has access only to his personally activated QM views EvaSys fj Education Survey Automation Suite Filter Selection T a Show Doris Dean Search Result German 2005 OOD basic 1
461. nline survey the HTML questionnaire is automatically created in accordance with the layout of your questionnaire your PDF template Of course you have the option of changing the layout of the online survey using online survey templates for which a separate Manual is available NonForms A non form is a scanned page that is not recognized as a form This may be the case when you e scan a questionnaire that does not yet exist in EvaSys Then neither the VividForms Reader nor the TeleForm Reader can read this form and will treat it as a non recognized form Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions e scan an EvaSys form that is faulty in some way For example you stapled and cut the corners which then destroys the left hand corner The form can not then be identified e scan something completely different for example in order to test the scanner These image files will also be treated as non forms The VividForms Reader stores the non forms in a so called non forms folder This folder is checked by the TeleForms Reader if available when trying to process the TIFF files saved there as forms If dealing with incorrect TeleForm forms these will be removed during processing Survey survey process Conducting a survey in EvaSys is a process based on a quest
462. nnaire Required questions Those questions for which an answer is compulsory can be defined here Matrices The matrices shown here will appear in the PDF report To save the form and close the Web editor click on the diskette symbol H You will return to the questionnaire administration In order to completely de lete the questionnaire click on the trash amp Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 6 2 Filter settings Filter settings allow you to suppress questions which may in certain circum stances be irrelevant This is especially interesting for online surveys where this prevents invalid questions from being responded to Filter settings ltem triggering filter Options Add question Grade Level Figure 498 Filter settings However the filter settings defined here are also used for data from paper sur veys When analyzing each completed questionnaire a check is carried out whether the filter settings should be applied Example A question asks about the use of presentation programs in a course If this question is answered with a No then questions about the quality of such presentations will not be asked online surveys or not ana lyzed paper survey Filter settings ltem triggering filter Value Options Did the professor uses presenation during the lect
463. not calculate average values Merge Figure 307 Merge evaluations selection of reports Since these are combinations too the usual options are available to you questionnaire comparison inclusion of responses to open questions as well as the unweighted combination Choose the options that you wish here and click on Merge Then a new report is added to your report list the combina tion of reports you chose HTML Prof Sunny Narrow Prof Dr Michel White SS07 Demo2 Data available fE Demo2 05 06 2007 020 x choose paf report E CSV SPHINX Figure 308 Merged instructor profiles Narrow and White of 2007 The properties of these merged reports correspond exactly to those of the other existing ones Here you also obtain the information through the details in the list or through a click on the name There you have the option to merge further reports Forming subgroups Not only can you merge existing reports with others but you can also form subgroups from all reports created meaning the reports can be evaluated ac cording to certain criteria age gender subject etc These criteria are specific groups of returns meaning completed question naires and these you determine yourself through the creation of your ques tionnaire You can form these groups according to your single choice ques tions single choice special questions multiple choice questions and scaled questions Copyright 20
464. not subsequently change a VividForms Plus question naire in EvaSys However you can always look at the PDF preview as with VividForms questionnaires Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 10 2 Importing the VividForms Plus questionnaire Before you can import a VividForm Plus questionnaire in EvaSys you have to be sure that the system can find the following two files The FBD2 file The FBD2 file is a supplemented version of a FBD file In addi tion to the content of the questionnaire it contains information about its lay out The FBD2 file can be put in any directory The PDF file This PDF file is the master for all the other PDF files later created for the surveys As a sample it has an empty barcode Normally the file has a five digit name followed by the character sequence _vfp VividForms Plus e g eva11_vfp pdf me201_vfp pdf etc The PDF file must be found in the directory EvaSys forms The name of the whole path in your file system is probably C Apache htdocs evasys forms If there are any ambiguities please consult your system administrator Some htdocs beL encoder Ato Vass H E customer Aid doc ook Ss H E img J output H a res J scripts J style J templates Ga vimages Figure 523 PDF file To im
465. ns Trigger The instructor trainer s optional questions for a survey has been completed by the instructor trainer Now he she or the group address receives an email with the required cover sheet and the questionnaire The function EvaSys Settings Survey Instructor Trainer s Optional Questions activation status must be activated Content Personalized text and attached PDF documents Information concerning activating the instructor trainer s optional questions Trigger The administrator has activated the instructor trainer s optional questions for a Survey Content Personalized text as well as a link to the instructor trainer s optional ques tions In most email programs clicking the link will lead directly to the instruc tor trainer s optional questions Reminder for the instructor trainer s optional questions Trigger The administrator has initiated a reminder for an activated instructor trainer s optional questions Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Content Personalized text as well as a link to the instructor trainer s optional ques tions In most email programs clicking the link will lead directly to the instruc tor trainer s optional questions Regulatory information Trigger The message to the inst
466. ns Some of them should urgently be adjusted some of them may be For this purpose please read the chapter about the text templates 3 1 5 Adjustments in the documents You can add documents to the emails sent by the system For example you can send the evaluation regulation of your institution to gether with the PDF report In addition to this the adjustment of the documents affects the letter that can be added to the evaluation report The text of the letter is defined in the text templates but the layout is defined by means of a PDF template with variable fields The layout of the template can be adjusted freely and can thus e g cor respond to your corporate design Nevertheless it is of course dependent of the content of the letter and the corresponding fields Please see chapter B 4 5 1 Components of the PDF report for more informa tion about the layout of the PDF template 30 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions 3 2 Defining access rights In addition to access rules which can be set up by your local computing cen ter EvaSys allows you to determine access rights for three groups o Administrators Users activated instructor trainer accounts data entry assistants re port creators etc Participants in online surveys
467. ny Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions The new elements must be added to a new question group a sort of chapter of the questionnaire as is usual when working with the VividForms Editor That entails that an active instructors trainers must first of all decide where to add a new question group He may add the question group in an arbitrary po sition not only at the end However it is not possible to interleave question groups i e you cannot put a question group in another one You can add any elements within a question group e g questions text boxes line spaces etc The following graphics shows you a questionnaire that has been copied in the form management and can thus be modified One question group New question group and one question New question was added the remain ing question groups and questions are the ones from the template indicated by the T New Question Group 2 1 Mew Question Agree 0 0 O O O Disagree 3 About you T 3 1 Grade Level T OFreshman O Sophomore O Junior O Senior O Graduate O ther Figure 171 Integrated question group and question in a template How many elements still can be added the active instructor trainer can see when looking at the Form Properties at the bottom of the VividForms Editor menu Form Properties Letter 2 A Figure 172 Form properties of a questionnaire The upper information tells the user that you h
468. o be read by all statistical tools as exchange format One line of a CSV file is equivalent to the content of one questionnaire The values are separated by a separator You can define this separator at settings data import and export the default setting is a semicolon A line of data contains instructor name course name course additional fields set ID variable 1 variable n In order to format the data in Excel highlight the first column then select in Excel data text in column then select separated and next semico lon and complete SPSS Format SPSS is acommon tool for statistical analysis and solutions Exporting from EvaSys creates a SAV file which contains the format of the sheet and all the raw data of the survey report Sphinx format Sphinx is a professional statistics solution from France for which EvaSys has an interface After the download you will receive a ZIP file which contains a di rectory as well as three single files SURVEYNAME QUE Sphinx questionnaire SURVEYNAME OUV responses to open questions SURVEYNAME REP responses to closed questions SURVEYNAME HYP Report template if available SURVEYNAME BAT Link to direct display of the Sphinx evaluation report if report template is available In order to use these files you will need to install Sphinx Survey V4 5 or higher on your PC Double click on SURVEYNAME OUV file in order to start t
469. ocument Solutions Define the number of previous periods in the profile line Here you can define the number of previous periods that will appear in the PDF Number of previeus penods in the profile line report in addiion to the profile line of ihe current survey fo WE Define report for comparison Surrey Pernod Subund Available reports Eregrumer uy epoi S07 Figure 365 Definition of the number of precious periods in the profile line In the first part you define how many previous periods are to be considered in the profile line Here you can choose between none and five previous peri ods If for example you wish to include three previous periods for compari son enter the number three here In every PDF report for surveys which were created using this questionnaire here Sampl1 as well as the current profile line of the survey you also can see the comparison profile lines of the previous three periods This is how ever only valid under the premise that data for these three periods is avail able in EvaSys Then this is valid not only for standard report but also the user defined PDF report In the following graphic the course Data Analysis of Prof Sunny Narrow from the period SSo7 was compared with the results of the three previous pe riods WS06 07 SS06 WSo05 06 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L ne
470. on texts Font size of texts in the PDF reports Font size pole texts Font size of pole texts in PDF reports Font size for numerical data Font size for average av standard deviation s and frequency n in the PDF report Font size for presentation slides Font size of texts in PDF reports presentation slides Show internal question number Shows the internal question numbers Relative values The PDF reports show the distribution of the responses to closed questions with relative activated or absolute deactivated values Minimum percentage for display Defines the minimum percentage response frequency to a question in relation to the total number of returns needed in order to display the question in the HTML PDF report For example with 50 returns the value is set at 20 As a result only analyses of questions that have been answered by at least 10 per sons will be shown If the value is set to o all questions of the reports will be displayed Please also consider the setting Show notice for suppressed report Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Minimum response frequency for display absolute Defines the minimum absolute response frequency to a question required in order to display the question in the PDF report Please a
471. onal goals and objectives Disagree Figure 437 Scaled question in the editor preview 352 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Dual scale The combination of quality and importance dual scale is a frequently en countered question type The purpose of the combination is to separate the important cases from the unimportant ones Bad and unimportant as well as good and unimportant cases should be disregarded as negligible The dual scale is helpful in that it separates the relevant and irrelevant areas of a sur vey therefore aiding target oriented decision making It is also a useful func tion for testing new items To use the dual scale insert your scaled questions with individual pole labels as you are used to in the VividForms Editor Please note that scaled questions which are to be later linked to each other need to have an identical scale for example both questions have a 6 point scale Apart from that the quality rating of the poles must also be consistent with each other This means that in quality questions if the left pole is the positive one very good agree then in importance questions the left pole has to be the positive one too very im portant Please note that the dual scale is only expedient if you have stored individual pole l
472. onalized text with attached form for a paper survey in hard copy proce dure as PDF file or FDF file PSWDs for online surveys to instructor trainer Trigger The instructor trainer has used an activated user account to create an online survey decentral or the administrator is sending the instructor trainer the PSWDs for an online survey CE Content Personalized text with attached PSWD document for an online survey as PDF file The document contains all PSWDs and can therefore be very large Information about a new user account This message can be used to inform new users directly about their new user account Activate the checkbox Inform user about profile creation via email Report on the survey to the instructor trainer Trigger EvaSys has just processed a scanned survey and sends a message decen tral CE or the administrator sends the instructor trainer a report CE Content Personalized text processed survey Normally the PDF report is sent with the text In addition or as an alternative the raw data can be sent as an Excel readable CSV file see System Settings EvaSys Settings Email Functions amp Accounts PSWD to online survey respondents This text is an exception It is an email to participants in an online survey sending the PSWDs and the server address for voting The placeholders TAC and SERVER must NOT be removed The other placeholders cannot be used for this email Reminder to onli
473. online survey of this subunit and via the survey details the preview of the online survey you see the amended layout EvaSys Edvcotion Survey Automation Sulte Electric Paper A K ADEM i E Dear Participant We are very interested in your opinion about the course as well as about the university in general Therefore we would like ta ask you to take the time read the questionnaire thoroughly and complete it Only your own judgement is important you cannot give wrong Of course the data is completely anonymous 1 Questions about you Which gender do you belong to Please select What is your age Please select Figure 121 The new layout in preview If you want to see the effect of your changes immediately leave the window of the online survey preview open and return to the administrator interface to the settings of the customized online survey templates After changing the template you can again click on the window of the online survey preview and make the just effected changes visible by using the refresh key F5 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions CSS Editing If you wish to modify other elements of design as for instance the way but tons or dropdown menus are displayed and if you have some knowledge of CSS styles edit
474. onnaire Please note the definition of language sets applies to the system messages not to the questionnaire You have to translate the questionnaire additionally Online surveys Customization of the used layouts The layout of online surveys in EvaSys is handled by online survey templates A template is a sample that in this case for example controls the color the insertion of logos or the questionnaire display Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions In EvaSys there are four types of online survey templates e Predefined standard templates The predefined standard templates are firmly integrated in EvaSys and are used as the default for online surveys Customized online survey templates The customized online survey templates can be created in EvaSys with out any previous technical knowledge or knowledge of programming You can create any number of customized online survey templates and use them for each subunit individually Also subunit administrators can define their own customized online survey templates e CSS Editing Use CSS editing to modify colors positions and rendering of each ele ment of your online survey requires advanced knowledge in CSS edi tion e Advanced Template Editing Use the whole set of files to change absolutely
475. onnection Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ti Automated Document Solutions Email messages to the respective recipients are sent via your local mail server Data base Any data generated through the utilization of EvaSys is stored in a data base This means that the entire user structure the questionnaires and the survey data is stored in this data base For this a MySQL data base is utilized Please be sure to save this data base at regular intervals Scanstation Questionnaires are read by means of the Scanstation and the image files gen erated are transmitted to EvaSys for further processing The Scanstation can be utilized directly via the EvaSys computer Alternatively one or more Scan Stations may be linked through de centralized computers Document reading can be carried out through VividForms VividForms VividForms Reader This is a solution that was developed specifically for EvaSys With VividForms questionnaires can be created directly via the web interface and later auto matically processed via the scanstation It also contains a web based visual correction program WebVerifier After you have created your questionnaires by means of VividForms they are processed by the VividForms Reader The VividForms Reader receives the images transmitted by the scanstation
476. ons connected with the ratings too few just perfect too many The positive judgements lie in the middle when the interviewees choose just perfect respectively the value of 4 To integrate these ques tions into the quality guideline in a meaningful way first choose a question and define the first side of the scale to be negative left of the middle For evaluation results below a certain threshold e g 2 5 you have to make a quality deduction As normal you have to define a range of tolerance here e g 2 0 to 2 5 317 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys a Automated Document Solutions For the other side of the scale right of the middle you have to choose the question once again Now you can say that results bigger than the upper threshold will also cause a deduction of quality e g the upper threshold may be 6 again with a chosen range of tolerance In this way you ensure the level questions are interpreted in a meaningful way in regard to the quality guideline Please note After choosing a question once it will be marked by an asterisk in the list Thus you will be informed that it is already in use in the quality guideline The thresholds and weight of single questions can be altered Change the values in their boxes and click on
477. ontain the results of all male students as well as the results of all other students who have the grade level freshman This means that this subgroup report also contains the results of female students who are freshmen Default criteria combination Gender fi Male 2 Grade Level E Freshman 3 Figure 319 Two criteria with the operator Or Finally as you are accustomed allocate a descriptive name decide for or against including open questions in the subgroup report and click on the Create button The subgroup report now appears in the list of reports HTML L Male and freshman Web Design XHTML SS09 Data available Sampl 28 09 2007 006 x choose pat repot E CSV SPHINX HTML Male or freshman Web Design XHTML ss09 Data available Samplt 28 09 2007 005 x4 CS Y SPHINX choose pdf report Figure 320 The created subgroup reports a male and freshman from Web Design XHTML SSog b male or freshman from Web Design XHTML SSo9 appear in the list of reports You also have the possibility of creating several criteria combinations If for example you wish to summarize the results of all male students who are freshman or the results of all male students who evaluated the question l would recommend this course to my friends with a 2 proceed as follows In the default criteria combination as you are accustomed set the criteria to male and freshman Then cli
478. ontinue click on Next The survey will then be assigned to a substitute instructor trainer and is then no longer existent for the original instructor trainer If there is only one sur vey for the course that is to be moved EvaSys will ask whether the associated course is to be moved as well Do you want to move or to copy the course which ts linked to the survey Management Strategies Copy course C Wlove course Assign Cancel Figure 94 Selection window copy or move the course Click on Assign to complete the procedure If there are several surveys for one course the course will always be auto matically copied since it has to remain with the original instructor trainer for the assignment to other surveys Editing displaying notes The notes function supports the communication between the different user roles in EvaSys A user can link a memo with a survey Notes always refer therefore to a particular survey and their history is accessible to all users All notes can be edited or deleted by the authors at any time This function is particularly useful in regard to the QM screens The instruc tors trainers can thus comment on the determined results Deans managers or department heads can then inspect these notes as well as add their own To add a note to a Survey call up the survey details through a click on the survey name Click on Edit Show notes 106 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH
479. option area 40 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 2 1 3 Setting up the subunits Choose a reasonable number of subunits These subunits can either be de partments or other teaching units Create new subunits Create subunit Subunit Name Dept No 5 Logo File systemlog0 iti Edit Phone Fax TS Street Address es ZIP Code City HE Email He Online survey template defaut Server address for online surveys of this subunit http localhost evasys onlined Handling of handwriting texts Direct display default setting Display after manual collection note customizable threshold System settings EvaSys Settings Surveys Never display Cancel Figure 20 Create subunit In order to set up a new subunit click on the button Create New Subunit in the window subunits This is where the name of the subunit as well as a few address data go The address data go into the letter for the summary report and appear in the sys tem info System Information Further information at Handling handwritten texts gives a comprehensive subunit rule for the handling of handwritten responses to open questions e Direct display default setting Handwritten responses to open questions are shown as a
480. opyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Group Forms For question Gender In the section subgroup questions you can define a question for which automatic subgroups are built for each option in the report The question has to be single choice or a matrix question Subgroups allow you to take advan tage of for example automatic filters according to the program of study For each response option to this single choice or matrix question the answers are filtered and the subgroup report is attached to the standard report Please bear in mind that the standard PDF report is only attached to the subgroup reports if you have activated the option Show overall report before subgroup reports This is of course done only for options that have been check marked or that exceed the minimum number of returns The minimum number of re turns can be influenced by three configuration settings o System Settings EvaSys Settings Survey Minimum number of returns for reports System Settings PDF Report Settings Configuration Minimum response frequency for display absolute System Settings PDF Report Settings Configuration Minimum percent age for display As well as selecting your desired question for a subgroup analysis you can also choose be
481. or user defined course fields in the details of a course Of course whatever you select here will be displayed to you in the overview of courses Courses of Prof Sunny Narrow Data Analysis Engineering E023 continuous Lecture english auditorium 36 Mathematics Engineering E045 continuous Lecture english laboratory Working Group Create new course Back 39 Marketing Basics Engineering E566 continuous Figure 300 Administrator user defined course fields in the details of a course This data complements a course s standard data and can in the same way serve as a filter criterion for Any compilation reports If you select the Any compilation as a report type you can activate the op tion Show extended filter options 261 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 1 Subunit Computer Science Engineering Mew Subunit Select program of study ow extended filter opti Figure 301 Report creator Activate extended filter options If you activate the filter options here you can further limit your selection and choose all properties of a course multiple selections possible Name PO Course ID PO Location Ee Participants gt Po Secondary instructors oOo H Language Poo Location P Reload Undo Figure 3
482. or does not produce e lf for relevant questionnaires extended PDF report definitions or multilin gual questionnaires exist these settings also apply to the summary re ports that are produced for the respective questionnaire This means that you can also download an adjusted and or multilingual report POF Report Plagins Standard PDF Report Figure 275 Report selection Results in POF format Standard POF Report English Figure 276 Report selection multilingual reports e Also the usual export options are available CSV Sphinx and SPSS PI Raw data in SPHINX format ide Raw data in SPSS format g dJ Raw data in CS format p 248 Figure 277 Export options The summary reports give you unlike the usual automatically produced PDF reports an overview of your evaluated data Because depending on your choice a summary report is generated for a subunit for an instructor trainer for a course of studies etc This report looks just like the automatically pro duced PDF report yet it provides you with information on the corresponding assessment results of entire subunits etc Summary reports an overview There are four different types of summary reports available to you e Subunit reports e Program of study reports e Reports for particular instructors trainers Instructor Trainer Profile and Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper G
483. or the display in online surveys can be made for both single choice question types You can choose between the drop down list and checkbox list Please note that single choice supports a maximum of eleven options If you would like to make use of more than eleven options select the single choice extended question type After all the options have been entered click on Apply The single choice question will now appear in the preview and will be auto matically highlighted Group B Overall this college is very effective in achieving its Strongly Disagree 0 OF 0 0O UO Strongly Agree educational goals and objectives Your comments Course Type Figure 448 Single choice question in the preview The ability to limit the number of possible answers is a specific feature of multiple choice questions The value Max is predefined with zero which al lows all options to be selected Enter a number here to limit the available op tions 360 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions e Question Wizard Microsoft Internet Explorer Define Options Add option Option List Apply Cancel Figure 449 Enter the question possibilities multiple choice question 1 1 How did you get in touch with our university O newspaper O advertisin
484. orm and exit editor Dear Participant rs VVe are very interested in your opinion about the course as well as about the university in general Therefore we the time read the questionnaire thoroughly and complete it Only your own judgement is important you cannot Figure 519 Different zoom levels 393 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 7 2 Paging You can change the page displayed with Ma orl as well as with the drop down list 7 3 Preview and memory function In order to display a preview of the future PDF questionnaire click on the PDF symbol F http localhost evasys tmp tmp_42cea21e85d792d9cc460ca2c9a54542_4a01b4066b802 pdf Microsoft Internet Explorer 10 x File Edit GoTo Favorites Help q Back amp fat Search Favorites PMedia C4 B 8 Address a http flocalhost evasys tmp tmp_42cea21e85d792d9cc460ca2c9a54542_4a01b4066b802 pdf gt Go Links 7 BBG l f s Bi Mark shown ogoogo Piatse use a bel polt pen or a Aan fet fp This brm wii be processed euiorneticaly Correction OBOBO Pimase follow the examples shown tb help optimize the feeding results Electric Paper i ot amp Ge about the course as well as about the course offer In general Therefore we would thoroughly and complete E Only you oa
485. orted according to this column You can sort the surveys according to Type Name Status Form e Created date Processed date Recorded number of returns Survey status In progress Cover sheet procedure amp Surveys related to Dr Silvia Thomas Type Name w Status D Lock Form Created Processe d Forms RS Del Report Expot Rep Statistics E055 In Progress O Qf MSampi 18 05 2007 2 Show cover sheet Send email with cover sheet to Display questionnaire Delete survey Download personalized instructors as PDF cover sheet Figure 78 Cover sheet procedure Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions Hard copy procedure amp Surveys related to Prof Sunny Narrow Type Name w Status D Lock Form Created Processed Forms RS Del Report Export Rep gt Mathematics E045 In Progress BY Jsamplt 18 05 2007 Show Questionnaire Display questionnai Delete survey Download personali re as PDF zed questionnaire Send email with questionnaire to instructors Figure 79 Hard copy procedure Online survey amp Surveys related to Prof Dr Michel White Type Name w Status D Lock Form Created Processed Forms RS Del Report Export Rep Economy E933 In Progress AO
486. osoft Internet Explorer Ioj x Please choose a question type ocaled Question Open Question Single Choice Single Choice Ext Multiple Choice Matrix Field PE ee ae Grade Value Apply Cancel Figure 491 Library symbol You can detach the library question as shown in the next figure Choose a question from the library a Delete selected question from library Detach library ran a Delete selected question group from library E Detach library group Figure 492 Detach library question 1 1 llearned a lot in this course Agree O O OU 0O O DSsagree 1 2 learned more inthis course than in others L Agree 0 OF OF 0 O Disagree Figure 493 Detached library question Use the same procedure to undo the connection between protected question groups a Detach library group Figure 494 Detach library group 385 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 386 Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions EvaSys 5 3 Adding a question to the library If you would like to add a question you have highlighted click on in the area question library on the edit bar 2 A L 2 1 1 Th objectives and requirements of the course completely were clearly formulated 22 2 1 thought the structure of the course contents L comple
487. otal average to the graphic and ano nymize the comparative lines Hint on falling short Short number of minimum responses If you wish to display the profile lines only for the surveys that achieved a cer tain level of participation you can freely define this through Check if the number of completed forms exceeds the minimum level defined in parame ters If this option is activated the limitation applies which the administra tor has set in the menu System Settings EvaSys Settings Survey Minimum number of returns for reporting If the number of returns to a Survey lies be low this value instead of a profile line a corresponding message is displayed 290 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Prof Sunny Narrow Data Analysis Profile Subunit Engineering Name of the instructor Prof Sunny Narrow Name of the course Data Analysis Name of the survey There are not enough filled forms for the profile line The minimum level is 15 forms Figure 354 Create profile line emails options Check if the number of completed forms exceeds the minimum level defined in parameters Excluding questions from the presentation When you activate the option Remove certain questions from profile line s and click on Request the que
488. ou can see if this action was successful in the display line at the top of the browser window gt Send Email Recipient Alternative Email Address Computer Science rep Report Creator subject Prof Or Tony Black Dr Maria Brown Prof Or Linda Connors Prof Dr Jack Jackson Engineering Dr Silvia Thomas Dean Prof Dr Michel White Dean Susan Bellow Data Entry Assistant Prof Dr Adam Adamski Prof Sunny Marrow Prof Dr Michel white OK Cancel Figure 538 Writing an email to users The sender address and the sender name are taken from data in the user pro file of the administrator Other email types some of which are created automatically receive sender data from EvaSys Settings Email Functions amp Accounts Sender Name for all System Emails 416 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 1 3 Delivery Here you will find a table with a list of all report emails that have been sent gt There are 11 Entries for deliveries Show all entries Number of data sets to display 5 Starting from data set fo OK Print Version Mathematics Form Sampl4 Report Course type Lecture Introduction into EvaSys Form Demo4 Report Dr John Smith Course type Lecture Introduction into EvaSys Te dn cri Form Demo1 Repor
489. own in the menu Move you can move entire chapters up or down To move a chapter one page forwards or backwards use the Copy Ctrl C and Paste Ctrl V C2 function in the menu Clipboard 3 4 Adding and editing questions Should you wish to add a question to your questionnaire choose the option Add question in the Editor Control Please note You cannot add questions without first having created a question group In a question group single questions can be moved up or down by using ei ther the arrow symbols and in the menu Move or by drag and drop i e by right clicking on the question and dragging it to the desired position To move a question to another question group you may either use drag and drop or the cut f and paste 2 function in the menu Move 3 4 1 Overview on the question types You can choose from among eight classes of questions Scaled questions Linear scales have up to 11 options In addition to the question text there are two texts at the scale poles Scaled questions can be grouped and averaged to indicators Scaled questions are also available for generating matrices When needed a no opinion field can be added 4 22 22 33 19 7 The instructor appeared to be well prepared for the I completely disagree pral completely agree course Figure 429 Analysis of scaled questions Open questions Responses to open questions are automatically
490. per Netviewer click on the Netviewer icon and then select the option execute the program from this location The program will then ask you for a session number which you will have from your EvaSys Support consultant Electric Paper F powered by Nebviewer Participant login Please enter the session number the consultant gives to you on the phone Session number Connect T Exit Figure 3 Netviewer participant login A program window will open up in which the desktop of our developer will appear He will switch the program from sending to receiving operations You will see then show Activate the remote control by clicking on on next to remote You can end the remote control at any time by pressing the F12 key or closing the program Femote control Figure 4 Remote control Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions You now have to activate the image transmission by selecting the transmis sion program Click in the program window on Application selection In the dialog box activate the options Show all applications Transfer task bar and system and Transfer desktop The setting Transfer newly opened ap plications must remain activated Application selection Show all a
491. permitted placeholders for email texts as well as PDF let ters SALUTATION TITLE GENDER FIRSTNAME SURNAME SURVEY SURVEY_LIST FORMCOUNT PERIOD_NAME QUESTIONARY DIMENSIONS SUBUNIT ADDRESS COURSENAME COURSEID PROGRAMOFSTUDY COURSEROOM COURSEENROLLMENT COURSETYPE CUSTOMFIELD_X CURRENTDATE SURVEYCREATIONDATE LASTCAPTUREDATE SEC_TITLE_X SEC_FIRSTNAME_X SEC_SURNAME_X Form of Address Example Dear Mr or Dear Ms Title Example Prof Gender male or female First name Surname Name of survey List of all surveys important when sending the PDF reports collected in one email batch events Number of returns for survey Name of the Survey Period Name of the questionnaire Name of the dimensions question groups Name of subunit User s address Course name Course identification Course s program of studies Course s room location Number of course participants Course type Course s user defined fields X 1 bis 5 Current date Date of survey creation Last capture date paper Scan date Online last return Title first and surname of secondary instructor X must be an integer 443 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions ENROLLME
492. port the questionnaire log in to EvaSys as an administrator If you open the list of questionnaires in the menu System Settings Questionnaires you can import new questionnaires Because you want to import a VividForms 407 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Plus form and this questionnaire has not been created with the VividForms Editor you have to deactivate the option VividForms import fom SSCS Cro G Viia orms As rew tom Figure 524 Import form Choose the FBD2 file of the questionnaire and confirm by clicking on OK Bi Available Questionnaires Show deactivated questionnaires at the end of the listing including module questionnaires 34 DEMOFORM sample 26 04 2006 O VEPs 9 4 Select Figure 525 Imported VividForms Plus questionnaire Now the VividForms Plus questionnaire has been imported and added to the list of questionnaires There you can see the information as you are used to e The ID the description and the name of the form e The questionnaire was created with VividForms Plus For that reason you can see the relevant information in the field Engine e You cannot copy the questionnaire e When choosing Action Edit in the drop down list on the right you can see a window with d
493. ports and or compile the results of the different reports The solution is the questionnaire compari son via the option Question mapping of different questionnaires in the re port creator Ciuestion mapping of different questionnaires Automatic with text comparison C Manual Figure 271 Question mapping of different questionnaires Whenever you compile reports that are based on different questionnaires here you must select whether to have the questionnaires compared automati cally or want to assign them manually In either case it is important that the questionnaires are comparable meaning that they are similar e The automatic assignment is advisable when the questionnaires are nearly identical for example when only one question was added such as in the first example 245 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ti Automated Document Solutions O Your choice Subunit Compilation name Questionnaire Period No of Surveys No of completed questionnaires The questionnaires are compared with each other by pure string comparison In computer science a string is a sequence of letters and special characters i e a character string EvaSys thus lays the character strings over one another and checks them for iden tity Decisive is therefore the numbe
494. pplications La Microsoft Office Word E Online Support Windows I VM Corporate de NEU_16_0 E windows Explorer Inbox Microsoft Outlook Transfer newly opened applications Transfer desktop Transfer task bar and system Transfer Metviewer panel ATA A A A 1 A I Figure 5 Application selection 2 1 Now you can watch our developers at work or occupy yourself with something else As soon as the maintenance is finished the program will be automati cally terminated You can find out more about security issues in the enclosed document from Netviewer The Basics For orientation purposes and as a glossary this chapter outlines the most im portant terminology and concepts which are used repeatedly throughout the EvaSys Manual Initially you can learn how EvaSys is structured and which components you will be working with Then as central evaluation and the de central evaluation stem from two fundamentally different concepts these concepts are also introduced At the end of the chapter you will be ac quainted with some basic terminology used in EvaSys Structure of the EvaSys system EvaSys consists of four components see also the graphics below o the web server the data base the scanstation or several scanstations and the VividForms Reader The following graphic gives you an overview of the interaction of the compo nents mentioned Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to
495. profile line emails Options Comparative line deactivated with the overall average 289 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ti Automated Document Solutions Anonymizing comparative line With the comparison of several events reports to each other it is possible for data protection reasons to anonymize the names of all comparative lines So the instructor trainer to whose course it relates only sees the name of his course the rest is anonymized Comparative line Course1 Comparative line Report 1 Prof Sunny Narrow Data Analysis Subunit Engineering T Name of the instructor Prof Sunny Narrow Name of the course Data Analysis Name of the survey H Comparative line Report 1 H Comparative line Course 1 l vV 273 learned a lot in this course Agree Disagree oy V av 3 an re av 3 1 learned more in this course than in others Agree Disagree av 2 8 av 2 5 This course was extremely valuable to my education Agree 4 Disagree ss 9 av 2 9 Figure 353 Create profile line emails options Anonymize comparative lines Of course these options can also be combined You could for example have a profile line comparison displayed to you in which you mark the minimum and maximum values with gray add the t
496. ption Pole reversal of scales when taking norms you have to take those differences into account when interpreting the norm profile line When activating the option the norm profile line is standardized and thus can be interpreted more easily If smaller values are positive i e left of the norm those values are reversed Furthermore the reversed values are used for the calculation of the mean values Thus all the amplitudes on the right hand of the norm can be interpreted to be positive Accordingly values on the left side are negative Those questions where the center is the best value are an exception to the explained rules e g with the question Was the number of presentations adequate and the answers too few just perfect too many Permit listing of open questions Listing and counting of individual comments in the report Dual scale profile line When activated critical values of dual scale questions are highlighted by means of a color gradient o deactivated 1 critical values on the left side of the scale 2 critical values on the right side of the scale Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions 4 5 2 PDF report definitions The evaluation reports in EvaSys can be influenced in two places The configuration of each PDF r
497. question groups is activated in the menu Form Properties in the VividForms Editor Font size Select the font size for the heading text from 7pt up to 2opt default resulting from the chosen default font size in the menu System Settings EvaSys Set tings VividForms Default Font Size Text element If you check this box then the question group will be changed into a text ele ment This is only possible when adding a new question group Please Note When changed into a text element the question group loses its original function and becomes mere text You can no longer add items such as questions or design elements to this redefined group Having made your settings and clicking on Apply the chapter title will ap pear in the preview You can open the properties of the question group again Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions with a double click in the preview window or by using the symbol I in the Edi tor Control menu Edit and the menu Edit Question Group Attention Clicking on the symbol J or on the text Delete Del in the menu Clipboard will delete the entire highlighted chapter as well as all of the questions in it without any warning or confirmation Using the arrow symbols t Up and amp D
498. question will be included into the unweighted merged report Force settings of the administrator If activated after the processing of paper surveys the settings of the adminis trator are used instead of the responsible subunit administrator 461 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Automatic verification The automatic verification allows certain cases of a batch to be verified auto matically Scan resolution Resolution in DPI This setting influences the scaling of images with handwrit ten answers in PDF reports The default resolution is 200 DPI HTML report Relative values The HTML reports show the distribution of the responses to closed questions with relative activated or absolute deactivated values HTML report Minimum percentage for display Defines the minimum percentage of response frequency to a question in rela tion to the total number of returns needed in order to display the respective question in the HTML report If the value is set to o all questions of the re ports will be displayed HTML report Minimum percentage for display absolute Defines the minimum absolute response frequency to a question required in order to display the question in the HTML report Please also consider the setting Show notice for
499. r w ink aahiniaia additional subunds for QM wews Dean of Studies Tale Prat Dean See utilization statisties tor the subunit First rame inani Module Last name Brewer Report Creator Phone Data Entry Assistant Handewitten comments Email Ce Verifier L lassan uter about pr fil creation wia mair Subunit Administrator Form Editor Urestrted sous Cancel Bi Neut gt gt Address Cancel lt lt Back Save Language i ee oe ee ee es Login name 7 New password Confirm new password e o Cancel Back Nest Figure 37 Setting up a new user account manually three steps 52 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions A number of details are necessary when setting up a new user account They are listed in the table below Column Content Title 1 Mr Mrs Ms or neutral Max 50 characters optional field Title 2 In the report document the combination Ti tle2 Surname will appear First Name Max 50 characters optional field Surname Max 50 characters non optional field Telephone Number Max 100 characters optional field User defined three lines recommended optional field Address This field is used as the internal email address in the Central Evaluation server version Self reg
500. r EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions After authentification of the instructor trainer he can click on the link Cen tral Evaluation Report and then receive the same view as the passive instruc tor trainer After selecting the period he can download the reports from the Survey Eva Sys Linguistics ucotion Survey Automation Suite Requesting central evaluation reports Survey Period s 5507 5508 Jasmine Sadhi E WS08 09 Reload Surveys Created Forms Request Gender v Additional Reports 7 train _01 16 08 2007 English PDF Folders Reports central evaluation EvaExam Exam sheets P Assistant Questionnaires A Questionnaires Figure 247 Download of reports by active instructors In order for the instructor trainer to receive a message that he can download new reports the automatic dispatch of emails should be activated after scan ning At the same time the dispatch of the PDF reports or CSV data must be deacti vated at System Settings EvaSys Settings Email Functions amp Accounts The email text E MAIL Report for Survey can be modified and for example de scribe how the instructor trainer should login to the system The settings for email delivery do not only affect the automatic email dispatch but also the manual delivery of reports by the administrator using the survey view Mass production and sending of reports You can use the batch
501. r ma anal teaching material 5 Questions about the studying conditions in the second part of the analysis the average values of all individual questions are listed Mote Adobe Acrobat Reader must be installed on your computer in order to wiew the files Your EvaSys Administrator ox MuAsimenro Maa MurAsinarnn Mar Mustermann Mas Mustemmann Evz ae e istrat EvaSys Admini stator Figure 245 Designing an individually configured letter for sending reports This special letter can either be used for all reports or defined only for special questionnaires You can limit it to a single questionnaire if you click on Text Templates in questionnaire details 223 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 224 Electric Paper EvaSys Automated Document Solutions 4 5 5 Download and sending of reports Manual download of evaluation reports When the reports are not to be sent to the instructors trainers by email EvaSys Settings Email Functions amp Accounts Attach PDF Report you can configure EvaSys so that instructors trainers can login to the system and then manually download their PDF reports from the Central Evaluation Passive instructors trainers Passive instructors trainers automatically see their surveys from the Central Evaluation In order to do this simply activate access in Sys
502. r of different characters in the questions and the level of marking When you choose Automatic with text comparison a page opens where you can view the result of the text comparison The left ques tionnaire is the basis questionnaire the wording of which is car ried over into the report Engineering Demo2 Demo2B S507 2007 03 01 to 2007 08 31 14 140 The report creation may take a moment Please wait until an acknowledgment has been sent back from the serrer Create learned a lot in this course learned a lot in this course Agree Disagree Agree Disagree learned more in this course than in others learned more in this course than in others Agree Disagree Agree Disagree This course was extremely valuable to my education This course was extremely valuable to my education Agree Disagree Agree Disagree Figure 272 Automatic questionnaire comparison overview O O On the bottom of the page you can change the basis questionnaire Furthermore you can specify by how many characters the questions and or the modality text texts describing the check mark boxes can Vary Change base form Dero Search limit C Dero2B Maximum amount of different characters In the question text lic Maximum amount of different characters in the modality text 5 Apply Changes Figure 273 Automatic questionnaire comparison base questionnaire Number of different char
503. r the course has secondary instructors Figure 39 Activating of secondary instructors during the import Activating Deactivating user profiles With this function you can activate or de activate a user profile Simply click on the icon directly next to the user name Icons with a portrait and a padlock stand for passive user profiles Icons with a portrait but no padlock stand for active user profiles d Prof Sunny Narrow ay Prof Dr Michel White Figure 40 Activated Narrow and deactivated White user account If a user account is deactivated then the individual will not be able to login to the EvaSys server If he does try to log in then he will see a message that his account has been blocked by the administrator An exception is the deactivation of the dean manager s account The dean manager can log on to the system if the administrator has allowed him access to the QM Views 55 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Furthermore it is possible to give all deactivated instructors trainers the right to access their reports from the central evaluation In order to do this the op tion EvaSys Settings Central Evaluation Passive Instructors Trainers Login for Report Request must be activated The instructor trainer can now log on with
504. rator Profile Line Comparison in the PDF report add previous period In the details of a questionnaire you can define the number of previous peri ods which should be compared with the current period This means the pro file line of the period of the current survey will be compared to the profile lines of the survey of the same course from the previous period In order to activate the profile lines for a questionnaire go to the question naire details in the area Evaluations and select the option Comparison re port in the drop down menu and click subsequently on Edit Bi Details for questionnaire train_02 train 02 Course Evaluation Questionnaire 22 Optional Questions wW POF Paper Survey Show Inthe recognition set of the VividForms Reader Refresh Advanced Settings Text Templates Text Templates Morming POF Reports Qualty Guidelines Sphinx Report Report for comparison Usage Data export configuration Form Activated Surve Fiter settings Validation Required questions Matrices Type Figure 364 Selection of a report for comparison The following window opens automatically in which you can define the num ber of previous periods for the comparison lines 297 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 298 Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated D
505. rding the creation of non anonymous Surveys as well as inserting and editing participant data in non Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 61 Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions anonymous Surveys can be found in the paragraph Importing participant data in chapter B 3 2 9 Non anonymous Surveys Specifying participant data in anonymous Surveys If you wish to evaluate the course anonymously and therefore activated the option Anonymous Survey participants in the above graphic you can only insert the email address of the participants This makes sense for example when you want to send the participants of an online survey their PSWDs via email After you have activated the option Anonymous Survey Participants in the details of a course click on Edit data of participants In the window which opens automatically you have the opportunity to either insert the email ad dresses of your anonymous participants manually or to import them via CSV import Participant of lt Web Design XHTML gt scsv import of survey participant data Import survey participants data Browse Import Figure 47 Adding anonymous participants of a course overview Further information on CSV importing of email addresses can be found in chapter B 2 2 3 Import of
506. re 118 Linking the online survey template with a subunit Select an option from the list next to Online survey template As well as this an individual addition to the online survey web server address can be defined for the subunit Creation of a customized online survey template To create a so called online survey template click in the main menu on Sys tem Settings and on the submenu s left side on Online survey template field Configuration There you will see the administration for online survey templates 124 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions Online Template Management Customized Online Survey Templates ID Name Owner Edit Delete 10 Custamized Template Peter Brown is a My online layout Peter Grown Pi p 4 Create new customized online survey template Online Survey Templates ID Name Owner Delete g Evasys Onlineumfragentemplate Peter Brown a 11 My Template Peter Grown is Template IP file for online surveys Browse Name of Online Survey Template Import Figure 119 The administration of the online survey template Click on Create new customized online survey template The following win dow appears Editor for customized online survey templates Hame Mame of this template Test Back
507. re Sampl1 Automatic email attachment list WAIL Batch printed form for instructor hybrid survey Certificate of participation for online surveys Cover sheet for instructor Form tor instructor Information about result access to participants Instructor s Optional Questions activated Instructor s Optional Questions deactivated Instructor s Optional Questions reminder Language English Higher Education Mo email attachment defined Mo custom text for this questionnaire was found Default text will be used Figure 220 Modifying text templates for a specific questionnaire template view However all templates that you upload here and all texts that you change here are only used for the reports that are associated with this question naire s Survey This way you can design the letter according to your particular requirements 201 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions This example should clarify the use of different templates and text designs for you You have a general letter template which can be used throughout the entire university or throughout the entire company You use this as layout template for the system wide PDF letter design it according to the rules and upload it into the general text templates
508. re being used in surveys Please contact the support team before activating and using the edit mode The survey can be conducted just like any other paper or online survey in EvaSys After the response has been scanned e g received and analyzed the analysis starts automatically for paper surveys and after closing or opening the report in an online survey EvaSys will generate reports on both the module survey and all of its components If a paper survey has been conducted and the automatic report submission is activated all recipients will receive a report by email The person linked to the module account will receive the full report while those people linked as sec ondary instructors trainers to single courses will receive both their part and the general part of the report In the following figure you can see the report on a module survey and all of its components 333 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions choose pdt report choose pdt report Figure 415 Reports on the module survey and all of its components The report submission can be manually repeated by clicking the email symbol in the survey list view 334 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337
509. re their user Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions name and password and can log on to the system through the usual EvaSys registration screen Via their user accounts these users can then depending on their type of au thorization implement all evaluation steps themselves This applies to e creating questionnaires The administrator assigns the right to create questionnaires per user Hence some users can create surveys how ever they can only use those questionnaires that are preset by the ad ministrator Others can edit these central questionnaires but cannot create new ones etc the implementation of paper and online surveys With existing ques tionnaires active interviewers can create new surveys as they see fit the processing of a survey After evaluating the data an active instruc tor trainer automatically receives the survey s result which can be ed ited for example by summarizing it with other reports establishing subgroups based on specific criteria such as age gender etc and so on the export as CSV file and into statistics tools such as SPSS and Sphinx Also active instructors trainers can of course edit the results of their surveys further in other programs Just like the administrator active instructors tr
510. reate surveys and then have the filled in questionnaires read through the TeleForms Reader Similar to the VividForms Reader the TeleForms Reader processes the data by reading the blackened zones and transmitting this data Thus if you look at the graphic again the data is processed like this In the case of paper surveys you scan filled in batches of questionnaires us ing the Scanstation and a scanner In turn image files are produced and saved in a folder that is checked by the VividForms Reader at pre defined in tervals By means of the form definitions at hand the VividForms Reader recognizes the blackened check mark boxes and transmits this data to the data base The VividForms Reader cannot process the scanned questionnaires if these are not based on VividForms forms Should this be the case the image files are stored in a so called NonForms folder meaning in a folder for non recognized image files If the questionnaires are based on TeleForms forms and you are working with TeleForm the TeleForm Reader will search this folder and is able to process these forms further This step however is not shown in the graphic above With online surveys of course no scanning is required The data will be trans ferred directly to the data base Once the data has reached the data base the user can access the data base via the web server with a web browser and view the results of their survey Central evaluation and active instru
511. recognized as answered dur ing processing and are integrated in the report document as image files If the responses have been manually anonymized or are part of an online survey then the responses are in machine print and can be exported together with the raw data 349 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys a Automated Document Solutions Your comments Very intseshipl Aira fama dehe Meie EXefiied p ease i Your comments Very interesting and informative Some more exercises please Figure 430 a Illustration of a result of an open question as image file as well as b in machine print form Grade values Survey participants check a value paper survey or give directly a grade value online survey Overall rating Figure 431 Illustration of a question with grade value Single choice 1 of n There are two versions of the single choice question Either with a maximum of 11 options or with unlimited options unlimited means as many options as fit on one page As a rule the first type shows all options regardless of whether they were answered or not see illustration This is also available for matrices The second version shows only the bar results for the options that were Selected at least once A Number of semester Figure 432 Illustration of a single c
512. relevant questionnaire If Display Cronbach s Alpha has been activated then the calculated value of Cronbach s Alpha will be displayed behind the indicator names System Settings PDF Report Settings Configuration Display Cronbach s Alpha This value is a measure of reliability and shows the internal consistence of the question group The value range of Cronbach s Alpha spans from minus infinitely to 1 it is only sensible to interpret positive values EvaSys uses the regular non standardized Cronbach s Alpha which is calculated from the variances and covariances of the questions within a question group Norm profile lines As an alternative to averaged indicators you can show norm profile lines In addition to the setting discussed above calculate indicators you must acti vate the option System Settings PDF Report Settings Configuration Show norm values You must also specify the norm values in the questionnaire administration Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 203 Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions Dimension Planning and Presentations Interaction with Students Arousing Interest amp Relevance of Course subjective Success in Learning Grade Course Grade Instructor Value 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 3 1 3 6 Morr value 70 70 89
513. require the instructor trainer of the course as an element within the EvaSys structure These instructors trainers are managed centrally by the administrator We talk of a passive instructor trainer account when only the administrator can access the instructors trainers for example in or der to create surveys centrally for the instructor trainer s course If the instructor trainer himself is additionally authorized to log on to create questionnaires or surveys we talk of an active instructor trainer account also see chapter 2 2 2 Active instructor trainer accounts Questionnaire In EvaSys the term questionnaire may have two meanings e Firstly in EvaSys it refers to the file which serves as a template for a ques tionnaire and determines the layout of a questionnaire that is used for numerous surveys Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions In this case it is a PDF file that contains the questionnaire and determines which options for questions and responses appear in what design on the questionnaire This template can be used for creating both paper and online surveys however in the case of online surveys with VividForms questionnaires the design is not defined through the questionnaire Therefore the footer of a VividForms questionnaire con
514. ress in the figure shown at the letters top right is specified by you in the configuration of each corresponding PDF report System Settings PDF Report Settings Configuration You will find the options Sender part 1 up to Sender part 3 Here you can insert the university s name your company street and city or whatever else you may require 195 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Sender part 1 Electric Paper First line of the senders address field on the POF report file cover letter IY Wake this option available to Subunit Administrators Sender part 2 Konrad Zuse Allee 13 second line of the senders address field on the POF report file cover lette V Wake this option avallaiie to Subunit Administrators Sender part 3 21337 L neburg Third line of the senders address field on the POF report file cover letter M Make this option available to Subunit Administrators Figure 212 Sender s address on the letter The sender s details to be found above the address field are specified by you right below it Sender above recipient address The text in the letter You can edit the text in the letter under the option Text templates in the main menu System Settings When changing to this page a win
515. ress must be given complete with protocol i e http Language selection using images If activated you can select the language for multiple language online ques tionnaires by language icons The icons must be defined for the languages and the files must exist c apache htdocs evasys bilder If this option is deactivated languages can be selected using a dropdown box Participation tracking online surveys Protection of anonymity With participation tracking available as a CSV export the participation ano nymity for online surveys is abrogated whereby the survey anonymity should be preserved The minimal return value defined here must be attained so that the information on participation or non participation of a specific survey can be released Please observe that under certain circumstances a value of 3 or less can compromise Survey anonymity Data import and export Permit data export for open questions When activated the CSV raw data files also receive the responses collected to Open questions Placeholder image files Output text for textbox not yet validated Separators CSV import and export Defines the separators for CSV import and export Accepted semicolon comma tabulator t and the vertical line Synchronization URL for the XML import XML export interface of the external system with which EvaSys is to be syn chronized Method password creation faculty import Rules for setting up new users through
516. rg Germany 483 Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Creating reports 234 Scan station software 168 Cronbach s Alpha 233 scanner Designing an individually configured Canon DR 3060 3080 175 letter for sending reports 223 Fujitsu fi 4120C 176 Download of reports 224 Scanning Generating aggregated Reports 247 Important rules for scanning 177 Individually designed reports 221 Scanning the forms 168 PDF report 192 Search 412 PDF report definitions 217 Search for courses 414 PDF report header 202 445 Search for deliveries 415 Report Creator A24 Search for surveys 415 Report for the dean 293 Search function 412 Report for the dean of studies 293 Searching for users 413 Report for the president 293 Searchmask 412 Sending of reports ee Search configuration 325 Summary reports 247 Section Central Evaluation 463 Template for letter in PDF reports 440 Section Color Settings 465 The EvaSys report module Sphinx Section Course User Data Fields 460 Plus2 307 Section Email Functions amp Accounts The user role of the report creator 234 464 Report creator 234 Section Functions 460 Creating a report creator 235 Section General 454 Required questions 388 391 Section Instructor Accounts Decentral Requirement Evaluation 466 Implementation of specific design Section Maintenance 472 requirements VividForms Plus 406 Section Network Settings 469 Rules for scanning 177
517. ric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions oota train_en3 Course Evaluation Questionnaire Copy Course Evaluation Questionnaire Copy Electric Paper ORGANIZATION AUTHOR SUBUNIT SURVEY hark as shown ORMOO OO Please use a ball point pen or a thin telt tip This form will be processed automatically Comection DIO RO Please follow the examples shown to help optimize the reading results LOGO Electric Paper Coo L E Ge Dear Participant We are very interested in your opinion about the course as well as about the university in general Therefore we would like to ask you to take the time read the questionnaire thoroughly and complete t Only your oven judgement is important you cannot give wrong Of course the data is completely anonymous 1 Questions about you Which gender do you belong to O female What it your age O40 49 Loder than 69 Ahat iz your age Figure 505 Preview of online survey A new window opens with a preview of the online survey Check to make sure you like your layout Close the window in order to continue editing the ques tionnaire To finish editing the questionnaire click Save form and exit editor or the symbol with the open door After that you will reach the details of a ques tionnaire Please note Your changes of a questionnaire will always be saved automati
518. rices Required Questions Picture Library Show Colors Line Height Font Size Size of the answer boxes Figure 460 Adapting the size of check boxes Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions Please note that line spacing must be at least 2pt greater than the answer box size If for example you have defined a line spacing of 11pt and then set your an swer box size up to 11pt the system automatically increases the line spacing to 13pt If you reduce the line spacing EvaSys automatically reduces the size of your answer boxes so that as a basic principle a minimal difference in size of 2pt is ensured In order to achieve an appealing layout for your questionnaires we recom mend selecting a minimal difference in size of at least 3pt in relation to the size of your answer boxes Attention The larger the answer boxes the fewer can be displayed With a scaled question with 11 response possibilities your answer box size will be 8pt Now if you increase your answer box size to gpt for reasons of available space only 10 answer boxes will be displayed With a answer box size of 10pt you can only display 9 answer boxes With a answer box size of 11pt or 12pt only 8 or 7 answer boxes are displayed and so on Before apply ing the change you will get
519. right 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Activate Remind Deactivate M No email submission Figure 135 No submission of emails to the instructor trainer The text of the relevant emails can be edited in the menu System Settings Text Templates E MAIL Instructor Trainer s Optional Questions activated EMAIL Instructor Trainer s Optional Questions reminder and E MAIL In structor Trainer s Optional Questions deactivated The administrator can edit the surveys where the Instructor Trainer s Optional Questions are activated by opening the list of surveys main menu Sub units there Display Surveys 3 2 8 Batch events Batch events offer various process automation possibilities connected to the distribution of survey forms and survey reports Please observe that when se lecting subunits survey periods course types and courses multiple selec tions can be made by pressing and holding down the Ctrl key However with regard to questionnaires only one questionnaire per batch process can be selected Print Cover Sheets Forms C Print POF reports C Send Cover Sheets Forms C Send POF reports C Archive POF reports and CSW raw data C Send POF reports as instructor profiles C Send PSWDs to Instructors M Hid
520. rly see what is done at each step You can decide to display the radio buttons in a table or in a div element you can choose to have them to the right of the label or un der the label this can also be defined in the CSS file you can add your code for extended validation rules put images instead of poles each time the left pole is defined as do not agree and the right pole as totally agree and other images for other types of poles for example Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions EvaSys In this example you also see some code resulting from functions as getA DAOptionText These functions are very important Please bear in mind that EvaSys has originally been designed to ensure accessibility Therefore many requirements have been met for example to guarantee the accessibility of the content for people of all abilities and disabilities mainly blind or poor sight users Consequently specific functions were created that would help you to create code that makes your online surveys available for all people lt php ff abstention fehlen Svalue Sthis gt getValue Sname this gt getName Slabel Sthis gt getLabel preapare inputfields and abstention SsAbstention SsInputarea SsLeftPoleText Sthis gt getLeftPole
521. rmany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 5 2 4 Reports for the president for the dean manager and for the dean of studies program manager With the report creator you can download further reports that provide an over view of survey results to the management of your institution or your company You can find these reports in the menu Reports on the left hand side EvaSys Jj Education Survey Automation Suite Maria Report Report Crestor Surveys Folders CJ Reports 2 g Reports 2 Additional Reports Reports Figure 357 Result Reports Where to find Using this function you can create Summary reports for the president for stud ies the deans of studies program managers as well as the deans managers which give them an overview of the results of the course evaluations These functionalities are for questionnaires that were set up for the creation of summary reports There are three report forms for summary reports e Report for the president Contains a general indicator for all surveys in the past semester sorted according to subunits 293 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions e Report for the dean manager Contains a general indicator as well as individual indicators for all sur veys in
522. rmatics experts com A x Custorn 1 Engineering s SsS Custom 2 FO Custom 3 FO Save Cancel Address Figure 149 Details of a non anonymous participant Close the window by clicking on Save The participant has now been cre ated Participant of lt Web Design XHTML gt 7 Hide user defined columns custom field 1 custom field 2 John Doe doe01 training evasys de Informatics 3734257 1 Jane Roe roe01 training evasys de Informatics 63650742 Susan Schneider schneider01 training evasys de Business Informatics 69563220 Michael Brown brown01 training evasys de Geology 19562865 Peter Cooper cooper01 training evasys de Business Informatics 57297736 George Windows george informatics experts com Engineering Delete all Figure 150 Added new participant Click on the button Back at the bottom of the page to return to the course details Close the window of the course details by clicking on the button OK This course is now saved as non anonymous In the list of the course in the column Participants it is marked as non anonymous by the index card sym bol Courses of Prof Dr William Stanley Web DesignfAHTML DEMOC DEMO 1 continuous Lecture auditorium Web Design CSS DEMOC Demol 2 continuous Lecture english auditorium Network Test continuous Lecture english auditorium Create new course Back Figure 151 Anonymous and non anonymous courses 150 Copyright 2001 2009 E
523. rnet Expl Ioj x Edit Pole Lett Pole Right Pole Standard text for abstention Apply Cancel Figure 461 Edit pole template Enter the text elements which should be used for the labels and click Apply Next create a new question group Now the option IE Pole Labels in the section Add can be selected Click on tl Pole Labels to add them to the questionnaire 1 First Chapter Totally Agree Totally Disagree The instructor appeared to be well prepared OoOoOOddo for the course The instructor had organised the course ee ee well Figure 462 Pole labels in the editor preview Continue adding scaled questions Do not define individual pole labels since the pole label headers perform this function The pole labels are automatically assigned to all scaled questions below This allows them to be displayed in the PDF reports Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions 3 6 2 Vertical pole labels Vertical pole labels can be defined as an alternative to the horizontal labels Chose the option HE Extended Pole Labels after creating a new question group Now enter the option texts into the dialog Each text element is limited to 25 characters Totally Agree Rather Agree Neutral Rather Disagree Totally Disagr
524. rom the CSV import table i e the index number 2 always corresponds to the second value from the top down Please keep in mind that changing these data during operations will create the problem that course data already existing have a reference to these val ues When you make major changes in this area you must also correct the cor responding references in the course data in order to ensure that they remain meaningful Evaluation periods Evaluation period is the period of time in which ONE survey per course is car ried out In most cases the courses are evaluated once per semester and so EvaSys is delivered with semesters as evaluation periods If for example you would like to evaluate twice per semester you can set up quarters as evaluation periods Evaluation periods play an important role in enabling internal allocation to Surveys including the image files from open questions The evaluation peri ods must therefore be defined before beginning productive operations We 38 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions EvaSys strongly discourage making changes in completed or current evaluation peri ods 12 Survey Period Period From ool Wis 06 5o08 wWo0s 0s oo04 wW 509 10 5510 03 01 2007 09 01 2007 05 01 2008 09 01 2008 03 01 2004 05 01 2009
525. rrection Deskew Deactivate Disable Scan Type Scanning Side Duplex To apply the settings click on Scan and scan a page If you are satisfied that the scan image is correct then return to the main window Mode Fage Size A4 210x 297 miri Dots per inch 200 dpi Brightness M al Bl Contrast Desken Margin Scanning Side Ratio of black pixela Feeding Option Standard Delay al D l sec Scanning Option Standard al Ared More Default About Cancel Help Figure 186 Canon DR 3080 175 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 4 1 3 Scanner Fujitsu fi 4120C Select the following settings for the Fujitsu Scanner Bi TWAIN Driver 32 J x Image Scanner t 41 10CUd 2 120KB Browse setting Files 00 Current Setting Config Resolution scan Type ADF Duplex 200 200 Paper size Jad 210n29 rom ka Scanning Area Left Top idth Length Duplex Individual Setting Image Mode Brightness Black amp White fha Pe ee eae athe Black white T ee a ee ee R A A ect R ect COc tal ek PM e a a a a e a a a a a Static Threshold z 136 O ee Halftone Contrast H 125 Advance oi Option Help About T
526. rs Select a folder and click on Save Then open the saved CSV file to call up the information on participation and non participation email Participation follows Time Management Time Management Time Management Time Management Time Management Time Management Time Management Time Management Time Management Time Management Time Management Time Managerment userli email com useli emaill caom usellsiGeemail cam usel4i email com useloigemail caom uselbi emaill com usellbGeemail cam user i email com useloi emaill caom useldig email com userl UGeemail com user Ti email com Figure 108 Example CSV file of participation tracking Mo Yes Yes Yes Mo Mo Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Mo As soon as you call up the participation tracking for online surveys for which you distributed PSWD cards instead of sending the PSWDs per email the email column remains empty Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany EvaSys 117 Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Online surveys Customization of the language used If additional languages for system messages are to be made available to online survey participants you can integrate them in EvaSys For online sur veys this refers to short messages such as Continue Send and Save tem porarily but also to longer texts such as The r
527. rse evaluation contain closed questions with a set number of response options as well as open questions These have accuracy rates approaching 100 As a rule the Verifier is not needed Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 337 Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 2 Access rights It is possible for both the administrator and instructors trainers to use the Web editors For each user of a instructor trainer account the administrator can give the following settings e Unrestricted access The user can create his own questionnaires or work with existing templates e Extension of templates only The user can extend templates with his own questions but cannot create his own questionnaires e No access The user is not authorized to user the Web editor to modify or create questionnaires 2 Change the user rights Lib views No Gh views additional subunits for OM views Economy Engineering Mew Subunit Physics Form Editor Unrestricted ACCESE Unrestricted access Extension of templates only No access Figure 419 Access Rights 338 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i J Automated Document Solutions Cre
528. rt creator can generate an accumulated subunit report Hide bar diagram shadow Hides the bar shadow in PDF reports Hide end of document text Hides text end of document Batch printing Duplex printing The PDF document contains empty pages for duplex printing e g after the cover sheet Batch printing form printing when using the cover sheet procedure When using the cover sheet procedure the cover sheet and the form will be included in the PDF either in a given number or as a master copy depending on whether this button is activated Delete answers to open questions Activates Deactivates the option to delete responses to open questions Serial dispatch of the profile lines for active user accounts If activated serial dispatch of the profile lines of the report creator can also be used for active user accounts If this option is deactivated the report creator can only choose courses of in activated user accounts when creating profile line emails If this option is activated the report creator can additionally see and choose the courses of active user accounts Blocking time for pages of forms in the Web Verifier Time in minutes for which a page of the form is blocked by a user During this time no other user can access the form Consider the minimum response for unweighted merged reports If activated those questions which reached an insufficient number of re sponses are ignored When deactivated every
529. rt Settings have to be configured for each PDF report In the details of the questionnaires you can define a default PDF report for each questionnaire Thus you can con figure an individual PDF report for each questionnaire Generate letter Creates a letter for the PDF report The letter contains the senders address defined in the section sender part 1 as well as the logo of the system taken from the setting in the organization profile and a predefined text which is personalized using placeholders This text is deposited in Text Templates Calculate indicators If the questionnaire supports the calculation of indicators these can be dis played at the beginning of the report There is a general average value which summarizes the general values again to an indicator the latter can be acti vated at hide overall indicator This function should only be used with ques tionnaires which have been developed for the averaging of individual ques tions in a category Show norm values If there are norm values then both indicators and the profile line in the PDF report will be normed Analysis of single questions Activates the detailed analysis of single questions main part of the PDF re port Create maxi histogram After the detailed analysis part of a PDF report large histograms of scaled questions can be created using this function The bar for the response distri bution the question text the pole identi
530. rt creator compiles some reports when he creates profile lines etc the system always duplicates the raw data to obtain the data for the new reports The PDF reports are based upon this data Thus no PDF report is avail able as a file in the system every report is created on the fly using the raw data or the copies of the data when the user calls up the report In a sense the deletion of the data copies also implies the deletion of the re port of the report creator But in fact when clicking on the button Delete re ports you only delete the duplicated data which overloads your system Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany EvaSys 431 432 Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions 1 12 Analysis of errors 1 12 1 Log book The log book reflects all the operations that occur in connection with the automatic capture of paper questionnaires There are three types of symbol message symbolized with a blue i error red X and warning yellow warning triangle Log book entries 19 Messages warnings and errors Show fi 5 Records starting from lo OK SMTP Error could not connect to SMTP host server s Mail could not be ean SYSTEM 18 06 2007 at 16 22 02 Email could not be created Dr Erika Ergner user localserver de 3 SYSTEM 18 06 2007 at 16 22 02 Successfully
531. rther lines can be drawn for comparative purposes e g the average of the program of study and of the department In order to activate the profile line use the function System Settings PDF Report Settings Configuration Create profile line Detail norm profile line Normed profile T Subunit Engineering Name of the Instructor Prof Sunny Narrow Name of the course Data Analysis Name of the survey 13 Dimension About the Course Figure 233 Normed profile The detail profile line shows all of the norm values of the questionnaire In addition to the option mentioned above Create profile line you must acti vate the option System Settings PDF Report Settings Configuration Show norm values You must also specify the norm values in the questionnaire administration Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions Presentation template Presentation template Lecture Web Services Prof Dr Michel White No of responses 10 About the Course E 2 e 8 e s 3 g 4 Figure 234 Presentation template This part serves to facilitate a discussion with the students participants about the results of the survey All indicators can be shown with an explana tory text This explanatory text has to be activated firs
532. rtical scale labels Extended Pole Labels Adds an empty line Line Space Adds a horizontal separator separator Opens the dialog to create a text box Text Box Opens the dialog to add a picture from the library Picture Adds a page break B Ge i by Fage Break p Opens the properties dialog of the selected question group Edit Question Group ip ci Opens the properties dialog of the selected question 4 Li m La Opens the properties dialog of the pole labels Le ann Opens the properties dialog for vertical pole labels Opens the properties dialog for text boxes Opens the properties dialog for the marked picture a i Clipboard Undoes the last action up to 20 in a row Undo Ctrl 2 Cuts the selected object and adds it to the clipboard Copies the selected object and adds it to the clipboard Paste will add the contects of the clipboard below the marked object Deletes the marked object Exits the editor Deletes the questionnaire Cut Ctr s Copy Ctrl C m of amp I i Delete Del Save form and exit editar Delete form and exit editar Figure 422 Editor Control part 1 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions Move Moves the marked object one step up T Up Moves the marked object one step down Do
533. ructor trainer about which deans of studies program managers received a summarized form of the results has been activated self registering procedure Content Personalized text with a list of the deans of studies program managers who have been given access to the summarized results of the survey Certificate of participation for online surveys Trigger Certificate of participation has been activated for a questionnaire Option amail The PSWD has been sent to the respondents by email The respon dent has submitted the online survey and received this email Content Personalized certificate of participation 439 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 2 1 3 Template for letter in PDF reports The letter text for PDF reports can be defined in same list like email texts Let ter texts starts with LETTER Electric Paper Ti Konrad Zuse Alee 1521557 Luensburg Bectk Paper Mr Dock as private and confidential Report Course Evaluation to the Teachers Dear Dock This email contains the results of the automated evaluation of the training meeting evaluation for meeting Example survey A to questionnaire type A The global indicator indicated first consists of the following scales of the questionnaire next the individual average valu
534. rvey Templates ve Language sets John Mark Instructor Surveys g Folders Quality Management OM views EvaExam B Exam sheets JP assistant Ouestionnares 2 Questionnaires A ViwidForars Editor 3 Templates P Verification Figure 420 Access to the editor as administrator left and as active instructor right 340 EvaSys i Click on the questionnaire editor to begin An empty questionnaire will ap pear along with a control bar in the background A small window will open in which you must enter some basic data Abbreviation A unique five place abbreviated name for the survey Title Longer text describing the questionnaire Paper Choose between the paper formats A4 letter and legal Template Here you can choose whether the questionnaire should serve as a template By placing a tick in the box in the area Activate deactivate template mode you have defined your questionnaire as a template Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions With a questionnaire that is defined as a template you can decide whether the new items should only be added at the end of the questionnaire By doing so you can ensure that the existing structure of your questionnaire cannot be changed To do this activate the option New items may only
535. s part the option Allow editing HTML source code in VividForms Editor The button Source code appears in the dialogue for text entry and formatting in the VividForms Editor This affects for example the assistant for the creation of question groups as well as questions E Form Wizard Microsoft Internet Explorer Form creation information Abbreviation Tithe Paper Template iB 7z Uje LSe E Source Demoa Title Letter IT lactivate deactivate template mode IE Mew items can only be added atthe end Wlas Pages Max tems o Apply Cancel Figure 476 Show the Source Code in the VividForms Editor Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany EvaSys 375 376 Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions 3 8 3 8 1 Click on the button Source code to view and change the text s HTML format ting This way you can insert line breaks with the aid of the tag lt br gt list formatting or table formatting All HTML elements inserted here are then available for online surveys Attention The utilization of JavaScript here is explicitly advised against JavaScript can entail unpredictable and unwanted implications if for exam ple used variables have by chance the same name as a variable already used in EvaSys Note Only the font form
536. s e Number of False Forms forms that recognized as EvaSys forms but did not belong to the scanned survey e Marking whether the batch was part of a Multi batch only with VividForms forms e Scan Date of the batch 421 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 1 7 System information This is where you will receive an overview of the number of surveys in the sys tem as well as in the all subunits Click System Information System Sum 99 mary In progress Wid Evaluated 4 fF 20 Data deleted 1722 Summan gz r rge Figure 546 System information At first a summary list of surveys with the following states will display e Ready Active surveys for which no results data have yet been registered e Analyzed Active surveys for which returns have already been registered e Data Entry Active surveys for which returns have been registered however for which the anonymization of handwritten comments has not yet been carried out This is only an option when the anonymization in the subunit properties has been activated You can now choose multiple selection course type survey period and form Click on Apply Course Type survey Period Lecture VSOB 0 DEMOFORM 4 Demat Working Group s509 sampli Show unused course types at subunits an
537. s PSWDs Questionnaires Study Folders Active Accounts Each deletion log record will contain the following information User Who has deleted the data Object Type and Description What was deleted Date When was the data deleted ID of triggering activity Which deletion event chain has caused the dele tion of this element The top section allows the selection of object types to be displayed multi se lection using the CTRL key It is also possible to define the number of records per page 429 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Deletion Log Subunit Te Entries per page fso Reload Course 27 03 2007 at 21 52 45 27 03 2007 at 21 52 45 27 03 2007 at 21 52 45 27 03 2007 at Fea cs Wee 27 03 2007 at 21 52 45 Selection of object types Ad min User Tom Bauer Instructor Ad min User Anna Brinkmann Instructor Ad min User Ralf Peter Kunz Instructor Ad min User Mike Wilde Instructor Ad min Subunit Moduldemo Dozenten Hack Figure 557 Deletion log 1 11 System cleaning You can delete the files that you do no longer need via the system cleaning For this purpose you have to define a period to erase dispensable data You can delete the following elements 1 11 1 PSWDs When you choos
538. s EvaSys Set tings Email Functions amp Accounts Delivery method PSWDs central evalua tion Select the courses which require the PSWD lists to be delivered to the survey owners The submission will be started by clicking Request This function can only be used for online surveys which have no response data Print PDF reports A selection of completed surveys can be used to generate PDF reports into a single PDF file Send PDF reports You can determine that an instructor trainer receives all evaluations of his courses accumulated in one email To do this please activate the option Re ports of all courses of an instructor or trainer collected in one email Should this not be the case the instructor trainer will receive a separate email for each course Please observe the defined maximum number and size for email attachments System Settings EvaSys Settings Email Functions amp Accounts Maximum number of attachments respectively Maximum size of attach ments In the menu System Settings Text Templates the relevant email text can be edited E MAIL Results of a survey and E MAIL Results of a survey Sum mary Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Send PDF reports as instructor trainer profiles You can send
539. s Licensed EvaExam Licensed ophinx Export Licensed Handwriting recognition Not Licensed ocanstation licenses unlimited User licenses unlimited Campuslicense License key Customer name Electric Paper Training License key kel Scanstation licenses Name IP address MAC address oll 2S Ae eel 00 00 F0 7F C7 11 ep a 213 252 154 17 08 00 46 B6 45 AC a sill 215 235 254 121 00 13 77 27 BB5 06 4 501 127 0 0 1 00 1 C 23 A9 06 06 ap alll 127 0 0 1 00 0c 29 44 90 16 Automatically assign a license to next requesting Scanstation Figure 548 License management Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 423 Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions In the table of license information you have the possibility to enter a new li cense key This new key can for example contain further user licenses If you have entered a faulty key the old one is not lost Only by entering a valid li cense key is the existing key overwritten Please make sure you keep your license key in a safe place If you buy further instructor trainer accounts or a license for the Sphinx export you will receive a new license key from EvaSys which has the new terms of service Simply replace the existing license key and click on enter Please note When using EvaSys version 2 6 or higher
540. s Optional Guestions a Batch Events EF Display Courses scheduled Tasks E Data Import Batch Export Sa Participation Tracking Figure 141 Data import in the area Central Evaluation Click the option Data import The following window appears CSV Impont for survey participants data Import survey Import courses with multiple course IDs participant data Browse Import Delete all survey males participant data Figure 142 Data import via CSV file Use this window to import the data on survey participants either just course ID and email in the case of anonymous surveys or further data for non anonymous Surveys Prepare the survey participant data as CSV file You can use either a semico lon or the character that you define in System Settings EvaSys Settings Data Import and Export Separators CSV import and export serves as a Separator Use the following data structure for importing CSV based survey participant data o petsreseneron ped fo o o peteresonvercen phason J Table 8 Data structure for importing CSV based participant data 145 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Here the text file would appear as follows DEMO12 stcdemol server com Hardy Amy Mrs DEMO12 stcdemo2 server com Sm
541. s trom Horns Conver quality guidelines Tram indicators Mew Fe calculate all Surveys Cancel Figure 395 Overview of the quality guidelines Each quality guideline can of course now be edited as usual Edit Quality Guideline Back Figure 396 Edit quality guideline 321 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 6 2 3 Authorizing access rights to QM views In order to grant for example a dean manager access to QM views a user account must be set up in the relevant subunit If the dean manager is al ready a user because his own courses are evaluated then the existing user account can be activated for QM views To acquire access to QM views the user must be an active one Activation can be effected by clicking on the symbol d next to the user The symbol od ap pears indicating that access has been granted The user type Dean Manager is the exception to the rule because he also has access to the QM views as a passive user Open the profile data of the user by clicking on his name In the lower area next to the field QM views you can define access in four different authorization levels Chl ews No OM Views No Gh View s Only own Surveys Only own Subunit Unrestricted access Figure 397 Authorizing ac
542. s you enter the titles for up to five new fields which are added to the courses In the following five lines you outline the possible contents They are sepa rated by a straight line This is easily found via the key combination Alt Gr lt 259 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper 260 Automated Document Solutions gep EvaSys Settings Course User Data Fields r Humber of additional fields Pel M Make this option available to Subunit Administrators Title of first additional field Language M Make this option avaiable ta Subunit Administrators Title of second additional field Location M Wake this option available to Subunit Administrators Title of third additional field _ M Make this option available to Subunit Administrators Content of first additional field Jenglishigermanispanish IV Make this ation available to Subunit Administrators Content of second additional field Jauditorium laboratory IV Make thia option avaiable to Subunit Administrators Content of third additional field m M Make this oston available to Subunit Administrators Content of fourth additional field m M Make this oston available to Subunit Administrators Sets the number of custam co Enter the title of the first additi Enter the title of the second ad
543. sagree would recommend this course to my friends would recommend this course to my friends Agree Disagree Agree Disagree Figure 295 Any compilation Overview over the selection made and the questionnaire Click on Create or first assign the questions correctly Also this report then appears in the list HTML i Report of all Engineering Data available FE Demo2 04 06 2007 5140 Z choose paf report E CSY SPHINX Figure 296 Any compilation in the report list Filtering according to the properties of courses In addition to the selection criteria described so far you have the possibility in Any Compilation to filter according to the courses properties Meaning you could for example have displayed all courses with less than 15 participants and draw your selection from that Or you filter according to the room Or according to the Course ID And something especially useful you can also filter according to criteria defined by you This is possible if you have created user defined course fields A small reminder If the set fields name Course ID roometc do not suffice for the description of your course the EvaSys administrator can create addi tional fields For this purpose he or she defines a number of additional fields in the con figuration on the side course user data fields their names and contents As soon as the administrator inserts these fields in the configuration
544. sary for the data entry assistant Picture No 2 of 4 from survey No 52025 Question What was the best aspect of this course The lautichhe vag Well fey caf Save Accept entered text The image snippet will be replaced by the text An empty text field will delete the image snippet Placeholder D Replace automatically Text shows when validating handwriting fields sorted by frequency in the table The instructor was well prepared 2 Mentions E Cancel P Information provided 1 Mention L Figure 29 Data entry assistant You can define individual access rights for each data entry assistant e own subunit data entry assistant has only access to handwritten com ments of all surveys proceeded in own subunit e multiple subunits data entry assistant has access to handwritten com ments of all surveys proceeded in the selected subunits Multiple selec tions of subunits can be made by pressing and holding down the Ctrl key e system level data entry assistant has access to handwritten comments of all surveys proceeded in EvaSys As an Administrator you set this value when creating the relevant user ac count As soon as you create a data entry assistant a particular setting in the user rights step three of three allows you to define the data entry assistant as system wide system level subunit groups own subunit and selection of further subunits or only subunit wide own subunit Copyright 200
545. se Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Editor Control Add Add Question Group Add Cluestian Pole Labels General Questionnaire Extended Pole Labels ORGANIZATION AUTHOR SUBUNIT SURVEY hark as shown gmaggag MARK Separator Comection OMORO CORRECTION Text Box sell a F E La r Line Space Picture Dear Participant We are very interested in your opinion Therefore we would like to ask you to take the time and complete it Only your own judgement is important you cannot give wrong Of course Edit anonymous Clipboard Move Form Properties Which gender do you belong to Question Library Ae Ge Oy pf D y Page Break General questions Figure 416 VividForms Designer VividForms Reader The VividForms Reader classifies and recognizes the scanned questionnaires The scanned images are transmitted by the EvaSys scanstations as multi page TIFF graphic files Geometric changes such as biases distortions and image reduction as small as a few percentage points of an edge length are detected and compensated for They are then classified using a 2D bar code on the bottom of a page Then the VividForms Reader searches for the recog nition zone defined in the Designer and forwards the contents as raw data to the EvaSys database where it will be statistically evaluated and reports will be created and dispatched
546. se export options bring us to the end of the chapter 5 1 Indicators 5 1 1 The principle of the indicator In the automatically generated PDF reports you receive an average value for all your scaled questions as an expression of how the respondents replied to this scaled question In this example you see a question referring to the qual ity of the course 1 learned a lot in this course Disagree Figure 248 Evaluation of a scaled question with specification of the average diagram type histogram With regard to the thematic direction and your own requirements you will have divided the questions on your questionnaire into question groups For example one could assign all questions regarding the quality of the course to the question group About the course You will then receive an average value for each of the scaled questions 226 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions About the Course 1 ao J3 G aw 2d 0 learmed a lot in this course iti il J a E ji ll k mr 1 2 3 4 2 a 20 50 T 25 3 learned more in this course than in others a i i F ji k z 25 ie 17 68 3 This course was extremely valuable to my Disagree education l w aS i is Il g om i
547. senmuonsesinetinasonineeasoniawonsenashonmntepemsesineiaueses 382 5 1 Adno aaie OnT Ome Dra Y e r E E 382 5 2 Undoing the connection between a question and the Library cscccesscceeecesesccensceenses 384 5 3 Addins a g estion to the WOT ALY eissernir 386 5 4 Deleting a QUESTION from the UDTary sccseicdccisccsavis jodcceiidieiccsscedeisacesscesiscessuededsagecesevsedsazecsuns 387 5 5 Adding a erou tothe UDIAN cigars carina tira AEA AA 387 5 6 Deleting a group from the LIDary sccccsecccseccessccenscceesceseccessecenscceescceesceeecceseseseeeuscs 387 FILTER SETTINGS VALIDATION REQUIRED QUESTIONS AND MATRICES cssssssesecccccceeesssseccccceceeessssececeeeeenees 388 6 1 STEP a OTA NO sesesirtienicaiin tie dicstesccine oe E a R e 388 6 2 PUTT SON e EEE EE EA AAA E EET A E E ETET 389 6 3 NANG VOM n EA E 390 6 4 PRO CHU CSCS SENOS eect eotneceataitnccusennceceaaatnidus EEEE EEEE 391 6 5 IOVS ao os cso cesses wieip seeps sstacs sine to ssc sic pases ane wa siting ais apa E A 391 NIE WOR WONG voces saasctenceseeeseatescemcoceecsstaestaten nocenssadtenatec soe shescousp tne seeeecs atenetoeseneeac aeasotenseemeaseaces 393 7 1 Controlling zoom and view THLE ONS sesetaescetcceceueocstsenaseuscurensscamsnccsmuanassiriandenstanscincsaerece 393 7 2 P E E A E E E sects 394 7 3 Preview and MEMORY UNCHON sscssscescesdseseerindesaiccavadoatctveeitcaveeauvcaavsseteudssadecndsalssseedeeneuvesaute 394 DEFINING GENERAL TEMPLATES
548. ses to the corresponding scaled questions for that adds them and di vides them by the total number Indicator 3 4 2 5 4 1 4 2 4 5 6 5 12 3 75 If one adds the three averages and divides them by the number of averages which does not correspond to the calculation of the indicator one receives another value 3 60 2 75 5 33 3 3 89 One recognizes clearly that the calculation of the indicator which is weighted according to the number of answers given produces a very different result than the calculation through the averages that are available which does not take into account the number of the responses but which rather counts the questions each as 1 Only through taking into account several indicators you receive an overview of the entire survey The summary of several indicators produces an index In EvaSys all indicators of the questionnaire meaning this index for the total questionnaire are calculated into the so called general indicator that thus forms a type of grade for the total survey The general indicator is not formed unlike the individual indicators from the individual results The general indicator is calculated by adding the indi vidual indicators and dividing them by the number of indicators Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys
549. stellung Prof Dr Staufenbie Das Seminar verdunt nach elner laren Gliederung DerDie Dozentin Referentin Trainerin kommt h ufig vom Thema ab Der Die Dozentin Referentin Trainerin verdeutiicnt Zusammennange zu wenig Der Die Dozentin Referentin Trainerin dr ckt sich klar und verst ndiich aus Die Ar wie das Seminar gestaltet ist tragt zum Verst ndnis des Stoffes bel Die Hlifsmittel zur Unterst tzung des Lernens z B Literatur Skript Follen sind ausreichend und in guter Qualitat vornanden Was finden Sle an diesem Seminar gut was wurden Sle gerne verbesse Bitte formulieren Sie Ihre R ckmeldung an die den Dozentin Ref K dank pap so vwc tas Figure 529 VividForms Plus questionnaire Dr Edith Braun Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice erent Trainesin konstrukti Oo o0 OO Oo oO Herzlichen Dank fur Ihre Telinanme _ Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Bewertung der Lehrveranstaltungen durch Studierende Bewertung der Lehrveranstaltungen durch Studierende Fragebogen zur Evaluation von Seminaren FESEM Fragebogen zur Evaluation von Seminaren FESEM Markieren Sie so JMOO0OO Korrektur OBDRO Gitte verwenden Se eiren Kugeluchreiber Olmar Fragebogen wid 23 Bel wie vielen Sitzungen der Veranstaltung haben Sie gefehit
550. stem using the Delete button You must then delete the email addresses particularly if courses with the same id but different participants are kept over several cycles in EvaSys 2 3 Administration of questionnaires Another precondition for creating surveys is of course along with the organ izational structure the creation of questionnaires Without questionnaires you can t interview anyone therefore some fundamentals regarding the questionnaires follow in this chapter You can create questionnaires using a form designer which is integrated in EvaSys the VividForms Designer To be able to explain the creation of questionnaires with these two tools clearly and comprehensively this manual contains a complete chapter dedi cated to VividForms If you are reading this manual as an introduction to EvaSys and are not presently using it as a reference it would be helpful for you to create a small questionnaire with the aid of the chapter on VividForms before reading on In this chapter you will find out about the questionnaires purpose in EvaSys and how to administrate them however it does not supply information on how to create them Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions 2 3 1 2 3 2 Essential information on the questionnaire Questionnaires are
551. stions of the questionnaire are displayed prior to the dispatch or download so that you can exclude individual questions from the presentation of the profile line Of course only those questions that can also appear in the profile line are presented meaning only questions regarding the standard value and scaled questions Questionnaire Comparison Result learned a lot in this course Agree Disagree learned more in this course than in others Agree Disagree This course was extremely valuable to my education Agree Disagree would recommend this course to my friends Agree Disagree This course has had a profound impact on me Agree Disagree students who go to the instructor for help get the assistance they need Agree Disagree The instructor has a comprehensive understanding of the subject Agree Disagree Figure 355 Create profile line emails options Remove certain questions from profile line s 291 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Adding trend graphic If you have defined indicators for the relevant questionnaire you can display a trend graphic in addition to the profile line For this purpose mark the op tion Add trend graphic for indicators to the profile line as far as correspond ing data is avai
552. strator Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 2 Please define the attributes of this user neutral Title First name Last name Phone Email E Inform user about profile creation wia email Address Language a Detaut language C Module name Login name 20070828172422447 Mew password Confirm new password Cancel z lt Back Save Figure 410 Create a module step 2 After filling out the fields click on the button Save The module account is now created in the list of users eel Users in subunit Computer Science CO Surveys Created Edit Del Mov Prof Dr Tony Black 2 0 2 26 04 2006 Dr Maria Brown 2 0 1 26 04 2006 amp Prof Dr Linda Connors 3 30 3 26 04 2006 xs 2 Prof Thomas Alfa Edison 0 0 0 28 09 2007 x4 xs 2 demo module 3 Hutton 0 30 0 28 09 2007 A Prof Dr Jack Jackson Z 26 04 2006 Figure 411 Created module in the user list After the module account has been created courses can be added to the module Each course may be linked to one or more instructors trainers to en Sure that people linked to single courses will receive their reports This re quires the existence of standard instructor trainer accounts in the system Each module uses
553. suppressed report HTML report Separate closed open questions When activated the results for open and closed questions in the HTML reports are displayed separately This results in better readability particularly of those reports created with a mix of open and closed questions HTML report Listing of open questions Listing and counting of comments in the report Create distribution for the report for the dean of studies program man ager This function shows the distribution of results from all reports and is only available for reports to the dean manager the dean of studies program man ager and the president There is a distribution graph for each active indicator of a questionnaire Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions ras Section Central Evaluation Depending on the system version some of these settings are preset and can not be changed Creation of summary reports Permits the creation of summary reports e g for the dean manager s report dean of study program manager s report as well as the president s report Report president Report function for the president Report dean manager Report function for the dean manager Report dean of studies program manager Report function for the dean of studies program manager
554. survey one wishes to follow up on reports filtered according to subgroups Because you can save the reports as PDF files at any time and thus keep them available even after an update The dynamic subgroup reports are only available through active instruc tor trainer accounts meaning that report creators cannot use this function Open the details of a survey and in the area survey data click on Evaluate Subgroup Subgroup name Create Female from TestSurvey1 Note Data compilation may take a moment Include answe 2 open questions Please click the button only once v Automatically recalculate subgroup report Back Figure 176 Creating a dynamic subgroup Should this option not appear please download the HTML or PDF analysis first and then click on Update Below the name of the subgroup the automated update can be specified by means of the check mark box Automatically recalculate subgroup report Dynamic subgroups are marked with the symbol 1 normal subgroups with the symbol L Surveys in Folder Surveys WS 07 08 Names Status Lock Form Created Processed Forms RS Del Report 3 TestSurvey1 Data available F Sample2 25 05 2007 25 05 2007 003 S HTMLPDF csv SPHINX a Female from TestSurvey1 Data available f Sample2 25 05 2007 25 05 2007 001 3 88 HTMLPDF CSV SPHINX c Grade Level Junior from TestSurvey1 Data available 2 Sample2 25 05 2007 25 05 2007 1001 3 88 HTMLPDF CSV SPHINX Figure 177
555. t Course type Lecture accountancy Prof Sunny Narrow Engineering usen localserver de J i available Hascubunk j smith localdomain com i available e j smith localdomain com i available Course type Lecture Engineering Mathematics Form TEST1 PSWD sheet eeu Narrow usen localserver de i a k Course type Lecture Form Sampl1 Report Dr Silvia Thomas usen localserver de available 8 Data Analysis Fom TESTI Questionnaire For Sunny Narrow eee eee eee Door Course type Lecture Figure 539 Delivery details You will find the following information in the table Bat Batch ID of the TeleForm jobs which contain the questionnaires proc essed for this survey Survey The name of the survey the questionnaire module i e the question naire as well as the course type The survey name is also a link which pro vides access to the surveys of the relevant instructor trainer account Type Enter the content of the delivery e g default report activate tem plate or cover sheet Recipient The recipient is also the owner of a instructor trainer account In addition the name of the subunit is given in which the instructor trainer ac count is located The instructor trainer name is also a link which provides ac cess to his or her user profile Address The target email address or the internal email address to which the report will be sent When the internal email address is used only in the self
556. t In order to activate the presen tation template use the function System Settings PDF Report Set tings Configuration Create presentation template Subsequently the text can be entered in the entry field at System Settings Questionnaires Edit under the title of a chapter Presentation Slide Text Each time you change the text length check to make sure that it fits in the field You can do this by opening a PDF report from a survey with the corresponding questionnaire Responses to open questions The responses to open questions are shown as image box sorted according to question If an online survey was carried out then the answers will be displayed in ma chine print If there are high return rates then this part of the report can be extensive de pending on the amount of space given in the questionnaire You can separate the output of the responses to open questions from the part of the report with closed questions by activating the function System Set tings PDF Report Settings Configuration Separate close open questions This is especially recommended when there are high return rates in order to for example print out only the part of the report with closed questions The part with open questions can take up a great number of pages 209 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper
557. t for instructors trainers and administrators lt EVASYS SERVERADRESSE INDEXEVA PHP User name Password Figure 9 Entry point for instructors trainers and administrators Portal for instructors trainers and administrators User names and passwords are required When access is limited this page can be opened only from com puters in the defined IP address domain for users Entry point for participants of an online survey lt EVASYS SERVERADRESSE INDEXSTUD PHP Figure 10 Entry point for participants of an online survey 26 Portal for voting in online surveys A PSWD is required Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions Login security Showing a CAPTCHA graphic EvaSys offers you the possibility of blending in a so called CAPTCHA graphic after a defined number of failed logins from an IP address This function pro tects EvaSys from automated attacks CAPTCHAs are graphics in which figures numbers or alphabetical characters are displayed so that machines cannot read them They are employed to de tect whether the counterpart is a human being or a machine If CAPTCHAs are activated after multiple failed login attempts the user is prompted to enter a CAPTCHA EJ Error Message 3 failed logins were registered from the network address 127 0 0 1
558. t only contains the answers to closed questions Set up a user account of the typed data entry assistant After logging in with this user type a list will appear with all the surveys for which there are images Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 189 Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Eva Sys _Systemlogins Edvcotion Survey Automation Sulte Data collection with anonymous handwriting comments Folder Data 5509 Data Entry Demo Subunit Paul Data Pictures Data Entry Assistant IL Survey name ne Validated Processed walting 33391 Data Entry Sample Survey T 16 8 2007 15 26 Data Entry Assistant List of Surveys Folder Data 5308 _Data Entry Demo Subunit il Bnecnnlger ID Survey name ules Validated Processed C Send Email ae User profile 45655 Data Entry Sample Survey 15 16 6 2007 15 26 Log Off Figure 205 Page of the data entry assistant After clicking on the corresponding operation number the first image will be displayed The contents can be entered into the text window Picture No 2 of 4 from survey No 52075 Question What was the best aspect of this course The Inst foe wag well Ce Pir eof cave Accept entered text The image snippet will be replaced by the text An empty text field will delete the image snippet Placeholder R
559. tains for example the word SAMPLE instead of a barcode This is what is usually referred to when a questionnaire is mentioned in the manual This also becomes clear in the respective context e Secondly when creating a survey you of course receive a particular ques tionnaire which you pass on to the respondents As soon as you create a paper survey a copy of the sample questionnaire is created and the variable areas of the questionnaire for this survey are filled hard copy procedure If you do not wish to receive a new print template for each survey the ques tionnaire s blank version can also be used cover sheet procedure In this case the personalizable areas of the questionnaire remain blank only the barcode area contains information on which questionnaire and which page of questionnaire it relates to However in this case you must use a cover sheet which is automatically cre ated for each cover sheet survey when you send out surveys This cover sheet contains all further details of a particular survey course instruc tor trainer etc and has to be scanned in along with the respective ques tionnaire batch Because here the cover sheet functions as a reference to the relevant survey during processing In the case of VividForms questionnaires online surveys are only possible as HTML surveys here you do not need a personalized PDF file However you do of course require the sample PDF When creating an o
560. te of participation for online surveys Ceretto asiriar Mo email attachment defined Form for instructor WAIL Information about result access to participants Instructor s Optional Questions activated Instructor s Optional Questions deactivated Instructor s Optional Questions reminder Language English Higher Education Figure 132 Editing the email text on information for online survey participants 135 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 3 2 7 Adding questions using the instructor trainer s optional questions The function Instructor Trainer s Optional Questions was developed in or der to give instructors trainers also in the Central Evaluation the opportunity to create their own individual questions for the questionnaires for their courses ee Instructor s Optional Questions Activate Remind Deactivate l No email submission 1 Subunit 2 Survey Period 3 Course Type 4 Questionnaire Department Training s508 Professional Development _ ividForms Demos l Select program of study 5 Coursels Peter fuddie Figure 133 Activate instructor trainer s optional questions Precondition is that surveys have been already created that contain question naires which include optional questions When us
561. ted Document Solutions The EvaSys user types Administrator The administrator manages the complete system and sets up user accounts questionnaires as well as the configuration In the central evaluation proce dure the administrator manages all surveys as well as their reports a Eva S ys G mng Subunits System Settings System Information Education Survey Automation Suite p gt y F List of all Subunits Subunit User Edit Delete Subunit Administrator Peter Brown GG Computer Sciences aid 8 Jenny Jerry drninistrator Department Training 3 z Henry Darcy Subunit A a Linguistics gas Henry Darcy F overview TA Computer S Professional Development aa 1 Department Linguistic Profession jv _Data Entry Demo Subunit a1 G _Data Entr G _Systemlog j T _Verifier T _Systemlogins g3 _VividForm G _ Verifier Demo Subunit ai Central Evaluation _VividForms Demos a Jenny Jerry amp Generate Surveys B Display Surveys a Delete Surveys be Delete Survey Create new subunit QA instructor s Optional Figure 25 User account administrator Subunit administrator The subunit administrator has a user account that allow the administration of all of the activities in the subunit Within a subunit the subunit administrator can set up user accounts create questionnaires start surveys and send re ports Per subunit only one subunit administrator can be created whereby
562. tegrate question groups and questions from the library into your ques tionnaire please open the question library in VividForms Editor See also chapter C 5 Use of the question library with VividForms 87 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 3 Phase 2 Implementation of surveys 3 1 Survey procedures EvaSys supports a number of procedures for processing completed paper questionnaires as well as online surveys The goal of these procedures is to make processing returns as smooth and anonymous as possible 3 1 1 Cover sheet procedure With the cover sheet procedure cost savings can be achieved through the production of larger quantities of questionnaires in printing shops When us ing blank questionnaires it is not possible to determine which course the re sponses are intended for and so a cover sheet is necessary This includes in formation on the course and in the lower area the operation number is printed twice Evaluation Sheet Program of Study Instructor Peter Huddle Course German Basic Knowledge 1 61234 i CO ID ira Electric Paper 50 C E E E F oe general Therefore we would like own judgement is important you om A i 40 Date 2009 05 12 14 06 08 ider than 69 hoaina i ii Hinweis Bitte bergeben Sie das Deckblatt m
563. tely made Sense 2 5 3 The relevance of the topics dealt with was completely made clear andor connections were made with other areas of the subject Figure 495 Added question group to the library OOOOUOUOdD OOOOOUOD OOOOUOUOD completely agree completely agree completely agree The dialog shown to the right will appear You have three options E Question Library Microsoft Internet E O x Add question to library Which library question group should the question be added to C General Questions New Question Group C Add highlighted question group to library and Include this question W Make question available to all users Apply Cancel Figure 496 Add a question to the library Include in an existing question group Select a group from the list and click on Apply Create a new group Select the second option and enter the name for the new group Click on Ap ply Add the current highlighted group Select the third option The current group will be added as a new group in the library and the highlighted question will be added to this group Note Only the subunit administrator can create groups which are visible to all users by activating the answer box Question visible to all users Groups and questions created by Instructors trainers are only visible to themselves Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electri
564. tem Set tings EvaSys Settings Central Evaluation Passive Instructor Trainer Access to Download Reports After authentification of the instructor trainer he can select the survey period and all the surveys from this period are displayed with type name question naire creation date and number of returns For each survey the instructor trainer can now download the PDF report if the questionnaire is multilingual then in a number of languages The passive instructor trainer can change his access data by clicking on the menu point My profile Eva Sys Yi Linguistics vcation Survey Automation Suite Requesting central evaluation reports Survey Period s 5507 Jasmine Sadhi s5508 aen yWwS08 09 Reload Central Evaluation Reports central evaluation equest Gender hd je train_01 16 08 2007 English System Settings g My profile PDF Log Off Figure 246 Downloading reports by passive instructors Active instructors trainers Active instructors trainers have in their menu view a link to the reports of the Central Evaluation To set this up simply activate the link in System Set tings EvaSys Settings Central Evaluation Active Instructor Trainer Download Reports from the Central Evaluation Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Pape
565. ter Quality Guideline 7 Questions about the instructor gt higher values better The instructor is always well prepared avg 4 66 dew 0 99 a Calculate threshold values Lower threshold 4 66 Upper threshold 4 66 The instructor explains even complex topics in a comprehensible way awg 5 13 dev 0 17 i Calculate threshold values Lower threshold 5 13 Upper threshold 5 13 The instructor handles the technical equipment video projector etc without any problems avg 5 31 7 dew 0 71 Figure 388 Granularity of the thresholds In the header select under Base norm a norm set as base There must al ready be a norm set for the norms of this questionnaire In the drop down boxes you can then select the granularity for the lower and upper thresholds Please bear in mind that the lower threshold has to be less than or equal to the upper threshold Clicking the button Convert this norm creates quality guidelines and recalcu lates the quality indices for the questionnaire Automatically created quality guidelines can be developed modified in EvaSys at a later point in time Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 315 Electric Paper EvaSys a Automated Document Solutions 6 2 Quality guidelines The quality guidelines are a tool for visualizing a number of individual courses as well as defining m
566. terion Gender with the value male was added The condition being that exactly this value must be fulfilled indicated by the character in the Operator column 269 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions Figure 316 The criterion male was successfully selected Depending on which question type the selected question is related to you can select a operator or other operators With regard to scaled questions and matrix questions as well as the operator the lt gt amp and 2 are available You can change the value of a criterion at any time here This means you can choose for example all female interviewees instead of all male ones To do this click on the arrow of the drop down menu for the value of your chosen question Default criteria combination Gender I Male yy 1 Male 2 Female Figure 317 Changing criteria from male to female Furthermore you can delete a selected criterion at any time by clicking under Options on the red cross You can also create a subgroup report for all male interviewees via a simple Subgroup you do not need a criteria combination to do this You can however combine this criteria with others for exa
567. tes In addition to this you can always render a non anonymous survey anony mous by removing the participants data from the survey details You must confirm this action by clicking on OK In doing so all information on the par ticipants in the raw data exports for SPSS and Sphinx as well as in the CSV export are deleted After clicking on OK a message window indicates the removal of the infor mation to you At this point you still have the option of aborting the process 151 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Microsoft Internet Explorer l After removing the participant data you will not see the information about the participants in the raw data This action cannot be undone It is nok recommended to remove participant data as long as the survey has not been completed Do you want to continue Cancel d Finish Data Collection Clase Survey F manr E Torre amp Restore Survey Showy Email 22 Delete Survey m Raw data in SPHINS format ol Edit answers to open questions nt Raw data in SPSS format F Assign survey to substitute instructor e Raw data in C amp format li Edit Show notes d Remove participant data OoOo Maintenane So 5 Survey ID 55008 Change Reload Back Figure 154 Subsequent anonymization of
568. that maintenance operations may be carried out a Warning Message The administrator has activated the maintenance mode Please finish your work as soon as possible and log off the system There will be maintenance operations running within a short time Figure 576Maintenance mode Activated warning message for active users Participants of online surveys who are already logged in may finish their ques tionnaire New participants cannot log in They also receive a warning mes sage With the aid of the user statistics Users logged in Online surveys the ad ministrator can oversee which and how many users are still logged into the system As soon as the last user has logged off maintenance operations can be started On completion the maintenance mode may be deactivated Note By activating the maintenance mode the VividForms Reader is not automatically stopped Before installing an update please ensure that no forms are being processed and if necessary terminate the VividForms Reader 473 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions 2 6 TeleForm settings 474 In order for TeleForm to perform optimally for the high degree of automation in the EvaSys solution a number of basic settings of TeleForm are changed as follows e Installation of
569. that the survey participant knows which input is admissible 6 4 Required questions Questions for which an answer is compulsory can be configured as required questions When submitting a questionnaire in an online survey the system checks if all required questions have been answered If this is not the case the survey cannot be submitted unless answers to the required questions have been given To define the required questions select one or multiple questions and click on Save The selected questions will be displayed with a blue background Required questions About the Course learned a lot in this course learned more in this course than in others This course was extremely valuable to my education lywyould recommend this course to my friends This course has had a profound impact on me Students who go to the instructor for help get the assistance they need The instructor has a comprehensive understanding of the subject This instructor knows this subject very well What was the best aspect of this course Figure 501 Configuration of required questions Note Unlike the filter settings required questions are not recognized in paper surveys 6 5 Matrices In order to use matrices this function must be activated at System Set tings PDF Report Settings Configuration Create matrix Select from both lists the variables you would like to use You can use scaled questions as well as single choice ques
570. the Editor control and select 2Separator A hori zontal line will be added below the active object 1 First Chapter Totally Agree Totally Disagree The instructor appeared to be well prepared OoOU Od Oo for the course The instructor had organised the course Oo oO OU well Comment box Figure 471 Separator in the editor preview 372 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions The separator can be selected moved and modified using the clipboard func tions Cut Copy and U Paste 3 7 3 Text To add a text area open the menu Add and select Text Box A dialog box appears which contains a text box Type in the desired text or paste con tent from another text editing tool into this edit box Text Wizard Microsoft Internet Explorer Edit Text Let Right C Center Adjusted IB ule a MOTE Please do not write outside ofthe boxes Apply Cancel Figure 472 Enter a text area Alignment options are available to align the text box content to the left right center or as justified text Click on Apply to create the text area 1 3 Comment box re MOTE Please do notwrite outside of the boxes Figure 473 Text area in the editor preview As with other objects the text area on the questionn
571. the List and in the line of the survey you are interested in on El to open the PDF report 6 2 5 Definition of special search and table configurations In order to build a table according to your own specifications you can define searches yourself and save them One of these self defined searches can then be saved as the new default search When you next login at EvaSys this self defined default search will automatically be used To define a search use the menu Options to arrive at all the necessary func tions These are Delete search Figure 401 Special search configuration e Search This is the search mode in which you will use the table view e Field selection Here you can select those database fields you would like to use in your search e Sequence fields This allows you to determine or change the sequence of columns selected in field selection e Save search This function allows you to save the current search settings under a name you enter or to replace an existing search e Delete search This function lets you remove self defined search settings Defining the display and search fields Using Field selection in the option field will display the database fields de fined for the current search In this example the fields are from the pre set de fault search The fields appear twice In the upper area the fields needed for the table view are marked In the lower area those fields appear which are
572. the basis of every survey They contain various types of questions and in turn provide different types of information such as infor mation on the respondent Such as age and information on the quality of the object in question Such as the instructors trainers expertise Questionnaires can be created by e The administrator He uses questionnaires for central evaluations and makes them available to active instructors trainers If a questionnaire is defined as a template it can additionally be modified by active instruc tors trainers e Subunit administrator He too can use them for surveys and make them available to the instructors trainers of his own subunit s Also the sub unit administrator can create templates also for the instructors trainers of his own subunit e Active instructors trainers Once they have been granted authorization to access the VividForms Editor they can create questionnaires however they cannot create templates Such a questionnaire created in EvaSys serves as a template in order to cre ate any survey with it If the utilization has not been restricted it can be used system wide for as long as you wish and for all surveys that you consider necessary A questionnaire is therefore media independent You can create paper as well as online surveys with it Management of questionnaires and detailed view The list of questionnaires is located in the main menu System Settings there in the s
573. the list meaning that the questionnaire looks exactly like the one used The word Copy is automatically attached to the questionnaire description the short name is counted up The fundamental difference to your previous questionnaire is this copy can be changed since no surveys have yet been carried out with it Just this change is the objective of the action When you call up the Vivid Forms Editor for example by choosing the option Edit in the column Ac tion you can edit the questionnaire as you see fit for example adding a question To change the description and the short name accordingly click in the menu Form Properties on the option Form Properties In the following window you can remove for example the word Copy 244 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Form Wizard Microsoft Internet Explorer Form creation information Abbreviation Tithe Sample Evaluation Form Conyl Paper Letter Template IT Activate deactivate template mode F New items can only be added atthe end Wax Pages ax tems Apply Cancel Figure 270 Editing the copied questionnaire After the evaluation with the new questionnaire consideration has to be given as to how one can compare the results with the old re
574. the past semester in his or her own subunit e Report for the dean of studies program manager The dean of studies program manager selects from a general list of all Surveys in all subunits those which should be compiled in his report The report has the same degree of detail as for the dean manager General setting First you must select a general setting Choose a subunit a survey period and a questionnaire and then click on Continue gt gt Computer Science Demo aA T Continue gt Basic setting for result reports Figure 358 Basic settings for reports Report Creation Parameters 4 Subunit Physics Period S507 T Guestionnaire Demo2 Report for the President Download Engineering Download A report on all subunits Report for the Dean Choose a subunit of the dean to display the report for Report for the Dean of Studies Download Choose a dean to create the report for Basic setting for result reports Computer Science Continue Figure 359 Generating aggregated reports The general setting can always be selected again at the bottom of the screen generating reports and applied with Next 294 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Report for the president Report for the President
575. the table or select all courses by ticking the check mark box Select all Then determine from the period selection list the respective evaluation period and click on Assign 66 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions 2 2 2 2 1 Import interfaces The import is intended for data migration from existing systems Existing data structures can be imported into EvaSys via CSV and XML import This is pos sible not only via the administrator s access for the complete system but also via the subunit administrator s access for the subunits of the relevant subunit administrator CSV Import within subunits Creating a user with CSV import In order to avoid having to enter all the instructors trainers and courses ina subunit manually EvaSys offers a CSV import interface which allows the im port of user profiles CSV stands for Comma Separated Values and means that data sets are changed line by line or other separators such as in our case semicolons into data fields separated by commas in text files You can set the separator at EvaSys Settings Data Import and Ex port Separator CSV Files Spreadsheet programs e g Microsoft Excel offer the possibility to save ta bles as CSV files To import this file click on Subunits then Browse a
576. then processing is still possible and the final results will be accurate but an analysis of subgroups cannot de liver accurate results Now start the scanning operation As a rule documents are scanned on both sides of the page duplex which is counted as one page each If you scan 12 177 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions pages of paper printed on one side then the message box in duplex operation will show 24 pages scanned Afterwards empty pages will be automatically eliminated so that there will be no interference with the data capture Scan process closed X You have scanned 2 pages Would you like to add further pages to this batch or Would you like to release the batch for further processing or would you like to cancel il Scan more Cancel batch Figure 190 release cancel batch 178 Now Select Scan more if you want to capture a further batch from the SAME survey Select Cancel batch when the scanning is completed The scanned forms will be transmitted to the EvaSys server and further processing is automatic In order to scan another survey click in the main window Scan If the scanning operation was not successful then click on Release batch in order to destroy the data scanned from the current scanning operation and
577. thout notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany EvaSys 451 452 Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Connections with EvaSys via web services can be implemented by the manu facturer and or your vendor 2 0 Evasys Settings Configuration At the menu System Settings EvaSys Settings in the administrator interface you have access to the configuration of the EvaSys server _ Eva Sys cot Subunits System Settings System Information ae Search Educotion Survey Automation Suite a gep EvaSys Settings settings General Advanced Peter Brown peu Title Login Wind owe eee A To Ol Str Stor Survey Automation Suite Text of the title line on the start page EEEE System Language Sets the default language of the Evasys interface as well as all 2 Questionnaires English Higher Education gt generated report documents Users instructors report creators etc can change the language in their settings EA VividForars Editor q guay q g auestion Librar aa 5 Date Format ey Lent i Here you can define the date format The following characters are E Documents recognized notice upper and lower case d Day of the month 2 digits with leading zeros rvar a S Configuration m Numeric representation of a month with leading zeros i M A short textual representation of a month three letters Y A full numeric representation of
578. tion Set this for example to deactivated and save the changes by clicking Save at the bottom Module Evaluation Activated Activates the possibility to evaluate modules Figure 407 Activate Module Evaluation 7 2 Creating of questionnaires for the module evaluation and linking them to course types Module questionnaires consist of multiple components which are used to display general questions about the module itself or special questions re lated to single courses or course elements in the module For each of the building bricks of a module survey individual questionnaires need to be created using the VividForms Editor E g one for lectures one for seminars etc Remember to give the forms short relevant names so that they can later be separated To link the questionnaires with the corresponding course types open the dia log System Settings Course Types Due to the activation of the module evaluation select boxes appear to the right of the course types 328 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions g Course Type ID Course ype Form Link for Modular Surveys Lecture Seminar Laboratory Tutorial Working Group Others Modul General Modul Trainer Guest 3 Evaluation Questionnaire P P P P 2 P Course Type Course Type
579. tion Picture in the menu Add As with the other items you can only add a picture to a question group As long as you do not define a question group you cannot select the option Picture When you have created a question group you can integrate pictures the op tion can be selected 378 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys Ti Automated Document Solutions Editor Control Add Question Group Add Question r F Extended Pole Labels Line Space separator Text Box ia ff E yi Fage Break Editor Control a Add Question Group Save form and exit editor a Delete torm and exit editor Form Properties ef 2 1 amp Letter 12 Ca 125 117 11 Figure 480 Option picture in the menu add activated left and deactivated right When clicking on Picture the picture assistant opens in a new window E Picture Assistant Microsoft Internet Expl insert picture Please select a picture file smiley Alignment C leftaligned centered C hightaligned Scaling in of page width Apply Cancel Figure 481 Picture assistant You can select a picture from a list there You will see the selected picture in the preview 379 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper Gm
580. tions with as many as eleven choices The upper question is displayed in the X axis while the lower question is found in the Y axis of the matrix The number of matrices possible is unlimited In the PDF report two matrices per page will be displayed Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 391 Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Matrices Matrix 1 an inal f would recommend this course to my friends Question Change Remove 5 Students who go to the instructor for help get the assistance they need Matrix Z ain f learned more in this course than in others Change Remove sari This course has had a profound impact on me Mew matrix a ae D TO Figure 502 Create matrices 50 0 50 50 0 0 100 0 0 0 0 0 33 7 33 3 33 3 learned a lot in this course This instructor knows this subject very well Agree 1 Agree 2 3 4 5 1 2 F 4 5 Disagree Disagree Figure 503 Matrix in the PDF report 392 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys Ti Automated Document Solutions T View options 1 1 Controlling Zoom and view functions You can use the symbols and to zoom in the preview win
581. to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions If the quality guidelines have been defined and the traffic light symbol has been activated then next to the evaluation graphic you will see to the right a traffic light symbol The following figure shows you a detailed report with scaled questions About the Course SSS 20 10 10 1 f learned a lot in this course a 1 2 3 4 l ae 10 30 0 40 209 learned more in this course than in others Disagree 1 2 3 4 5 m 30 20 30 10 10 This course was extremely valuable to my Disagree education 2 3 4 l l 20 50 20 would recommend this course to my friends Disagree Figure 224 Detailed report of the scaled questions This is the main part of the PDF report which can be deactivated in the menu System Settings PDF Report Settings Configuration Analysis of single ques tions It is possible to remove single questions from the report using the PDF report definitions For scaled questions the following graphical representation styles can be se lected Standard Histogram Figure 225 Standard histogram Bar Diagram Figure 226 Bar diagram Line Diagram 205 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany
582. to questions related to particular topics Apart from a few exceptions neither experience in programming nor technical knowledge is necessary For a comprehensive introduction it s best to work through the manual chap ter by chapter Should you wish to look up certain steps the index will lead you to the topic in question When working with the manual s PDF version the index will also appear as bookmarks on the left hand side of the screen ena bling you to navigate to the relevant chapter In addition you will find an index at the back of the manual where you can look up important terminology and topics The manual s structure is based on the operating steps of the evaluation Fol lowing the first three chapters that relate to the basics of the system the ini tial operation and security specific operations are introduced as and when you need them during the evaluation The manual follows a so called phase Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions model that illustrates the workflow which you may have already come across during EvaSys training It will be dealt with in depth in this manual A major part of the evaluation is the creation of questionnaires EvaSys offers you a tool for creating questionnaires the VividForms editor In order to en ab
583. to the fact that the person specified on the questionnaire is actually the person who fills it in The subsequently generated PDF report of the survey does not contain any in formation on the survey participants If these are to be processed this can be effected through the batch export in which you find information in the follow ing two paragraphs paragraph on non anonymous Surveys Implementing a non anonymous online survey For online surveys it is possible to use information taken from the survey par ticipant data for the personalization of the emails that are generated for the dispatch of participation codes The place holders shown in the previous paragraph can also be used for the text templates It is advisable to use customized text templates for individual questionnaires and not to modify the standard template for the PSWD dis patch In this example the recipients of the PSWD emails are addressed personally by using the place holders for first names and surnames of the survey partici pants 154 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Subject Online SUEY Mail text Dear PAETICIPANT_FIRSTNMAME FARTICIPANT_LASTNAME This email entitles you to wote in an online survey Please click on the link below and enter the password to gain ac
584. ton offers you a spell check 347 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 348 Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions Presentation slide text This text appears on the presentation slide in the PDF report in order to ex plain an indicator Please note This option is only available when the creation of a presentation template is activated in the PDF report settings System Settings PDF Report Settings Configuration Indicator Select a scale for the questions that are to be combined to an average indicator No indicator Font Size Mo indicator scaled questions with 2 options Text Scaled questions with 3 options Element Scaled questions with 4 options scaled questions with 5 options scaled questions with 6 options scaled questions with 7 options Scaled questions with 3 options Scaled questions with 9 options scaled questions with 10 options Scaled questions with 11 options Figure 428 Indicator selection of a question group Color Select the color that will display this group in the preview You can activate this feature by clicking on the button in the editor menu as depicted in the figure to the right Please note The color facilitates the editing of a questionnaire in the Vivid A Forms Editor It is not visible on the form The possibility of highlighting the
585. tor i Edit Show notes EvaSys German Basic Knowledge Jasmine Sadhi German Basic Knowledge 5o09 Online survey using PSW Os 125 of 150 PSDs are still available train U1 Data available report available 08032007 at 10 09 37 OS 04 2007 at 11 52 50 25 Contingent of feedback 16 67 Survey data 3 Results in HTML format Results in POF format tandard POF Report T Deutsch Show Email PI Raw data in SPHINX format SE Raw data in SPSS format J Raw data in CSW format iD Reload Hack Figure 92 Survey details Assign this survey to a substitute In the following dialogue you can select the subunit as well as a substitute from the list of instructors trainers Select substitute instructor German Basic Knowledge Please select a subunit Computer Sciences Department Training Professional Development _Data Entry Demo Subunit _Systemlogins _Verifier Demo Subunit _ ividForms Demos Figure 93 Selection of substitute instructor Please select a substitute instructor send POF report Doris Dean W Feter Huddle Cancel 105 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions The check mark box Send PDF report permits the dispatch of PDF reports to the substitute instructors trainers again To c
586. tor Control part 2 343 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Write protection yes no Maximum Present number Template yes no page count of pages anero Informationen p to the active object Total number of questions Editor version of the on the form Maximum number of questions on the form Figure 424 Form Properties in the Editor Control 344 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions 3 2 Editing the place holders on the questionnaire header The header area of a questionnaire contains a number of placeholders which are dynamically filled with the information of the corresponding survey proc ess in the later use of the questionnaire for paper and online surveys You can recognize the place holders by their continuous capital letters as well as the angular brackets With online surveys you can define whether the survey header should be displayed see here chapter B 2 3 2 Management of ques tionnaires and detailed view online surveys These include for example the name of the subunit the name of the course to be evaluated or the name of the instructor trainer
587. tor Manual 22 Basic terminology 22 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions Configuration 28 EvaSys entry point 26 EvaSys Website 13 Structure of the EvaSys system 16 The EvaSys user types 45 EvaSys settings Configuration 452 Export Batch export 418 Data export 458 Data Export to Excel 304 Export of VividForms questionnaires 403 F Feedback Capture feedback 167 Instant feedback 167 The PDF report 192 Filter settings 388 389 Folder Generating a study folder 163 Form definitions Backing up the form definitions 32 Form of Address 37 Form view 184 Fujitsu fi 4120C 176 G Generating surveys 92 Graphical element Adding graphical elements 372 Group Question group 347 EvaSys H Handwritten comments 189 Hard copy procedure 89 Header PDF report header 202 445 Questionnaire header 345 Horizontal matrix question 351 362 HTML Tags 375 Filtering of HTML Tags 375 Hybrid questionnaires 91 i ID einer Umfrage ndern 99 Implementation of surveys 88 Implementing backups 32 Import Data import 458 Import of VividForms questionnaires 403 XML Import 71 Import interface 67 Import of course participants email addresses 71 Importing participant data 144 Importing participants data 64 CSV Import 64 Importing questionnaire Importing th
588. tors Enter the permitted values for the first custom field here Separate values using the pipe character Content of second additional field auditoriumn laboratory M Make this option available to Subunit Administrators Figure 44 Course user data fields Language english Further report recipients secondary I existing instructors Enter the permitted values for the second custom field here Separate values using the pipe character Edit course of Prof Dr William Stanley Name lWebDesigXHTML Program of study DEMOCD Course ID DEMO170 s Evaluation period continuous O Event Type ketre o YS Location P Enrollment B70 Participants data Anonymous survey participants REISE nEWE Non anonymous survey participant panel Location auditorium X Computer Science Prof Dr Tony Black Add OK Cancel k Remove Figure 45 Entering a course with user specific fields Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 Luneburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions Editing Participant Data In the details of a course you also have the possibility of editing the partici pant data of a course In this area you can manually insert participants into a course e delete single participants of the course e process existing participants e delete a
589. trainer and course data e Adding and editing a course e Raw data export through archiving 59 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 60 Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions Number of additional fields Pal M Make this option available to Subunit Administrators EvaSys i Sets the number of custom course data fields Zero corresponds to no additional fields Title of first additional field Language IV Make this option available to Subunit Administrators Enter the title of the first additional field here Title of second additional field Location M Make this option available to Subunit Administrators Title of third additional field _ Iv Mak thy WS 5 option available to S ubunit Ad Arminis strators Enter the title of the second additional field here Enter the title of the third additional field here m Title of fourth additional field _ M Make this option available to Subunit Administrators Enter the title of the fourth additional field here Title of fifth additional field _ M Make this option available to Subunit Administrators Enter the title of the fifth additional field here Content of first additional field Jenglish german spanis IV Make this option available to Subunit Administra
590. tructor knows this subject very well About you Grade Level Gender 2 Criteria combination 3 Add new criteria combinatiar Default criteria combination E aes PEEN E Criteria combination 1 4 The criterion will be added to the chosen criteria combination Add criterion Criteria combination 3 Figure 324 Selection of the criteria combination for the new criterion Subsequently this criteria this question with the selected answer is added to the selected criteria combination 272 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Information on a report report list The list of the reports of a folder provides you with an overview of the proper ties of the reports Rer ort HTML i Engineering SSO Data available Demo2 04 06 2007 070 x CSY SPHINX choose pdf report v Figure 325 The subunit report Engineering SSo7 as overview This view provides you with following information Type of the weighting e lf itis a weighted summarized report the symbol as here at the top of the column shows two leaves with green arrows e For unweighted reports a symbol with paper and a warning triangle ap pears here For an unweighted report choose the respective option whilst creating a report Description Engineering SS0r Urey C
591. ts The report creator can always move existing reports from one folder to an other To move a report click on the folder containing the report to be moved Then click on the name of the report to be moved You are automatically switched to the details of your report Here click on Move Compilation Now the report can e either be moved to an existing study folder by selecting the relevant folder in the drop down list in the area Folders e or you create a new folder Enter the name of the folder in the area Create in a new folder In both cases confirm moving the report by clicking on the OK button 241 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions Options during report creation general The options during report creation are presented to you as soon as you wish to create a report You can see them in the figure below the report name which here reads Show_Options Description Show_Options Liuestion mapping of different questionnaires Automatic with text comparison Manual Include answers to open questions Combine surveys unweighted Please note that this combination does not calculate average values Verity Hack Figure 268 Options during report creation The following options are offered to you e
592. tudy deans Morming POF report Introduction _ Morming POF report Letter a r PDOF Report Header Language English Higher Education Figure 217 A letter linked with a text template This results in the defined text elements continuous text address being placed over your desired layout Instead of the standard letter you get a letter which contains the corresponding elements text and layout 199 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions As an example you can see here the PDF letter to Ms Dr Silvia Tomas with the EvaSys sample template as layout Slectic Poper GmbH Konrod Zuse Allee 13 D 21437 L neburg Ms Dr Silvia Tomas fas private and confidential University Av 3 5 12345 Democity Thi email contains evaluation results for accountancy sample The global indicators are listed first followed by the individual average values consisting of the following scales DIMENSIONS In the second part of the analyses the average values of all individual questions are listed Note Adobe Acrobat Reader must be installed on your computer in order to view the files Your Evasys Administrator Figure 218 A sample PDF letter with a new layout If you do not wish to use this layout system wide but only for surveys that are
593. tus changes when the save and exit button in the Instruc tor s Optional Questions is clicked Instructor Trainer s optional questions reasons for not conducting a survey The reasons for when a Survey cannot be held or should not be held can be selected in the Instructor Trainer s Optional Questions Instructor Trainer s optional questions Email to the administrator when sur vey canceled Send an email to the administrator when the setting in the Instruc tor Trainer s Optional Questions has been activated that the survey has been cancelled Default value course participants The default value for the course participants is used for batch printing when no information on the number of questionnaires is given This value can also be changed when batch printing Anonymization threshold The value set defines the limit to the number of questionnaires before the anonymized text of open questions will be shown If the number of question naires is above this value the images of the open questions will be used Please note that a value of o deactivates this functionality i e all of the ques tionnaires will be shown for anonymization when the anonymization has been activated for this subunit Module Evaluation Display of name of the secondary instructor trainer in the heading of the question group If activated the names of the secondary instructors trainers are displayed on the aggregated questionnaire In this case in ea
594. tween three different settings of how the subgroup reports should be displayed With the help of the first option you can select whether or not the overall re port should precede the subgroup reports With the option Show divider for subgroups with information about sub group in report you activate the use of a separator between the subgroups The following information is shown on the separator o The question to be filtered The option the subgroup was constructed for e The number of returns for this subgroup Subgroup Male 18 Figure 241 Subgroups 220 With the last configuration option Include open questions in subgroup re ports you can define the use of open questions in the subgroups Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions The third option allows you to define whether or not open questions should be displayed in the subgroup reports 4 5 3 Individually designed reports PDF Report Plugins EvaSys generates survey evaluations in the form of standardized PDF reports You can adjust these reports in different ways according to your needs If you require a completely adjusted PDF report you can also include a so called PDF Report Plugin into EvaSys A plugin is normally a small program which is inserted into a larger program
595. two users were found Click on Details to display the search returns 413 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions User Search Result Details amp Computer Science Nicholson Physics ER Oto2 gt gt gt Figure 535 Search result details The results can be sorted in ascending or descending order by clicking on the column name The data fields are themselves the references e Last name Refers to the user profile e Subunit Refers to the subunit window e Email Initiates an email to the relevant user e Surveys Opens the surveys of the user 1 1 2 Search for courses With this search you can find details about existing courses Course Search Details Mathematics Engineering Lecture Mathematics 2 Engineering Lecture 414 lt lt lt Oto2 gt gt gt Figure 536 Search for courses In the example a search has been made for the term mathematics The columns of the results table can also be sorted in ascending or descend ing order By clicking on a course you will be taken directly to the course de tails Searches are carried out in the databases program of study course name lo cation type and ID The following data fields are displayed e Name Name of the course at the same time a reference to the course data
596. u go to the details of a created report you see at the bottom right the second to last point Merge evaluations oy Results in HTML format Results in POF format tT Standard POF Report Shor Email BI Raw data in SPHINX format au Raw data in SPSS format J Raw data in CS format B oeme Show _ Automatic Manual gy kivist diagram 0 SAO Merge evaluations gt Evaluate subgroup Figure 306 Report details Merge evaluations If you wish to summarize several reports click on this option A new window appears in which you can mark all reports that you wish to combine with the current report In this figure two instructor trainer profiles are united in one report of Prof Sunny Narrow and Prof Michel White from the summer term 2007 264 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions Merge Survey Prof Sunny Narrow With 7 S07 Sues Engineering EF al Prof Or Michel White SSO Demo o Compilation name F Engineering Prof Sunny Marrow Prof Or Wichel White SSO Der Report of allengineering Surveys Engineering Ciuestion mapping of diferent questionnaires Automatic with text comparison C Manual Include answers to open questions Combine surveys unweighted Please note that this combination does
597. u just import the instructor trainer data In addition to the information depicted above you can add further data fields Secondary instructors trainers If the course is held by more than one instructor trainer and if they are to be evaluated together using the same questionnaire and will receive the Same report then add a 1 in the next column This indicates whether there is a secondary instructor trainer for a course Information about ad ditional instructors trainers is collected in the properties of courses User defined course fields Data fields to be entered in the administrator interface at EvaSys settings course user data fields can be automatically imported Insert data col umns following the sequence first additional field second additional field and so on to the CSV files which then contain key words which you have also defined at EvaSys settings course user data fields Please follow the sequence first secondary instructor trainer then user defined course fields An example for a CSV data line along with these additional fields Instructor Mr Prof Dr Michael White m white unieva edu Math ll 10574 V 02 104 Economics 1 20 0 German Theory In this example the line was filled in with a o no secondary instruc tors trainers as well as German and Theory for user defined course fields for language of instruction and theory practice orientation 69 Copyright
598. ubmenu Questionnaires First you will see a list of all questionnaires The abbreviated name 5 to 10 characters the description and the status of activation are depicted Activated forms are available for creating new surveys while deactivated ones are not In the column Engine you can see an information if the form is a VividForms a VividForms Plus or a TeleForm form By choosing Details from the drop down menu on the right the settings for the selected questionnaire appear Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany EvaSys 73 Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions 2 Available Questionnaires Show deactivated questionnaires at the end of the listing including module questionnaires 45 Demol Demo Form 25 05 2007 VividForms Q 3 Select gt 57 Demo22 Demo Form 07 06 2007 VividForms 2 J Select x 34 DEMOFORM Sample Evaluation Form 26 04 2006 VividForms 2 Select x 11 Sampli Sample Evaluation Form 16 05 2007 VividForms 3 Select x 43 Sampl2 Sample Evaluation Form Copy 18 05 2007 VividForms P select v Browse IV VividForms 4s new form OK VividForms Recognition Set Refresh QD Activated L Activated with restrictions see details Deactivated Questionnaire is notin use and can be edited 3 The questionnaire isin use
599. uestionnaire header 345 Pole labels inclined 370 EvaSys Preparation of a survey period 36 President Report for the president 293 Preview of online surveys 110 Process Defaults 450 Profile comparison 296 Profile line Creating comparative profile lines 234 Dispatch of comparative profile lines 281 Protect mode 401 PSWD 430 PSWD procedure 90 Q QM view 323 Authorizing access rights to QM views 322 Use of QM views 323 Quality guideline 313 316 Converting norms in quality guidelines 313 Converting quality guidelines from indicators 319 Setting quality guidelines 316 Quality Management 309 Question Adding a question from the library 382 Adding a question to the library 386 Adding Question 136 Adding questions 349 Deleting a question from the library 387 Editing questions 349 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions Instructor s optional question 136 Optional question 136 Responses to open questions 188 Undoing the connection between a question and the library 384 Question group 347 Adding a group to the library 387 Adding question groups 347 Deleting a group from the library 387 Editing question groups 347 Question library 86 382 Use of the question library with VividForms 382 Questionnaire 22 Adding pictures to a questionnaire
600. up one user license 331 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions 7 4 Generation of module surveys The generation of module surveys is done using the function Sub units Generate Surveys Select the checkbox Switch to Module Surveys to show selections for modules You may generate either paper or online sur veys fa Generate Surveys 1 Subunit 2 survey Period 3 Module demo module W Switch to Module Surveys T Paper Survey C Hard Copy Procedure C Cover Sheet Procedure M Web Verification Online Online Survey l Use Time Control Generale SUreYS Figure 412 Generation of module surveys amp Surveys related to demo module Type Name Status D Lock Form Created Processed Forms RS Del Report Export Rep demo module In Progress QO PBHZBHXLP1 06 06 2007 x4 Show PSWDs Figure 413 Module survey in the list of surveys The example shows an online survey When the survey was generated EvaSys combined all the sections of the module into a single questionnaire The list of questionnaires now also shows the newly generated module ques tionnaire The name of the questionnaire is random alphanumeric and eight characters long in this example HZ6HXLP1 The following figure shows you the principle of creating
601. ure Field values yes Remove Select items to be skipped facture Gualty of the presentations the lecture was very good to understand the lecture was very well prepared Figure 499 Filter settings selection of items to be skipped In order to create a filter setting select from the list a single choice question and click on Add Now select a response value for which the filter setting Should be applied In the lower area you will see a list of all the questions fol lowing the filter question You can now highlight all of the questions that Should not be displayed or should not be analyzed When you are finished click on Save Repeat this procedure for each additional filter setting 389 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions 6 3 Validation By defining validations you can test entries to open questions and matrix fields in online surveys with value ranges and regular expressions before a Survey participant can send the questionnaire Validation Question to check Range of values Options Add question ihat iz Your age r Figure 500 Validation To create validations select a matrix field or an open question from the list and click on Add Now select which values can be accepted e Numbers only Here you can delimit the
602. urvey PERIOD Name of evaluation period COURSEID Course ID In addition to these place holders two text elements can be used to fill the box containing hints on completion MARK Filling instructions part 1 CORRECTION Filling instructions part 2 Instead of the place holders you can enter text directly It then becomes a Static text which is not adapted to the respective surveys As you know using the cover sheet procedure the header of the questionnaire remains empty because it cannot be adapted to a single particular survey If you only want use a questionnaire in the cover sheet procedure you can avoid this issue by inserting static texts into the header instead of the place holders If the questionnaire is to be used for non anonymous surveys personalized to individual participants other place holders can be added For this simply se lect a place holder from the shortlist in the lower area of the dialogue and click on the button marked The following place holders are available for non anonymous Surveys PARTICIPANT_FIRSTNAME Survey participant s first name PARTICIPANT_LASTNAME Survey participant s last name PARTICIPANT_IDENTIFIER Survey participant s ID PARTICIPANT SALUTATION Survey participant s salutation PARTICIPANT_TITLE Survey participant s title PARTICIPANT ADDRESS Survey participant s address PARTICIPANT_EMAIL Survey participant s email address Copyright 2001 2009 Electri
603. utions Phase 3 Capture and instant feedback Capture of questionnaires all procedures simultaneously Reminder function for online survey participants Manual anonymizing of handwritten comments if required e Automated delivery of report documents by email or internal mail OR Download of the report documents by the instructor trainer Phase 4 Expanded reports e Create Summary reports o Filter and combine reports e Mass dispatch of comparative profile lines e Compare various questionnaire versions Export raw data to Excel SPSS or Sphinx Archive raw data Phase 5 Quality Management o possibly definition of norms and or quality guidelines e Enable QM Screens giving deans managers an insight into the evalua tion results of a department e Generate new norm values for the following evaluation period Some steps need to be performed only once or at least very rarely for ex ample creating questionnaires others must be performed for each period for example the creation and implementation of surveys Some steps may not yet be relevant to you for example the creation of norms for which you Should already possess evaluation data Other steps are necessary in each evaluation Such as again the creation and implementation of surveys To give you an overview of how EvaSys can support you in your evaluation the individual phases are accurately outlined in the following This way you can best decide which
604. value range by storing a minimum and maximum value Letters only Letters or numbers only Date Pattern Simplified syntax By default the following templates are avail able e three digit number e word underscore number e serial number All three examples are based on the following legend e L Letter e W Word e D Digit e N Number e A Alphanumeric digit or letter In addition there is the possibility of using square brackets to label a place holder as optional In this way the following pattern D D D W means that only input consisting of a number of one to three digits a hyphen and a word in this order will be accepted As well as the common syntax for patterns there is also the possibility of us ing regular expressions on the basis of Perl syntax to formulate patterns Regular expressions are often used to recognize patterns and offer a high level of flexibility e Pattern regular expression The following template choices are avail able e three digit number e word underscore number 390 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions e serial number simple e serial number complex e email address Please note that a question text should contain instructions for the correct completion of a validation question so
605. vated or deactivated The latter is the soft solution Existing surveys can still be analyzed and displayed but you will not be able to create any new sur veys Survey Type Either ALL or Paper Surveys or only Online Surveys Procedure Select either ALL i e Central Evaluation and activated instructor trainer ac counts Central Evaluation or activated instructor trainer accounts decen tral 79 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys La Automated Document Solutions Reporting Options Mirrored scale values The option mirrored scale values allows the mirroring of the raw data which is linked to a survey This has an effect on the calculation of the average and the median The standard scale in EvaSys goes from 1 to n from left to right Mirrored val ues will have a highest option on the left All raw data including averages and medians will be affected by this Please bear in mind that the mirrored scale values only affect the raw data the averages and the medians That means that they for example do not affect the calculation of the quality guidelines Thus you have to define the quality guidelines on the basis of the internal scale values Please remember that the standard internal scale in EvaSys goes from 1 to n from left to right Allow Summary Reports Defines whether
606. ve no response data 141 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions Archive PDF reports and CSV raw data Your existing PDF reports and CSV raw data can be archived by sending them to the email address defined in the configuration System Settings EvaSys Settings Email Functions amp Accounts Email address of the archive In this way legacy data can be exported with a complete audit trail and subse quently deleted from EvaSys increasing and maintaining clarity of the sys tem During the export you can determine whether just PDF reports or CSV data or both are to be archived This option is only available if you have activated the archive function of the batch events in the menu System Settings EvaSys Settings Email Functions amp Accounts Archive mailing of PDF reports and entered a valid email address in the menu System Settings EvaSys Settings Email Functions amp Ac counts Email address of the archive Send PSWDs to instructors trainers For online surveys the PDF files containing the PSWD codes can be sent to the Survey owners by email This option is only available if you have selected the option 2 PDF lists of PSWDs for printing and distribution are sent to the in structors respectively trainers in the menu System Setting
607. vey to the email addresses given in your profile Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions 2 4 Make own utilization statistics available for other instructors trainers only activated instructor trainer accounts The information contained in the utilization statistics concerning for exam ple the number of scanned questionnaires and number of surveys can be viewed by your colleagues if you permit it Otherwise only the administrator can view the utilization statistics No one not even the administrator is able to see the results of the survey After the scanning operation automatically generate email with message or report only paper survey You can automatically send emails also with reports after the forms have been scanned The email will be sent to the email address given in your pro file If the email does not have a report file then it is a matter of system con figuration A message text or in addition a PDF report and or CSV raw data can be sent This setting is made by the administrator End the survey after the scanning operation Surveys can be highlighted as either ended or not yet ended This func tion allows you to collect data in a number of scanning operations in different periods of time e g when returns come in waves If you
608. ween the form used for a paper survey and the one used for an online survey as well as the correlation of the surveys to the evaluation report would be blurred or possibly completely obscured by changing the questions here Usage of VividForms Plus forms You can use VividForms Plus forms just like other forms As usual you can create paper as well as online surveys But please note that you cannot use a PDF form when creating online surveys with VividForms Plus forms Instead you can apply an HTML form SEvakKomp Fragebogen Weiterbildungs Seminare Evaluationsinstrument fiir selbsteingeschatzte Kompetenzen Or Edith Braun Freie Universitat Bertin Fachkompetenz Autgrund dieses Seminares kann Ich wichtige Begriffe Sachverhalte zu dem behandelten Thema wiedergeben Aufgrund dieses Seminares kann ich einen Uberblick Uber das behandelte Thema geben Autgrund dieses Seminares kann Ich behandelte komplizierte Sachverhalte anschaulich darstellen Aufgrund dieses Seminares sehe ich mich nun in der Lage elne typiscne Fragestellung des behandelen Gegenstandsdereiches zu Dearbelten nd dieses Seminares kann ich Widerspr che und Annlichketten benandelter Semi narinnalte 2 B Wklerspriche zatschen verschiedenen Modellen oder Verfahren herausarbelten ich kann aufgrund dieses Seminares die Qualitat von Facnariikein zum Thema besser Deurtelien Methodenkompetenz ich kann durch dieses Seminar effektiver nach Informationen su
609. which should be compared with the current PDF report Data export configuration You can rename the variables and allocate new numerical values for the ex port of the questionnaire Filter settings This is where you define whether certain answers will cause other questions to be suppressed In an online survey suppressed questions will not appear or will be inactive For paper surveys filter settings apply after processing i e retrospectively Validation By defining validations you can test entries to open questions and matrix fields in online surveys with value ranges and regular expressions before a Survey participant can send the questionnaire Required questions Those questions of online surveys for which an answer is compulsory can be defined here Matrices The matrices shown here will appear in the PDF report Edit form Opens the contents of the questionnaire Here you can change the wording of the questions and their value as well as the report defaults or indicators Export Creates a file from the questionnaire which can be exported to a different EvaSys system Languages A questionnaire can be created in a number of languages If you are planning on doing a survey in a number of languages you must create the multi language forms with the TeleForm Designer For online surveys you only need to translate the questionnaire in the EvaSys interface Delete form Deletes the questionnaire from the database Ple
610. wn Form Properties Opens the properties of the questionnaire Form Properties Recreates the questionnaire Repair form Toggles the numbering of questions and question groups Enable numbering Edit Pole Template Filters Validation Matrices Required Questions Opens the dialog for the definition of pole labels Opens the dialog for the definition of filters validation required questions and matrices Shows the dialog for adding and removing pictures from the picture library Fiene Library Toggles the color highlighting of question groups Show Colors Line Height Font size Selection of line height and overall font size on the questionnaire a1 pt fio pt Size of the Selection of the size of the answer boxes answer boxes apt Font Selection of the font tyoe used on the questionnaire yP q arial Question Library Opens the dialog to add questions or question groups from the library Choose a question from the library Opens the dialog to add questions or question groups to the library Deletes the selected question from the library Detaches the selected question from the library Add selected question Adds the selected question group to the library group to library Deletes the selected question group from the library Detaches the selected question group from the library Save form and exit Exits the editor editor Delete form and exit Deletes the questionnaire editor Figure 423 Edi
611. x Move S EEE ES amp Carlos Hernandez 3 31 4 08 47 2007 A amp Dr Richelle White 2 0 0 08 47 2007 Peter Brown amp Donna Harwood 3 3 4 07172007 A Oo R r Subunits Overview G Computer S H Department Figure 77 Display selected surveys 95 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions The display 3 4 means that the user has created four surveys in his user pro file for three of which returns have been booked If this function has been ac tivated then with a mouse click on this you can access the survey results The private surveys created by users who have an activated instruc tor trainer account are counted but remain hidden in the display Only when the configuration setting EvaSys Settings Central Evaluation Administrator views all surveys is activated can the administrator view these surveys In the survey window you will see in a table the surveys you selected accord ing to the filter above depending on the status of the survey you can now ini tiate a number of different operations All available actions and information about the survey can be found in the survey details which can be reached by clicking on the survey name With a click on one of the column headings in blue the window will be s
612. xt for too little response profile line POF Report Text for too little response scaled questions A POF Certificate of participation for online surveys Language English Higher Education Mail text lt tenter lt font size 14 gt TITLE FIRSTN amp ME SURNAME lt font gt lt font size 3 gt lt font gt lt font Size 9 gt SURVEY COURSEID No of responses FORMCOUNT lt font gt venter Figure 563 Text template for the adaptation of the PDF report header In the text field the header content is defined by HTML formatting and place holders The example shown here produces the following PDF report header Prof Sunny Narrow Data Analysis E023 No of responses 10 Figure 564 A sample PDF report header based on the text template shown here Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 445 Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions You could for example insert a line containing the static text Result of stu dent survey in the example in font size 8 lt center lt font size 14 gt TITLE FIRSTNAMNE SURNAME lt font gt lt font size 3 gt lt font gt lt font size 9 gt PResult of student survez lt font gt lt font Ssize 9 gt SURVE COURSEID Wo of responses FORMCOUNT lt fonts center gt Save Cancel Figure
613. xtreport Textreport Questionnaires ALL Evald ele st Mon Anonym uest 0 uest 3 train 01 train_0z Description Figure 243 Dialogue for editing a plugin EvaSys 4 From the selective list next to Questionnaires you can now Select the ques tionnaires for which the PDF report plugin should be available may thus only be useful to certain types of questionnaires With a click on OK the changes are saved Please note that a PDF report plugin may not support all question types and EvaSys fj If you go back to the main menu Subunits and access surveys a drop down menu appears in the column Report of the survey overview Through these you can access the available PDF report types and have the respective Survey evaluated through the chosen report type Subunits System Settings System Information Education Survey Automation Suite Peter Brown istrat Subunits Overview Computer 3 Gi Bea Department Linguistic Profession D ata Entr stemloq G Gi Verifier VividForm gt Donna Harwood Carlos Hernandez Display Surveys Io Richelle white amp Surveys related to Donna Harwood 5 sso9 Type Status _ RS Del Report Forms Export Rep HTML D Lock Form Created Processed CS P B 08 17 2007 08 23 2007 3 SPHINX an 2 Introduction into EvaSys J2 P train 01 031 es choose pdf kait 100se pdf repo Siard PDF ase PD
614. y Electric Paper EvaSys ta Automated Document Solutions E Question Wizard Microsoft Internet Explorer Define Options Box Size hax number of characters Online Survey Handwriting recognition Language Deutsch 2 rows lett on this page Apply Cancel Figure 443 Creation of an open question definition of the required space After having defined all options click on Apply The open question will now appear in the preview and will be automatically highlighted 2 Group B 2 1 Overall this college is very effective in achieving its Strongly Disagree 0 0 0 O UO Strongly Agree educational goals and objectives 2 2 Your comments Figure 444 The open question in the editor preview Handwriting Recognition in EvaSys As from version 4 0 EvaSys supports handwriting recognition via ICR This feature is only available when licensed For further information please contact your vendor By means of handwriting recognition short handwritten texts can be read and processed automatically For this activate the option Handwriting recogni tion when creating an open question After activating this option the box size is automatically set to 2 as EvaSys can only read single line handwrit ten texts one handwritten line matches two VividForms lines 357 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L
615. y a preset color scheme Background color contents This setting determines the background color of the content area Table line 1 This setting determines the background color of the first line of each table Table line 2 This setting determines the background color of the second line of each table Table head This setting determines the background color of the table heads 465 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 466 Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions 2 5 10 2 5 11 Active Area This setting determines the background color of the selected menu item Processed surveys This setting determines the background color of the table lines for processed surveys New surveys This setting determines the background color of the table lines for newly cre ated surveys Deleted surveys This setting determines the background color of the table lines for deleted surveys Section Instructor Trainer Accounts Footnote certificate of participation Footnote of the certificate of participation document Standard text This is the footnote of the certificate for evaluation Footer certificate of results Footer of the certificate of results document Standard text The majority of statements and items in the questionnaire on teaching evaluation are Summarized as indicators Displ
616. y manner with students participants cooperative ness and instructor trainer is open Particularly in courses with interactive teaching is this an important aspect As an alternative to manual entry of norm values you can also make use of ex isting evaluations that you have already created with the user type report creator In the section Edit norming types click on the button Edit Edit norming types Edit Norming types 1 General norm 70 fi 30 es Jas fi 05 fi 15 P 2 engineering norm 70 fi 30 e5 Jas fi 05 fi 15 P 2 Namel New Assignment of General norm Course Type Subunits Basis for norm value Back Own value base Computer Science Engineering 5507 Economy Engineering SSO unweighted Engineering Prof Dr Michel White SSO Demo2 Nev Subunit Figure 385 a and b Edit norming types In the upper part of the screen you will see a list of the available norm types which cannot be deleted This total norm is generally valid unless you create a special sub norm You can now give the total norm a norm value basis by selecting one of the reports shown in the list in the area Assignment of the norm type total norm It is not possible to limit the total norm to courses or subunits In order to create sub norms enter the name of the sub norm in the list norm types and click on New The assignment area for the new sub norm now appears You can now Sel
617. you have to use a dongle hardware key It must be plugged in a USB port of the server where you want to install EvaSys Otherwise you cannot use the software If you already use EvaSys in an older version and you update to version 2 6 you do not need a dongle If you are interested in further copy protection methods just contact us for additional information Beneath the area License key you will find a list of all licensed scanstations depending on the license and activation one or more scanstations are listed As an administrator you can activate the option Automatically assign a license to next requesting Scanstation By doing so the next scanstation to log on to the EvaSys server is automatically issued a license Needless to say automatic activation can only take place as long as a license is available Once the scanstation is activated the option is automatically deactivated This means that as an administrator you can control the point in time at which a scanstation can automatically activate itself As a default this option is deactivated 1 8 2 Howto use a volume license You can use EvSys with a volume license that defines the number of used datasets i e questionnaires you read in in a specific period of time Nor mally this period is a year and will be renewed automatically and indefinitely That means that you can read in a certain amount of questionnaires in a year In this case you have to type in th
618. you to the ac tion you want Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions After generating the survey all actions are deactivated by default By clicking on Activate you can activate the operation The next sections give a detailed description of the individual ac tions operations Operation PSWD to respondent The PSWD to Respondent operation starts the online survey That means that the participants to the survey receive an email with the login information For this email you can define the following details e Sender Email Default Email address from the system settings e Sender Name Default Email address from the system settings e Subject Line of email Default Subject line from the setting Text Tem plate e Text of email The email text can have placeholders Default Email text from the setting Text Template e Email Addresses List of the email addresses of all respondents The number of email recipients is limited by the number of available transac tion numbers The time of the email operation can be defined in the field Start Date A click on the button with three points opens the calendar The use of the cal endar is explained in the last point of this section All settings can be saved by clicking on S
619. your evaluation You can download these profile lines in the report creator for all surveys and all reports produced by the report creator and lay them over one another This way the report creator compares completed surveys with one another and or with the created reports Since this comparison provides at a glance a com fortable and expressive overview of surveys it is conducted often A popular application is the comparison of a survey with the subunit report as well as the total evaluation Before you can create comparison lines the necessary surveys and reports must of course be available Creating and downloading comparative profile lines When you have created these click in the report creator on the option Create Profile Line Emails Create reports Subunit Program Of Study Instructor Profile Any Compilation Create Profile Line Emails Figure 339 Report options Create Profile Line emails Then the usual choices are presented to you in a new window Select the de sired subunits the survey periods here no multiple selection is possible the course types and the relevant ones comparable questionnaires here As usual the list of courses that meet all criteria is displayed 281 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 282 Electric Paper Automated Document Solutions 1 Subun
620. your instructor trainer profile for surveys that have already been evaluated as a batch email By activating the option Include courses with secondary instructors or secondary trainers in instructor profiles or trainer profiles courses with additional report recipients are also included You can determine whether or not the answers to open questions are to be in cluded in your instructor trainer profile To do this please activate the option Include answers to open questions If the respective instructor trainer in addition to his profile is to receive a de tailed report for each of his courses simply activate the option Also send Single PDF reports Furthermore you can determine whether profiles and PDF reports are sent solely to the respective instructor trainer Send to instructors or trainers or only to a specified email address Send all to the following email ad dress Include answers to open questions Also send single POF reports Send to instructors send all to the following email address St ReguUest Figure 140 Dispatch PDF reports as instructor trainer profile The option hide surveys with dispatched documents makes sure that no batch event will be used more than once on the same course 3 2 9 Non anonymous surveys Surveys in EvaSys run by default assuming and protecting the anonymity of the survey participants Should the identities of the surv
621. ypes Periods Custom Titles Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany 37 Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions Course Types The default course types include lecture seminar proseminar tutorial lab and working group You can change this list according to the needs of your organization If you want to add a new course type enter its name in the input box beneath the list and click on New If you want to remove a course type from the list click on Please note You can only delete course types as long as they are not assigned to a course wcation Survey Automation Suite Eva Sys Y Subunits System Settings System Information e search Ed r Course Type ID Course Type Form Link for Modular Surveys Lecture Peter Brown Seminar Laboratory Tutorial Others Modul General Modul Trainer Instruments CEUTE RSR 1 2 4 5 Working Group 6 7 8 2 Questionnaires EA VividForns Editor Vp Question Library Text Templates G Documents m Course Type Course Type Configuration Form Link for Modular Surveys E EvaSys Settings z Course Types New 7 Periods Figure 17 Course types The numbers at the left represent the index of the table in which the course types are recorded Using this key course types are allocated f
622. ypes such as single choice or matrix questions 3 4 4 Single choice Single choice extended Multiple choice Select the single choice question type and click on Next You can now enter the text of the question and then click on Next This example functions identically for all single choice single choice ex tended and multiple choice Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 L neburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys 4 Automated Document Solutions A Question Wizard Microsoft Internet Explorer Question text Course Type paral Cancel Figure 446 Enter the question text A Question Wizard Microsoft Internet Explorer Define Options Add option Option List Online Drop down list Mean disable calculation Apply Cancel Figure 447 Enter the answer options Next to Option enter the text for the first option and click on Add option The option will now appear in the option list Repeat this procedure until you have entered all the options 359 Copyright 2001 2009 Electric Paper GmbH Subject to change without notice Electric Paper GmbH Konrad Zuse Allee 13 21337 Luneburg Germany Electric Paper EvaSys i Automated Document Solutions You can highlight each option edit or change their sequence by clicking on the symbols and F Settings f

User Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents